Sensor systems 2 AS-Interface

FACTORY AUTOMATION 

Sensor systems 2 

AS-Interface 

Edition 2005/2006

AS-Interface - References 

6 

AS-Interface has made a breakthrough on a wide front in automotive technology. 

And the examples given below of typical applications illustrate how 

AS-Interface is also employed by well-known manufacturers in many other 

branches of industry. 

Automotive industry: 

The floor and overhead suspended conveyor system in the new Rüsselsheim 

plant of OPEL AG has been completely automated using AS-Interface. 

Over one hundred AS-Interface gateways and over one thousand AS- 

Interface modules are used to process the signals from several thousand 

sensors and encoders. A remarkable feature of this plant is the throughgoing 

production line without buffer systems, requiring the AS-Interface network 

to be constructed in segments, using sliding contacts. The overall 

length of this system is well over one kilometre. The transfer and assignment 

functions via the sliding contacts demonstrate once again the robustness 

and reliability of AS-Interface. 

Chemical and process technology: 

Paint manufacture and the subsequent filling of the products is the core 

business of the Herberts Lacke Company. The demands of the automated 

production plant concept include the provision of safeguards in the potentially 

explosive areas. AS-Interface modules with ATEX approval for Zone 1 

are daily proving their value in these critical applications. 

Storage and mechanical handling: 

Plant sections involving logic networks are simply controlled via AS-Interface. 

Thanks to the comprehensive diagnostic functions, problems can be 

quickly and precisely located, even in extensive systems, leading to the reduction 

of downtime and rationalisation of plant servicing. 

These attributes prompted Viastore Systems GmbH to select AS-Interface 

in numerous high-bay racking stores projects. In another application in 

2003, Roche Diagnostik collaborated with Aberle Steuerungstechnik GmbH 

in pallet and container handling technology featuring AS-Interface. 

Plant construction: 

As a renowned constructor of filling plant, Krones has for some time successfully 

incorporated the AS-Interface concept into its projects. This has 

allowed decentralised plant components to be controlled on a modular basis 

and networked together with ease. Here, high quality, long life and great 

flexibility are the attractive AS-Interface features. 

Food and beverage industry: 

In breweries - and as here, in the dispensing of drinks - Feige GmbH uses 

AS-Interface to control flows via the open/close operation of valves. Wellproven 

solutions are available for the open structure, as are pcb solutions 

for box installation and also integrated solutions for solenoid valves. 

Component manufacture: 

In order to reduce the amount of cabling required and to provide adequate 

flexibility for alternating production lines, AS-Interface is frequently employed 

to control the handling sequences, as illustrated here on an SMD assembly 

plant. As a rule the Emergency-Stop buttons are also integrated into 

the AS-Interface Safety at Work concept, so as to avoid dual cabling. 

Subject to reasonable modifications due to technical advances. Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs, Printed in Germany 

Pepperl+Fuchs Group • Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 USA +1 330 4253555 Singapore +65 67799091 Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Issue date 2004-11-19 - Catalogue AS-Interface 2004/2005

Issue date 2004-11-19 - Catalogue AS-Interface 2004/2005 

AS-Interface - Table of contents 

1 Introduction .........................................................................................................................8 

1.1 What is AS-Interface? ........................................................................................................................................8 

1.2 The decisive advantages of AS-Interface ..........................................................................................................8 

1.3 Components in the AS-Interface system .........................................................................................................11 

1.4 AS-Interface specification 2.1 ..........................................................................................................................16 

1.5 Configuration and installation of a system with AS-Interface in 4 steps ..........................................................20 

2 Masters and Gateways .....................................................................................................23 

2.1 Master..............................................................................................................................................................24 

2.2 Gateways .........................................................................................................................................................24 

2.3 Programming with AS-i Control Tools ..............................................................................................................24 

3 Power Supplies, Power Extenders and Repeaters.........................................................57 

3.1 Overview of power supplies, power extenders, and repeaters ........................................................................59 

4 AS-Interface - Safety at work ...........................................................................................81 

4.1 The safety concept...........................................................................................................................................82 

4.2 The advantages ...............................................................................................................................................82 

4.3 Safety monitor..................................................................................................................................................83 

4.4 Safe slaves ......................................................................................................................................................84 

4.5 The ASIMON configuration software ...............................................................................................................84 

4.6 Overivew of available AS-Interface Safety at Work products ..........................................................................85 

5 Coupling modules...........................................................................................................107 

5.1 Switch cabinet and junction box modules......................................................................................................108 

5.2 Field modules.................................................................................................................................................150 

5.3 Analogue modules .........................................................................................................................................193 

5.4 Ex Modules ....................................................................................................................................................207 

5.5 AirBox (Pneumatic Module) ...........................................................................................................................216 

5.6 Display and control modules..........................................................................................................................221 

5.7 Printed circuit board module ..........................................................................................................................221 

5.8 Engine starter ................................................................................................................................................221 

6 Inductive AS-Interface Sensors.....................................................................................237 

7 Photoelectric AS-Interface Sensors..............................................................................255 

8 AS-Interface Rotary Encoder .........................................................................................273 

9 Accessories.....................................................................................................................307 

10 Mating connectors and cable.........................................................................................337 

11 AS-Interface Training Kit ................................................................................................345 

12 Additional Information....................................................................................................346 

12.1 Glossary.........................................................................................................................................................346 

12.2 AS-Interface type codes (without modules and accessories) ........................................................................348 

12.3 Type code for I/O modules / analogue modules ............................................................................................349 

12.4 Type code for cable sockets ..........................................................................................................................350 

12.5 Type codes for connector cables....................................................................................................................350 

12.6 Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH worldwide ..................................................................................................................352 

13 Alphabetical list of types................................................................................................358 


Pepperl+Fuchs Group Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 USA +1 330 4253555 Singapore +65 67799091 Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com 

7

AS-Interface - Introduction 

8 

1 Introduction 

1.1 What is AS-Interface? 

The Actuator-Sensor Interface (AS-Interface) is the replacement for conventional 

wiring technology on the sensor-actuator level. 

AS-Interface ensures secure, extremely EMC resistant data transmission, 

minimises installation time and costs, includes a diagnostic function and detects 

short circuits and other conditions, reduces maintenance costs, enables 

the simple decentralisation of control processes, increases the transparency 

of a system, makes any kind of upgrade particularly simple and 

flexible, and guarantees high availability. 

AS-Interface is not a proprietary system, but rather an open standard which 

is available on the market from many manufacturers in a wide range of versions. 

1.2 The decisive advantages of AS-Interface 

The Actuator-Sensor-Interface (AS-Interface) is optimised for the reliable 

transfer of small volumes of data under harsh industrial conditions and for 

economic reasons it has become the tried and tested standard for the networking 

of sensors and actuators in many applications. 

In conventional wiring two cores per sensor and actuator are typically required 

for the power supply and a further core for the signal or control cable. 

The power supply, for example, can be laid in parallel via splitter boxes, but 

the input and output signals must be looped via distribution devices and laid 

to PLC cards. This leads to high costs for the method of connection/distribution, 

involves much time on installation and, in addition, the wiring must 

be documented in detail. 





Actuator Sensor Interface 


In comparison, AS-Interface offers the following advantages: 

Two-core cable for data and power transfer to all devices. 

Connection using the insulation penetration technique for I/O stations 

saves time, since the operations involving the stripping of insulation and 

the application of cable sleeves are eliminated. 

In the PLCs the I/O assemblies are replaced by the AS-Interface master 

and the assignment is no longer carried out by fixed addressing of the I/O 

cards, but by free assignment via the master. 

Diagnostic options via the AS-Interface enable faults to be quickly eliminated 

and down time reduced. 

Ground faults and duplicate addressing can be detected and displayed. 

If "intelligent" sensors are employed, the display of stability control, remote 

parameter assignment, mode of operation reversal and standby indication 

functions can be used. The function diagnosis can decisively 

increase plant availability. 

By using AS-Interface masters with integrated PLC functionality, control 

processes can be stored as programs in the master and self-standing 

PLCs can be dispensed with completely. This allows response times of 

only a few milliseconds to be achieved. 

Due to the reduced requirement for wiring, less cable ducting is required. 

Costs are also reduced because of the space saved in the control cabinet 

due to the elimination of I/O assemblies. 

The free topology makes system planning and installation particularly 

simple, so that it can be extended at any time. 

Conventional 

I/O assembly 

Decentralized I/O assemblies 

PLC PLC PLC 

24 V DC 

e.g. INTERBUS-S 

PROFIBUS DP 

I/O assembly I/O assembly 

These AS-Interface advantages lead to cost savings in planning, commissioning 

and maintenance. 

By using interface modules up to 248 binary sensors and 186 binary actuators 

can be operated on a single AS-Interface network. The following limiting 

values apply to a fully implemented system for both AS-Interface specifications: 

Master/Gateway - Specification 2.0: 

max. 124 binary sensors and 124 binary actuators. 

Master/Gateway - Specification 2.1: 

max. 248 binary sensors and 186 binary actuators. 



24 V DC 

24 V DC 

9


10 

Master 

Master 

Master 

Data Protection 

The interference resistance of data transmission is an important parameter 

for the networking of sensors and actuators in an industrial environment. 

Due to the special type of coding (Manchester Code APM, Alternating Pulse 

Modulation) and the continual monitoring of signal quality, AS-Interface 

achieves such a high level of data protection, that the system is also suitable 

for safety applications. 

This is not affected by the absence of screening on the transfer cable. Tests 

on a welding robot and a galvanising plant showed that the AS-Interface 

system was not affected by these levels of external interference. This is 

possible due to the symmetrical signal transfer, which filters out interference. 

Network hierarchy and topology 

AS-Interface is designed for the lowest level of the automation hierarchy 

and offers a simple, safe and fast transfer at an optimum cost/effectiveness 

ratio. The system topology can take the form of a line, star, tree, or ring 

structure. For information which is not time-critical and for the achievement 

of longer transfer paths, AS-Interface can be connected via gateways to 

higher level systems such as PROFIBUS, InterBus, EtherNet TCP/IP, DeviceNet, 

Modbus, Modbus+, CCLink, CANopen, etc. AS-Interface masters 

with serial RS 232 interfaces and integrated PLC functionality provide a distributed 

stand-alone solution. In this way the control system is unloaded 

and, in addition, cycle times of, for example, 2 ms are achieveable when the 

AS-Interface network is not fully populated. This solution is directly aligned 

with the trend towards the decentralised construction of control units. The 

advantages are: 

simpler and faster expansion possibilities and also the commissioning of 

sub-domains, 

shorter cable connections and less data communication on the higherlevel 

field bus, 

reduction of down time due to the autonomously operating sub-domains 

and 

shorter and clearer programs. 





K5 

K20 

G4 

KF 

PCI 


1.3 Components in the AS-Interface system 

Products from Pepperl+Fuchs are certified by independent AS-Interface 

testing authorities. This ensures that the products satisfy the AS-Interface 

specification and can be operated without problem in a system together with 

other certificated AS-Interface products, including those from other manufacturers. 

This is indicated by the shadowed logo on the data sheets. 

Masters and Gateways 

The core of the AS-Interface system is the Master (serial connection via 

RS 232) and the Gateway (master with an interface to the commonly used 

field buses). Earlier programming by PC or PLC can continue to be utilised, 

for example, with an S7-400 with a standard I/O data range, since AS-Interface 

behaves as an I/O card. The devices control and monitor the data exchange 

with the modules and AS-Interface sensors/actuators on the Master-Slave 

principle. However, as seen from the field bus, the gateway behaves 

as a slave or station node, with typically more than 32 bytes of input/output 

data and also with additional analogue channels and management 

channels. 

Master/Gateways are available in the form of plug-in cards for a PC, as control 

cabinet devices and as field devices. The masters/gateways include a 

diagnostic function with the following monitoring functions: 

Configuration errors: Deviation between existing slaves and configured 

addresses, 

Peripheral faults: Loss of function of one or more slaves, 

Communication faults: Incorrect transfer of several messages, 

Detection and display of duplicate addressing and ground faults (on K20 

series), 

Safety diagnosis: Separate presentation of the safe slaves and display of 

the diagnostic function of the monitor. 

AS-Interface power packs (2 A to 8 A, with 30.5 V and data decoupling) 

are used for the power supply. Repeaters and Power Extenders allow the 

power supply to be decentralised and cable length to be extended to over 

100 m. The repeater galvanically isolates the primary and secondary sides, 

in order to provide a reduced probability of failure in the case of a short circuit. 

A number of repeaters can be operated in a star formation, their 

number being limited only by the input resistance at the AS-Interface. However, 

it is only possible to operate a maximum of 2 repeaters in series. Together 

with the repeater, an AS-Interface power supply is required for the 

power supply of the other AS-Interface circuit. 



11


VariKont L 

12 

G2 

G4 

G6 

KE1 

G5 

RL28 

AS-Interface slaves 

Intelligent sensors/actuators 

Either "intelligent" sensors/actuators with integrated AS-Interface chip, or 

modules, are connected to the masters/gateways. Pepperl+Fuchs offers a 

wide range of "intelligent" sensors. 

Modules 

Modules are AS-Interface stations to which standard sensors/actuators can 

be connected. AS-Interface modules are available as a control cabinet solution 

and as field modules with protection to IP67. Analogue values with up 

to 16 bits can be automatically transferred to the higher level field bus via 

analogue modules within a max. of 35 ms. 

The control cabinet modules in the KF and KF2 series are 20 mm or 

40 mm (4EA modules) wide and offer plug-in terminals as well as power rail 

connections for fast, simple installation in the control cabinet. These KF 

modules are only available as standard slaves in specification 2.0. The 

newer version in the KE series is available as an A/B slave according to 

specification 2.1. 

The terminal housing module in the K3 series is flat (39 mm) and thus tailored 

to terminal housing requirements. The outputs are supplied externally 

and 3-wire sensors can also be connected. The KE1 series, which is only 

50 mm high and 22.5 mm wide, offers connections for up to 4 two-wire inputs 

and 2 externally-supplied electronic outputs. 

In the case of the field modules the G2 series is available with a plug-in 

connection via M12, the G6 series with a plug-in connection via M8 and the 

G4 series with cable gland and cage-clamp terminals in different housing 

sizes. 

Connection of the G2 modules is achieved directly by attaching the flat AS- 

Interface cable in the respective base portion. In the G4 series it is possible 

to make the AS-Interface connection via round cable. Series G6 is connected 

via a 4-pin M12 plug connector 4 (AS-Interface and 24 V auxiliary power). 

Analogue modules for switching cabinet and field use transmit analogue 

input and output values for current and voltage as well as the analogue values 

from PT100 thermocouples without additional programming. In this 

case it is necessary to use a master/gateway to Specification 2.1. 

G5 series modules are in the device category (1)2G and are therefore approved 

for hazardous areas in Zone 1 in accordance with ATEX. The AS- 

Interface cable is therefore installed in increased safety and the connection 

is carried out in accordance with EN 50019. The module electronics are encapsulated 

and intrinsically safe inputs and outputs are available. NAMUR 

sensors in accordance with the requirements of IEC 60947-5-6 (DIN 19234, 

NAMUR) can be connected to the inputs. 

Safe modules are available in the G4, G2 and KE1 versions for field and 

junction box or control cabinets. The devices are TÜV-certified according to 

EN 954-1 and IEC 61508. 

Further information can be found in the chapters on the modules. 





VBP-HH1 

Software 

AS-Interface - Safety at Work 

- for safety-relevant applications 


Safety-relevant components, such as emergency-stop buttons, safety light 

grids and safety door locking mechanisms, can be integrated, based on the 

identical technology and protocol. This only requires the installation of a 

safety monitor and safe slaves in the network. Mixed operation of safe 

and non-safe AS-Interface slaves is possible without problem. The monitor 

has the function of monitoring the data communication on the AS-Interface 

cable. 

The safe slaves are used to transfer dynamic code sequences (8 x 4 bit data 

sequence), which are stored in each slave. These are "learned" during 

the installation of the monitor. During operation, the monitor compares the 

target and actual sequences on each cycle. If the alarm code "0000“ is 

transmitted or a departure from the set sequence is established (e. g. due 

to the failure of a device or a communication fault), the safety monitor 

switches off safely within 40 ms. Switch-on again takes 100 ms. Up to two 

shut-off circuits can be implemented per monitor. 

The available slaves are safe field and control cabinet modules and an 

Emergency-Stop button with an integrated AS-Interface chip. 

Bus communication and the data protocol have been evaluated as safe by 

the BIA and the technology has been certified by TÜV. According to 

EN 954-1, the maximum safety category 4 is reached, and can be used for 

stop category 0 (immediate power-off) and 1 (controlled power-off). In accordance 

with IEC 61508 approval, up to SIL 3 can be attained. 

Hand-held and Software Tools 

AS-Interface slaves from Pepperl+Fuchs are usually addressed using a 

VBP-HH1 hand-held programming device over an addressing connector. 

With the hand-held device, the following can be performed very quickly and 

simply on-site: 

Isolation of the AS-Interface slave from the AS-Interface network, 

power supply of the AS-Interface via the hand-held device, 

address assignment for the AS-Interface slave, 

setting of outputs for function testing, even without PLC. 

Separate disconnection of the master in the control cabinet or modification 

of the AS-Interface power supply is not necessary. 

With the hand-held, an entire AS-Interface network can also be addressed 

through the AS-Interface cable if the master is inactive. 

Easy-to-use software tools are available for system parameter assignment 

using a PC. The AS-Interface control tools render parameter assignment a 

very simple procedure and the ASIMON software is used to assign parameters 

to the safety-related components. 



13


14 

conventional 


Flat cable 

AS-Interface installation 

If AS-Interface modules are used in the control cabinet or junction boxes, 

connection via power rail is particularly advantageous. 

Flat cable 

When using AS-Interface in the field, the greatest advantages are realised 

when flat cable is used. However, a 2-core, unscreened standard round cable 

with 1.5 mm2 cross section (for example, H05VV-F2x1,5) can be used. 

Due to the form of the flat cable, polarity reversal is impossible, and using 

insulation penetration connection, slaves can be connected in seconds. For 

this purpose, the flat cable is laid in two cable trays in the lower part of the 

module and the upper part of the module is then positioned on it and 

screwed down. This ensures both strain relief and also a secure contact via 

two contact blades per core. 

A 24 V auxiliary power supply is necessary only for very high-powered actuators, 

and can be supplied via a black flat cable which is laid parallel to 

the yellow AS-Interface flat cable. 

Installation 

The AS-Interface cable is symmetrical, that is, neither of the two cores may 

be earthed. A branch can be made at any point (arbitrary topology), on the 

end of which no termination resistor is necessary. 

The total length of the AS-Interface network can be extended from 100 m 

by an additional 100 m using repeaters. 

Power supply is generally incorporated using the AS-Interface power at any 

point in the AS-Interface network. For slaves with particularly large power 

requirements, it makes sense to put the power supply nearby, to keep the 

voltage drop low. An optional 24 V auxiliary power supply may be necessary 

when using high-powered actuators, in order to be able to drive these via 

the electronic outputs. 

AS-Interface masters/gateways are supplied with 24 V directly or from the 

AS-Interface. 

Commissioning can be performed directly at the master/gateway using 

function keys and the graphical display, a PC or PLC are not required. 

The attachment of a new slave is "plug and play": Connection, "teach-in" on 

the master, done. The addressing of the same type of slave is automatic after 

an exchange. Slaves can be connected or disconnected while the network 

is in use. 

The connection of sensors and actuators to the interface module is completed 

using plug connectors, screw terminals, or cage-clamp terminals. Inputs, 

that is, sensors or mechanical contacts, can be supplied with power from 

the AS-Interface. 

Pepperl+Fuchs offers a wide variety of connection accessories for simple 

installation (for instance, cable gland in M12 or terminals, screw adaptors 

for housing installation) and of course various types of AS-Interface flat cable. 

A tool for the quick stripping of flat cable is also available. 






Power Rail 

For the control cabinet, there are either distributor terminals as sub-distributors 

to the control cabinet modules, power supply, and master, or alternatively 

the use of units with integrated Power Rail connections. There are two 

different types of Power Rail: PR-05 and UPR-05. 

In the PR-05, there is a 50 cm long inset component in the 35 mm tophat 

rail per EN 50022. The PR-05 has a 20 mm mounting grid and can be shortened 

in 40 mm increments. The PR-05 can be extended using appropriate 

adaptors (VE-PR). 

The UPR-05 is a gridless Universal Power Rail, which is supplied in lengths 

of 2 m and can be shortened at any point. Included in the delivery package, 

besides the rail itself, are the C-rail, a cover plate for mechanical and electrical 

protection of the inset component, and 2 end caps. If the modules are 

vertically mounted, an end terminal (for instance TS35 type 2) should be 

used to prevent the module from slipping down. 

PR-05 UPR-05 

The operating principle of both types of Power Rail is the same. Five conductors 

are integrated into the insert component, of which two are used for 

the transmission of the AS-Interface signal. If a module or the master/gateway 

is connected to the AS-Interface line, this node applies the AS-Interface 

signal to the Power Rail conductors. All other modules are then connected 

to the AS-Interface line by snapping them onto the tophat rail. Modules 

are snapped onto the rail vertically from above. 

More notes about the AS-Interface, 

configuring the installation, and many example applications 

can be found in the book "AS-Interface - 

Compendium“, available from Pepperl+Fuchs 



15


16 

62 

Spec 2.1 

1.4 AS-Interface specification 2.1 

Functional description of the 

AS-Interface specification 2.1 

With the AS-Interface specification 2.1, which was defined in 1999 by the 

AS-Interface Association as a backwards-compatible extension retaining 

the protocol and physical parameters, significant advantages for the user 

were introduced: 

Number of nodes increased from 31 standard slaves to 

62 A/B slaves, 

enhanced diagnostic function with peripheral error bit, 

simple analogue value transmission with internal data handling, 

extension of the ID codes of the nodes. 

Devices in accordance with specification 2.1 are denoted on data sheets 

with this symbol. 

62 nodes on AS-Interface network 

To take advantage of these possibilities, a VB... Master/Gateway is needed. 

Standard slaves (as in specification 2.0), thanks to backwards compatibility, 

can still be connected to a new master using specification 2.1. However, 

two of the 62 possible addresses are occupied by one standard slave. The 

use of A/B Slaves on an "old" master is possible, by always setting the select 

bit to logical "0". Despite this, we don't recommend it, since a change to 

this bit will change the address, and it may thus be impossible to talk to the 

slave due to such a configuration error. 

The master message is almost unchanged in the specification 2.1. The only 

change is that the select bit "SEL" is transmitted in what used to be the 

fourth output bit "I3", which in addition to the address bits A0 ... A4 enables 

the extended A/B addressing. 

Each address can therefore be split into A and B addresses, i.e. in addresses 

15A and 15B. 

Since the fourth output bit is now used as an additional address bit, only 3 

output bits per slave can now be transmitted, that is, per AS-Interface network 

3* 62 = 186 output bits are set. The slave response remains unchanged, 

and there are now 4 * 62 = 248 bits of input data available. 

Standard slaves can easily be used with a "new" VB... master, however, the 

following changes apply: 

A standard slave occupies both A and B addresses and thus reduces the 

maximum number of nodes by one. 

Standard slaves on a "new" VB... master/gateway are recognised using 

the identification code (ID code) and can still have 4 output data bits. 

Analogue modules and safe modules occupy a full address, even if these 

devices are designed to specification 2.1. This allows the response time of 

these modules to be kept to a minimum. 





FAULT 

PWR 

A D 

Spec 2.1 

Diagnostic function with peripheral error 


Besides communications disturbances (i.e. erroneous messages), the master 

can also detect hardware errors which occur on the slave. These peripheral 

error messages can be used to power down systems in case of error, 

since sensor signals may no longer be safely available. It is also possible 

simply to evaluate stored data statistically in the master under "LFS" (list of 

faulted slaves), in order to evaluate system safety. A red LED display is located 

on the slave. This simplifies the location and correction of errors. An 

extended diagnostic also makes it possible to locate even sporadically occurring 

problems with configuration and communications and evaluate 

them with the AS-i Control Tools. This information can be processed in the 

PLC using the command interface and for instance then displayed in clear 

text to the operator on a remote display. 

Analogue transmission 

The AS-Interface protocol allows the transmission of 4 bits in one cycle. 

With the analogue profile S7.3, seven messages can be collected in the 

master within only 35 ms, and output as a 16-bit analogue value. This was 

only possible using an application program in specification 2.0. The output 

of analogue control values as 0 V ... 10 V or 4 mA ... 20 mA signals is possible. 

Extension of ID codes: 

A/B slaves have ID codes = A hex , while standard slaves have a different ID 

code of A hex . So as to distinguish the different profiles (types of slave), two 

further identification codes were introduced, the ID1 code and the ID2 code. 

The IO code and the ID2 code describe the profile of the A/B slaves completely 

and are permanently stored in the slave. 

Transfer rate and cycle time 

The bit transmission rate of the AS-Interface is about 167 kBaud, in order 

to make the system very resistant to cable reflexions and errors even with 

complex topologies, while still eliminating the need for termination resistors. 

The cycle time is, however, a deciding factor for small quantities of data. 

When fully loaded, masters on specification 2.0 (31 slaves or 124 binary 

sensors + 124 binary actuators) have a maximum cycle time of 5 ms, and 

masters on specification 2.1 in extended mode (62 slaves, or 248 binary 

sensors + 186 binary actuators) have a maximum cycle time of 10 ms. The 

cycle time can be shortened by reducing the number of nodes or by addressing 

A/B slaves in standard mode. Every unoccupied slave address 

saves 150 µs. This makes the AS-Interface one of the fastest bus systems. 

In a mixed system with standard slaves and A/B slaves, standard slaves are 

interrogated on each cycle and A/B slaves every other cycle. On the nth cycle, 

all A slaves are addressed, and on the n+1-th cycle, all the B slaves. 

The master can use the configuration to detect which addresses are unoccupied 

and doesn't interrogate these at all. If only one (either A or B) address 

is assigned to an A/B slave on the AS-Interface network, then these 

slaves are interrogated on every cycle. The frequency of interrogation can 

be increased in this way. 



17


Master call 

Slave response 

18 

The AS-Interface bus protocol 

The AS-Interface message is constructed in a very compact way. For the 

user, this all occurs in the background, and it is presented here only to give 

you a better understanding of data transmission. 

The slave response, always 7 bits long after the 14-bit master query, takes 

the following form: 

SB CB A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 I4 SEL I2 I1 I0 PB EB 

1 start bit (SB, always "0") 

1 control bit (CB) 

5 address bits (A0 ... A4) plus SEL bit for A/B address for expansion to 62 

slaves 

5 data bits (I0, I1, I2, I4) 

1 parity bit (PB) 

1 end bit (EB, always "1") 

The AS-Interface master uses the control bit to tell the slave whether this 

message is a command (i.e. read I/O configuration, read ID code, etc.) or a 

data or parameter call. 

Together with the SEL bit, the 5 address bits denote the slave being addressed. 

With 5+1 Bits, 64 nodes can be addressed. Address 0 must always 

be unoccupied, since it is used for automatic addressing after an exchange. 

Thus up to 62 slaves can be addressed. 

In a data or parameter call (CB = "0"), the I4 bit is used to distinguish between 

I4 = "0" ==> parameter call 

I4 = "1" ==> data call 

. 

The bits I0 ... I2 contain the output data, by which up to 3 outputs can be 

controlled or 3 parameter bits transmitted. The entire message is secured 

with a parity bit and is concluded with an end bit. In specification 2.0 (standard 

mode) the I3 bit was available as a fourth output bit, which is now used 

as select bit (SEL) when extended-mode addressing is in operation. If 

slaves built to specification 2.1 can be operated in standard mode, the I3 bit 

can also be used as an output bit. 

In the slave response, besides the 4 bits of input data, only the start bit (SB), 

the parity bit (PB), and the end bit (EB) are transmitted. 

SB I3 I2 I1 I0 PB EB 

The master cyclically interrogates the unique addresses (1A, 1B, 2A, 2B, 

3A...31A, 31B) of all slaves in turn in a polling process. The addresses in 

use are stored in the master's configuration. It only queries these existing 

addresses, which shortens the cycle time correspondingly. 





Parameters 

Summary of parameters 


Topology: Arbitrary: Line, star, tree, etc. 

Number of nodes: 62 AS-Interface slaves 

(max. 4 x 62 binary inputs 

and 3 x 62 outputs) 

Access method: Master/Slave 

Address assignment: Via master, with addressing unit, or automatically 

upon exchange 

Cable: Unshielded two-conductor cable, 

round cable 2 x 1.5 mm 2 or 

AS-Interface flat cable 2 x 1.5 mm 2 

Network length: 100 m overall length 

with 2 repeaters up to a max. of 300 m between 

master and end of bus cable, 

in star topology larger overall length with additional 

repeaters 

Transfer rate: approx. 167 kBit/sec 

Cycle time: max. 10 ms with 62 A/B slaves 

El. interface: Data transfer: 

APM with sin2 pulses 

Power supply: approx. 30.5 V DC, 

max. 8 A total current 

Auxiliary power: 24 V DC, max. 8 A 

Bit encoding: Manchester 

Data/message: 4 bits bidirectional 

Data security: Signal quality monitoring + 

1 parity bit, corresponds to HD = 4 (Hamming Distance) 



19


20 

STEP 1 

STEP 2 

1.5 Configuration and installation of a system 

with AS-Interface in 4 steps 

Does the system size fit? 

The number of inputs and outputs needed must fit the number of AS-Interface 

networks. With a full load of 62 4E3A modules, 248 inputs and 186 outputs 

within an AS-Interface network are possible. If, however, due to local 

system layout, not all the input or outputs on a slave are used, or if analogue 

modules or standard slaves are connected, the number of addresses is reduced, 

since these slaves "use up" an entire address. If safety-related components 

are integrated, these must be connected to safe slaves, which also 

require an entire address. If the diagnostics of the safety monitor need to be 

interrogated at the master, then the monitor must also be assigned a full address. 

In time-critical applications, the B address can be left free, so that the 

A-addressed slave can be interrogated on every cycle, this allows a cycle 

time < 5 ms (instead of < 10 ms) even at full load. These rules influence the 

possible number of total inputs and outputs. 

If the number of nodes on one AS-Interface network is insufficient, then a 

double master can also be used to drive two AS-Interface networks. Masters/gateways 

installed in parallel in the control cabinet can also enable simple 

fulfilment of the required system size. If signals from one AS-Interface 

network need to be transferred to a second one, data coupler modules can 

be used, which transfer 4 bits at a time from one network to the other. 

In extensive installations, line lengths of over 100m (this includes spur lines 

to intelligent sensors) may be necessary. By using repeaters (maximum of 

2 in series), the length of the line can be extended to up to 300 m from the 

master. One or two additional power supplies (or power extenders) will be 

necessary. A network with star topology, with more repeaters, can attain 

very large overall line lengths. The topology of the network is arbitrary: Star, 

tree, line, spur lines, or other. 

Specifying the power supply 

The power supply needed can be derived from the power consumption of 

the individual devices. The following typical values can be used: 

Current consumption by the master: approx. 200 mA 

Per AS-Interface module: approx. 30 mA … 80 mA 

(depending on type) 

Per sensor input: approx. 5 mA 

Per sensor: ca. 10 mA … 80 mA (depending 

on type) 

(inductive typically 10 mA, 

optical typically 35 mA) 

Per analogue module: approx. 80 mA 

Per safety monitor (1/2 channel): 150/200 mA 

This makes it possible to estimate whether a 2.8 A, a 4 A or an 8 A AS-Interface 

power supply will be necessary. Exact power consumption data can 

be found in the corresponding data sheets. 

If a 24 V auxiliary power supply is also necessary, the power consumptions 

must also be totalled for it, and a corresponding 24 V power supply selected. 





STEP 3 

STEP 4 


Address configuration of slaves and wiring 

It is possible to configure the addressing of slaves at your desk or workbench 

using the VBP-HH1 hand-held device, label them, and then install in 

the planned locations. This has the advantage, that the addressing and labeling 

can be performed rationally. However, it is then very important to 

take care to match addresses to functions during installation. This procedure 

is generally to be recommended. 

If modules are first installed and then connected by flat cable to the AS-Interface 

line, addressing and labeling must be performed with the hand-held 

device in a second step, since all slaves have address 0 as delivered. It is 

important to ensure that no addresses are duplicated. 

The addressing of intelligent sensors with integrated AS-Interface chips can 

easily be performed by plugging the sensors into the hand-held device. Appropriate 

contact pins are integrated for M12, VariKont M and VariKont designs. 

Modules with addressing jacks are connected via a connector cable. 

The slave is thus disconnected from the network and other modules and 

can only be accessed through the hand-held device. 

The hand-held device can also be used for reassigning addresses on the 

AS-Interface network. The master must simply be disconnected from the 

network and the hand-held device connected to the yellow AS-Interface cable. 

All nodes on the network can then be addressed selectively. There is 

the additional possibility of performing addressing directly on the master using 

the display, or using the AS-i Control Tools software. 

After all modules have been addressed and connected, the AS-Interface flat 

cable is connected to the AS-Interface power supply, and the 24 V auxiliary 

power supply optionally connected. The master and any other control cabinet 

modules should be wired in parallel. Adaptors from flat cable to flexible 

leads, or Power Rail technology, may be used to do this. 

Neither the AS-Interface positive or negative may be earthed at any point! 

Only the earth connection of the power supply may be connected to earth. 

To ensure correct earthing, we offer power supplies and gateways with 

earth monitoring functions. 

Configuration of masters/gateways 

Finally, it must be defined in the master/gateway which nodes are connected 

to the AS-Interface network. This is done by pressing the MODE button 

on the front of the gateway for about 5 seconds (switching into configuration 

mode) and then pressing the MODE button again (switches back to protected 

operating mode). Alternatively, on masters with graphical displays, the 

"Quick setup" menu can be called up for configuration. After successful configuration 

of the master/gateway, the red "Config. Error" LED will be turned 

off. 

Field bus master simulators are available for PROFIBUS, CANopen, DeviceNET. 

and ModBus. EtherNet and Interbus gateways can be simulated 

using the AS-Interface Control Tools and tested including the higher-order 

field bus connection. 



21

Masters and 

Gateways 

Power Supplies, 

Extender, Repeaters 

Safety at work 

I/O Modules 

Control cabinet 

I/O Modules 

Field application 

Analogue modules 

Other modules 

Inductive sensors 

Photoelectric 

sensors 

Rotary encoders 

Accessories 


22 





2 Masters and Gateways 


The AS-lnterface Masters / Gateways are the core components of an AS- 

Interface system. These devices perform a cyclic interrogation of the slaves 

via a polling procedure and represent the link to the higher level system in 

the form of a decentrally operating, flexible and fast control unit. The devices 

are also available with a control function (Integrated PLC with inputs, outputs, 

timers, and counters) for autonomous operation. 

Masters are available in various versions and construction types, for example 

with a large graphics display for on-site diagnosis. These cover not only 

peripheral faults, even statistical faults can be evaluated via an internal fault 

counter and used for trouble-shooting if necessary. 

Of course, all data can also be transferred via the field bus interface for control 

purposes. 

Addressing and parameter assignment (On initial installation, for example) 

can take place directly on the master/gateway. There are also commissioning 

tools available, for instance the AS-i Control Tools software, VAZ-SW- 

ACT32. This software package allows simple, quick, and easy commissioning 

of the AS-Interface network via the serial interface of a PC. 

Various interfaces are available for connecting the higher level control system: 

Serial interface (RS 232) 

PCI bus for direct connection to a PC 

Field bus interface with the gateways (For all current field bus systems, 

e. g. PROFIBUS DP, DeviceNet, INTERBUS, etc.) 

A gateway consists of two parts: 

The AS-Interface master (e. g. to AS-Interface specification V2.1) for 

management of the AS-Interface network. 

The interface to the higher level field bus system (e. g. as PROFIBUS 

slave) for transfer of the data to the control system. 

For field applications Pepperl+Fuchs can supply masters/gateways in 

protection class IP67 in the G4 housing. These devices are ideal for decentralisation 

with AS-Interface, since the devices can be installed close to the 

application. The restriction to 100 m of cable is of no great consequence 

and the large distances can be bridged using the higher level field bus system. 

The unified menu structure and philosophy of the masters/gateways simplifies 

operation despite a large number of devices. 

Master/Gateways designed to specification 2.1 have the type codes VBM... 

oder VBG..., while devices designed to specification 2.0 have the codes 

VAM... or VAG... 

Devices with codes VBG-...-D oder VBG-...-DMD are equipped with a large 

graphics display for extra ease of operation. 

For your peace of mind: 

This AS-Interface logo indicates that the AS-Interface devices are "Certificated" 

products. It's there to reassure you that you will experience no negative 

mutual interference effects from AS-Interface devices in your system. 



23 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


24 


CTRL 

for primary control 

(RS 232,RS 422,RS 485) 

F 


CTRL 

Host 


EV 

EV 

Gateway 


CTRL 

Fieldbus 

2.1 Master 

Masters with RS 232 serial interfaces are frequently used as point-to-point 

connections for local solutions where a short distance to the control node is 

involved (Typically up to 10 m). Since these masters also contain a control 

function with SPS functionality (Typically 16 kB program memory, 8 kB user 

memory, 1024 timer and 1024 counter), they are frequently used as autonomous 

control units for sub areas. The program processing time is approximately 

1000 instructions every 2 ms. 

The programming language is based on STEP5 ® . After commissioning the 

connection between the PC and the master is broken and the application 

operates independently. This master is available for installation in the control 

cabinet in the construction types KF (Removable terminals, power rail 

connection) and K5 (Screw terminal connection) or as a plug-in card for the 

PC (for instance VAM-CTR-PC2). If PC masters are used, then the structure 

is similar to the structure for AS-Interface masters, except that the master 

is integrated in the PCI slot of the PC. 

Dual masters are also available: in these, two independent masters are located 

in a single housing. 

2.2 Gateways 

The gateway places the data at the disposal of the higher-level field bus 

(PROFIBUS, INTERBUS, DeviceNet, EtherNet, Modbus, Modbus+, CAN, 

CC-Link, ...), in the requisite format. If devices with control functionality are 

used (see selection table), a preprocessing of AS-Interface data can be performed, 

just as with masters, so that sensors and actuators on the same 

AS-Interface network can be directly connected with one another via the 

control functionality. This makes it necessary to transmit only a little data for 

display in the higher-level bus system. This reduces the system load on the 

higher level bus system and hence increases performance. The preprocessing 

also reduces the memory requirement and the processing time, 

which in turn decreases the cycle time. 

Here, too, there are gateways available for the switch cabinet (KF, K20, or 

K5) and for field application (G4). 

2.3 Programming with AS-i Control Tools 

This software is based on Windows (95, 98, ME, NT4, 2000, XP). After a 

serial connection has been prepared for the master an easy to follow configuration 

assistant guides you through all the further steps required and 

provides help text support. The AS-Interface network is displayed graphically. 

A fault elimination routine helps in the event of nonsensical results. The 

finished configuration can be saved as a file and sent via download to the 

master/gateway. This means that in series production similar configurations 

can be easily prepared and the configuration can be printed out for the purpose 

of system documentation. 





Overview of available AS-Interface Masters and Gateways: 


(Sorted by design. Dimensions and connection type can be found in the corresponding data sheets.) 

Design Type code Interface Spec. Features Display Page 

PCI VBM-CTR-PCI-DM PCI 2.1 

KF 

K5 

K20 

G4 

* Also available with PLC functionality on request. 

PLC functionality 

dual master 

mounted in PCI slot 

VBM-CTR-KF-R2 RS 232 2.1 PLC Functionality 

- 28 

VBG-PB-KF-R4 PROFIBUS DP V1 2.1 

2 

7-Segment 

LEDs 

34 

VAG-MOD-KF-R4 Modbus 2.0 PLC Functionality 46 

VAG-IBS-KF-FB INTERBUS 2.0 LCD 42 

VBG-PB-K5-R4-DMD PROFIBUS DP V1 2.1 Dual master 

VBG-IP-K5-DM EtherNet 2.1 Dual master 44 

VBG-DN-K5-D DeviceNet 2.1 

graphical 

LCD 

display, 

two lines 

48 

VBG-DN-K5-DMD DeviceNet 2.1 Dual master 50 

VBG-CAN-K5-D CANopen 2.1 52 

VBG-PB-K20-D PROFIBUS DP V1 2.1 * 

VBG-PB-K20-DMD PROFIBUS DP V1 2.1 

* 

Dual master 

VBG-PB-G4F-R4 PROFIBUS DP V1 2.1 Protection class IP67 

VAG-PB-G4F-R4 PROFIBUS DP 2.0 

PLC Functionality 

Protection class IP67 

backlit LCD 

display, 

clear text 

2 

7-Segment 

LEDs 

VBG-CCL-G4F CC-Link 2.1 Protection class IP67 54 

The following data sheets are sorted by interface: 

RS 232 from page 26 

PROFIBUS from page 30 

INTERBUS from page 42 

EtherNet from page 44 

Modbus from page 46 

DeviceNet from page 48 

CAN, CANopen and CC-Link from page 52 



26 

36 

30 

32 

38 

40 

25 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBM-CTR-KF-R2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface master 

Order code 

Features 

26 

Stand-alone master with PLC 

functionality 

62 

Spec 2.1 

VBM-CTR-KF-R2 

AS-Interface master RS 232 cabinet 

module 

Two-digit LC display 

Voltage supply from AS-Interface 

Automatic baud rate detection 

Programmable slave addresses 

Display of detected slaves 

Fault diagnosis 

Parameterisation and monitor 

software 

Power Rail connection 

RS 232 interface 

Dimensions 

60 

Electrical connection 

AS-Interface - 

AS-Interface + 





Power Rail 

4 

5 

24 

23 

33 

32 

5 

4 

Indicating/operating means 

POWER 

SER ACTIVE 

CONFIG ERR 

U ASI 

ASI ACTIVE 

PRG ENABLE 

PRJ MODE 

Terminal for wall mounting 

RS 232 

VBM-CTR-KF-R2 



MODE 

SET 

114 

RS 232 

3 

2 

5 

25 

26 

27 

35 

36 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 

Sub-D socket 

RxD 

TxD 

GND 

RxD 

TxD 

GND 

Screen 

107 

93 




Technical data 

General specifications 

AS-Interface specification 

Indicators/operating means 

V2.11 

LC display, two-digit address display, error message 

LED AS-i ACTIVE AS-Interface operation normal; LED green 

LED CONFIG ERR configuration error; LED red 

LED PRG ENABLE autom. programming; LED green 

LED ENERGY voltage ON; LED green 

LED PRJ MODE projecting mode active; LED yellow 

LED SER ACTIVE interface in operation; LED green 

LED U AS-i AS-Interface voltage; LED green 

Switch SET Selection and setting of a slave address 

Button MODE 

Electrical specifications 

Mode selection/save configuration 

Insulation voltage Ui ≥ 500 V 

Rated operational voltage Ue from AS-Interface 

Rated operational current Ie ≤ 150 mA 

Interface 

Interface type RS 232 

Transfer rate 1200 , 2400 , 4800 , 9600 , 19200 , 38400 or 57600 Bit/s 

, Automatic baud rate detection 

Cable length 

Connection 

max. 30 m 


Standard conformity 

removable coded terminals, Power Rail 

Electromagnetic compatibility IEC 62026-2, EN 61326 

Fieldbus standard 

Ambient conditions 

IEC 62026-2 

Ambient temperature 0 ... 55 °C (273 ... 328 K) 

Storage temperature 

Mechanical specifications 

-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K) 

Protection degree IP20 according to EN 60529 

Mass 420 g 

Software 

The AS-i Control Tools software is supplied as restricted version together with the documentation. 

The software performs addressing, programming and monitoring of the AS-Interface 

network. In addition, it contains an editor that creates programs for the integrated PLC functionality. 

The full version of the AS-i Control Tool is available as an accessory and features an 

expanded diagnostics monitor as well as a larger program memory for AS-Interface Control 

which makes it possible to detect faulty telegrams of slaves. 

Function 

VBM-CTR-KF-R2 

The VBM-CTR-KF-R2 is a stand-alone master 

with integrated PLC functionality. The 

design of this master is ideal for use in a cabinet. 

Its housing, only 60 mm wide, occupies 

little space in a cabinet installation. The 

VBM-CTR-KF-R2 is installed by snapping it 

onto the 35 mm DIN Rail per EN 50022, with 

the integrated Power Rail. The AS-Interface 

signal is transmitted through conductors, 

which are integrated into the Power Rail. 

Thus all cabinet modules in KF housing can 

be connected to the AS-Interface cable by 

simply snapping them onto the DIN Rail. 

Removable terminals for leading the AS- 

Interface cable through the cabinet are available. 

These terminals are coded and allow 

"online" maintenance, i. e. while the system 

is under power. The connection to the AS- 

Interface power supply is established through 

these terminals which can also be used for 

the serial interface. A 9-pin Sub-D connector 

is also available. Power to the master is supplied 

by the AS-Interface cable. 

Two push buttons are used for address 

assignment of the AS-Interface slaves and 

acceptance of the desired configuration. In 

configuration mode, all detected AS-Interface 

slaves are displayed on the 2-digit LCD. In 

normal operation, the LCD is blank unless 

the master detects a faulty AS-Interface 

slave. There are 7 LEDs on the front panel, 

showing the current status of the AS-Interface 

line. 


The VBM-CTR-KF-R2 provides 16 kB of program 

memory (approx. 2500 single binary 

commands), 8 kB of data memory, 1024 

counters and 1024 timers for PLC functionality. 

These capacities suffice to process data 

on the AS-Interface. Thus the master can 

also be operated in "stand-alone" mode. The 

program processing time is approximately 

1000 word commands every 2 ms. The programming 

language is based upon the 

STEP5 ® programming language. 

Accessories 

VAZ-SW-ACT32 

Full version of the AS-i Control Tools 

UPR-05 

Universal Power Rail with DIN rail and 

cover, 5 leads 

UPR-E 

End cap for UPR-03 und UPR-05 


Pepperl+Fuchs Group Tel.: Germany +49 621 776-0 USA +1 330 4253555 Singapore +65 67799091 Internet http://www.pepperl-fuchs.com 27 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBM-CTR-PCI-DM 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 

28 

62 

Spec 2.1 

Order code 


PCI double master for 2 AS-Interface 

networks 

V2.1 master 

Stand-alone master with PLC 

functionality 

Connection to PCI bus 

2 AS-Interface networks 

Simple installation 

PC-independent program processing 

Does not require any interrupts 

Up to 4 VBM-CTR-PCI-DM per PC 

Connectable watchdog 

Dimensions 


Network 1 



Network 2 




AS-Interface network 1 AS-Interface network 2 




PCI bus 

interface 







µP 








AS-Interface specification V2.11 



Rated operational voltage Ue 5 V DC and AS-Interface voltage 

Rated operational current Ie ≤ 200 mA from power supply, 

≤ 70 mA from AS-Interface 


Interface type 32 bit PCI bus interface 





-25 ... 70 °C (248 ... 343 K) 


Construction type Short PCI card 

Software 







Function 


The VBM-CTR-PCI-DM is an AS-Interface 

double master with PLC functionality, especially 

designed for operation with a PCI bus, 

which is available in every modern PC. The 

plug-and-play properties of the hardware and 

driver permit up to 4 masters to be operated 

at the same time, and thus render manual 

configurations redundant. The efficient event 

control of the card allows data to be 

exchanged rapidly. Thus the performance of 

the system is considerably enhanced. An 

Interrupt is not necessary; it does however 

support the event control on system level 

and thus enhances the performance of the 

system once again. 

Communication between AS-Interface master 

and PC is monitored by means of a 

switchable watchdog. In case the PC has a 

system crash, the AS-Interface master is set 

"off-line" and thus all outputs are set inactive. 

Extended diagnostic functions allow sporadical 

configuration errors to be located, and 

AS-Interface communication to be assessed 

with regard to quality. 

Drivers are available for Windows 

95/98/2000/NT. 


The VBM-CTR-PCI-DM provides 4 kBytes of 

program memory, 8 kBytes of main memory, 

1024 counters and 1024 timers for PLC functionality. 

These capacities suffice to process 

data on the AS-Interface. Thus the master 

can also be operated in "stand-alone" mode. 

The program processing time is 2 ms per 

1000 word commands. The programming 

language is based on the STEP5® programming 

language. 

Accessories 

VAZ-SW-ACT32 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBG-PB-K20-D 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface gateway 

Order code 

VBG-PB-K20-D 

PROFIBUS gateway 

Features 

30 

62 

Spec 2.1 

Gateway according to AS-Interface 

specifikation 2.1 for up to 62 units 

Connection to PROFIBUS DP 

Acyclic communication in accordance 

with PROFIBUS DP V1 

Commissioning, without PROFIBUS 

communication 

All AS-Interface functions can be 

called via PROFIBUS 

Fault diagnosis via LEDs and grafic 

display 

Easy commissioning, by grafic 

display 

AS-Interface monitor or extended AS- 

Interface diagnostic read via display 

Double adressing detection of von 


Earh fault detection 

AS-Interface EMC monitoring 

Dimensions 


Plug-in jumpers 

Pos. 1 

Pos. 2 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

75 

55 

Mode 

ESC OK 

Set 




VBG-PB-K20-D 



120 

43 

7 20 

a 

24 V 

0 V 

b 

+ 

- 

– 

Using plug-in jumpers, it is possible to choose whether 

the master shall be supplied by AS-Interface circuit 

(pos.1) or via an own power pade (PELV) (pos. 2). 

PROFIBUS 

RS 232 

VBG-PB-K20-D 

µP 

– 

POWER 

PROFIBUS 

CONFIG ERR 

U AS-i 

AS-i ACTIVE 

PRG ENABLE 

PRJ MODE 

Mode 

ESC OK 

Set 

PWR 

+AS-i1- +AS-i1- 

76 

. 

3 

8 

Sub-D socket 

RxD/TxD-P 

RxD/TxD-N 

Screen 








V2.11 


LED BUS ACTIVE PROFIBUS master detected; LED green 








OK button Mode selection traditional-graphical/confirmation 

Button MODE Mode selection PRJ-operation/save configuration/cursor 

ESC button 


Mode selection traditional-graphical/cancel 



Rated operational current Ie ≤ 180 mA from AS-Interface 


Protocol PROFIBUS 


Transfer rate 

Connection 

9.6; 19.2; 44.44; 93.95; 187.5; 500; 1500 kBit/s self-synchronising 

PROFIBUS Sub-D interface 



screw terminals 




-15 ... 75 °C (258 ... 348 K) 

Protection degree IP20 according to DIN 40050 

Mass 420 g 

Construction type terminal rail housing, LDG-A-30 

Software 

The device is supplied with the configuration data files (GSD) as well as a restricted version of 

the AS-i Control Tools software. The software performs the addressing, programming and 

monitoring of the AS-Interface network. The full version of the AS-i Control Tool is available 

as an accessory and features an expanded diagnostics monitor as well as a larger program 

memory for AS-Interface Control which makes it possible to detect faulty telegrams of slaves. 

A GSD file can be easily created for the PROFIBUS DP using the GSD assistant, whereby 

the size of the I/O windows can be conveniently adapted to the AS-Interface circuit's load and 

the AS-Interface configuration can be stored within the GSD file. A text file is also created, 

which documents the status of AS-Interface data in the gateway's I/O window. 

Note: 

The VAZ-PB-SIM accessory is required for the AS-i Control Tool. 

Function 

VBG-PB-K20-D 

The VBG-PB-K20-D is a PROFIBUS Gateway 

in accordance with AS-Interface specification 

2.11 in IP20. The design is especially 

suitable for use in the switch cabinet. 

The VBG-PB-K20-D is a modular PROFI- 

BUS slave. This means that the user can use 

the PROFIBUS configuration tool to specify 

what data will be transferred via the PROFI- 

BUS. This makes it possible to adjust the 

amount of data to be transferred via PROFI- 

BUS. 

In addition, this gateway supports acyclical 

communication of the PROFIBUSDP V1. 

These acyclical services can be used to 

access a mailbox in the gateway that provides 

access to all the data made available 

by the AS-Interface/PROFIBUS Gateway. 

A push button can be used to accept the target 

configuration and to adjust the PROFI- 

BUS address and baud rate. There are 7 

LEDs on the front panel, showing the current 

status of the AS-i line. 

In the case of the AS-Interface Gateway with 

graphical display, the AS-Interface circuit can 

be placed in service and the test of the connected 

periphery can be kept entirely separate 

from the commissioning of the 

PROFIBUS and the programming. On-site 

operation with the aid of the graphical display 

and 4 push buttons makes it possible to 

show all functions on the display that are 

covered by the AS-i Control Tools software 

for other AS-Interface masters. An additional 

RS 232-socket offers the option of reading 

data via gateway, network and function as 

part of advanced local diagnostics directly 

from the gateway. 


Optionally the gateway is also available with 

PLC-functionality. 

Accessories 

VAZ-SW-ACT32 


VAZ-PB-SIM 

PROFIBUS master simulator 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBG-PB-K20-DMD 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

Features 

32 

62 

Spec 2.1 


PROFIBUS gateway, double master for 









communication 




display 


display 



Double adressing detection of von 



AS-Interface EMC monitoring 

Dimensions 


+ 

- 

+ 

- 


Pos. 1 

Pos. 2 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

75 

55 

Mode 

ESC OK 

Set 

AS-Interface 1 






120 

43 

7 20 

a 

24 V 

0 V 

b 

+ 

- 

– 


the master shall be supplied by AS-Interface-1 circuit 


PROFIBUS 

RS 232 

µP 

– 

POWER 

PROFIBUS 

CONFIG ERR 



PRG ENABLE 

PRJ MODE 


Mode 

ESC OK 

Set 

PWR 

PWR 

+AS-i1- +AS-i1- +AS-i2- +AS-i2- 

76 

. 

3 

8 

Sub-D socket 

RxD/TxD-P 

RxD/TxD-N 

Screen 








V2.11 












ESC button 









Transfer rate 

Connection 


PROFIBUS Sub-D interface 







-15 ... 75 °C (258 ... 348 K) 


Mass 420 g 


Software 










Note: 


Function 


The VBG-PB-K20-DMD is a PROFIBUS 

Gateway with 2 AS-Interface masters in 

accordance with AS-Interface 

Specification 2.11 in IP20. The design is 

especially suitable for use in the switch cabinet. 

The VBG-PB-K20-DMD is a modular PROFI- 






BUS. 


communication of the PROFIBUSDP V1. 


access a mailbox in the gateway that provides 

access to all the data made available 




BUS address and baud rate. There are 7 

LEDs on the front panel, showing the current 

status of the AS-i line. 











for other AS-Interface masters. An additional 

RS 232-socket offers the option of reading 

data via gateway, network and function as 

part of advanced local diagnostics directly 

from the gateway. 


Optionally the gateway is also available with 

PLC-functionality. 

Accessories 

VAZ-SW-ACT32 


VAZ-PB-SIM 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBG-PB-KF-R4 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

Features 

34 

62 

Spec 2.1 

VBG-PB-KF-R4 

PROFIBUS gateway cabinet module 







communication 



Power supply from AS-Interface 

Coded, removable terminals 

Error diagnostics via LEDs and LC 

display 


software 


Dimensions 

60 








Power Rail 

4 

5 

24 

23 

33 

32 

5 

4 


POWER 

BUS ACTIVE 

CONFIG ERR 



PRG ENABLE 

PRJ MODE 

PROFIBUS 


VBG-PB-KF-R4 



MODE 

SET 

114 

5 

6 

3 

8 

25 

26 

35 

36 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

PROFIBUS 

VBG-PB-KF-R4 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 

Sub-D socket 

VP 

DGND 

RxD/TxD-P 

RxD/TxD-N 

RxD/TxD-N 

RxD/TxD-P 

Screen 

107 

93 








V2.11 










Button MODE 









Transfer rate 

Connection 


PROFIBUS RS 485 Interface and removable coded terminals 



removable coded terminals, Power Rail 




-15 ... 75 °C (258 ... 348 K) 

Protection degree IP40 (housing), IP20 (terminals) 

Mass 420 g 

Software 










Note: 


Function 

VBG-PB-KF-R4 

The VBG-PB-KF-R4 is a complete AS-Interface 

master in accordance with AS-Interface 

specification 2.11 in IP20. The design of this 

master is especially suitable for use in the 

switch cabinet. The KF cabinet housing of 

the PROFIBUS Gateway offers all the advantages 

of the serial master, such as Power 

Rail connections and coded, removable terminals. 

The VBG-PB-KF-R4 is a modular PROFI- 






BUS. 


communication of the PROFIBUS DP V1. 


access a mailbox in the gateway that provide 

access to all the data that are made available 



assignment, acceptance of the desired configuration 

and for adjustment of the PROFI- 

BUS address and baud rate. In configuration 

mode, all detected AS-Interface slaves are 

displayed on the 2-digit LCD. In normal operation, 

the LCD is blank unless the master 

detects a faulty AS-Interface slave. There are 

7 LEDs on the front panel, showing the current 

status of the AS-Interface line. 

Accessories 

VAZ-SW-ACT32 


VAZ-PB-SIM 


UPR-E 


UPR-05 





Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBG-PB-K5-R4-DMD 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

Features 

36 

U® 

62 

Spec 2.1 


PROFIBUS gateway, double master for 









communication 




display 


display 



Dimensions 

100 


+ 

- 

+ 

- 


Pos. 1 

Pos. 2 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 


POWER 

PROFIBUS 

CONFIG ERR 



PRG ENABLE 

PRJ MODE 




110 



a 

24 V 

0 V 

b 

+ 

- 

– 




MODE / 

OK 

ESC 

SET / 

AS-i 1 

AS-i 2 PWR CONFIG 

+ - + - + - + - 

a 24V 0V b 

µP 

– 

. 

3 

8 


75 

Sub-D socket 

RxD/TxD-P 

RxD/TxD-N 

Screen 

PROFIBUS 








V2.11 












ESC button 









Transfer rate 

Connection 


PROFIBUS RS 485 interface 







-15 ... 75 °C (258 ... 348 K) 

Protection degree Housing: IP40 according to DIN 40050 

terminals: IP20 according to DIN 40050 

Mass 420 g 


Software 










Note: 


Function 


The VBG-PB-K5-R4-DMD is a PROFIBUS 

gateway with 2 AS-Interface masters in 

accordance with AS-Interface specification 

2.11 in IP20. The design is especially suitable 

for use in the switch cabinet. 

The VBG-PB-K5-R4-DMD is a modular 

PROFIBUS slave. This means that the user 

can use the PROFIBUS configuration tool to 

specify what data will be transferred via the 

PROFIBUS. This makes it possible to adjust 

the amount of data to be transferred via 

PROFIBUS. 






by the AS-Interface/PROFIBUS gateway. 



BUS address and baud rate. There are 



In the case of the AS-Interface gateway with 










for other AS-Interface masters. 

Accessories 

VAZ-SW-ACT32 


VAZ-PB-SIM 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBG-PB-G4F-R4 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VBG-PB-G4F-R4 

PROFIBUS gateway IP65 

Features 

38 

62 

Spec 2.1 



AS-Interface connection via flat cable 

and EMS standard bottom section 

(included delivery) 





communication 



Power supply from AS-Interface 



display 


software 

Dimensions 

66 

31 





PWR 

VBG-PB-G4F-R4 



. .. 

BUS ACTIVE 

µP 


CONF.ERR. 

80 

102 


PRG ENABLE 

PRJ MODE 

7 

8 

6 

9 

2 

4 

1 

3 

5 

10 

PE 

Screen 

RxD/TxD-P 

RxD/TxD-N 

GND 

+5 V 

VBG-PB-G4F-R4 

90 

Buttons 

Mode Set 

Cage clamp 

terminal block 

Power supply for 

terminating resistor 

DIPswitch 

1 2 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 

71 








V2.11 

LED display, two-digit address display, error message 









Button MODE 









Transfer rate 

Connection 

9.6 kBit/s ... 12 MBit/s self-synchronising 

PROFIBUS Cable gland M16 x 1.5 and cage spring terminals 



cable piercing technique 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 


Mass approx. 355 g 

Software 










Note: 


Function 

VBG-PB-G4F-R4 

The VBG-PB-G4F-R4 is a complete PROFI- 

BUS slave with an IP67 rating designed for 

use in the field. The G4 field housing of the 

PROFIBUS gateway offers all the advantages 

of the serial master in this design. 

The VBG-PB-G4F-R4 is a modular PROFI- 






BUS. 








assignment, acceptance of the desired configuration 

and for adjustment of the PROFI- 

BUS address and baud rate. In configuration 

mode, all detected AS-Interface slaves are 

displayed on the 2-digit LCD. In normal operation, 

the LCD is blank unless the master 

detects a faulty AS-Interface slave. There are 



Accessories 

VAZ-SW-ACT32 


VAZ-PB-SIM 


VAZ-G4-R4 

Interface cable for direct connection of 

the master to a PC 

U-G1P 

Base for connection to round cable 

(EMS; 

AS-Interface only) 

VAZ-G4-B 

Blind plug PG7 

Note 

U-G1F 

base is included with delivery 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAG-PB-G4F-R4 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VAG-PB-G4F-R4 

PROFIBUS gateway IP65 

Features 

40 

AS-Interface certificate 




Protection degree IP65 




communication 





display 


software 

Dimensions 

66 

31 





PWR 

VAG-PB-G4F-R4 



. .. 

BUS ACTIVE 

µP 


CONF.ERR. 

80 

102 


PRG ENABLE 

PRJ MODE 

1 

6 

2 

7 

3 

8 

4 

9 

5 

10 

PE 

VAG-PB-G4F-R4 

Screen 

90 

RxD/TxD-P 

RxD/TxD-N 

GND 

+5 V 

Buttons 

Mode Set 

Cage clamp 


Power supply for 

terminating resistor 

DIPswitch 

1 2 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 

71 








V2.0 

LED display, two-digit address display, error message 




LED PWR voltage ON; LED green 


LED PRG MODE projecting mode active; LED yellow 



Button MODE 









Transfer rate 

Connection 


PROFIBUS Cable gland M16 x 1.5 and cage spring terminals 



cable piercing technique 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 


Mass 420 g 

Software 



monitoring of the AS-Interface network. In addition, it contains an editor that creates programs 

for the integrated PLC functionality. The full version of the AS-i Control Tools is available as 

an accessory and features an expanded diagnostics monitor as well as a larger program 






Note: 

The VAZ-PB-SIM accessory is required for the AS-i Control Tools. 

Function 

VAG-PB-G4F-R4 

The VAG-PB-G4F-R4 is a complete PROFI- 

BUS slave designed for use in the field. The 

G4 field housing of the PROFIBUS gateway 

offers all the advantages of the serial master 

in this design. 

Two operating modes are available for the 

exchange of data across PROFIBUS DP: 

standard and expanded. In standard mode 

the gateway uses a fixed I/O configuration so 

that it can be put into operation without additional 

parameter assignment. In expanded 

mode the data structure can be optimised, 

enabling the user to define the data size sent 

to the PROFIBUS master. Owing to the 

reduction of required data, less I/O space is 

needed in the PLC. Two push buttons are 

used for address assignment, acceptance of 

the desired configuration, adjustment of the 

PROFIBUS address and baud rate. In configuration 

mode, all detected AS-Interface 




slave.There are 7 LEDs on the front panel, 


line. 


The VAG-PB-G4F-R4 provides 16 kByte program 

memory, 8 kByte RAM, 1024 counters 

and 1024 timers for PLC functionality. These 

capacities suffice to process data on the AS- 

Interface. Thus the master can also be operated 

in "stand-alone" mode. The program 

processing time is 2 ms per 1000 word commands. 

The programming language is based 

on the STEP5 ® programming language. The 

AS-Interface CTRL functions (upload, download, 

start, stop, read and write internal 

memory) are available in expanded mode. 

Accessories 

VAZ-SW-ACT32 


VAZ-PB-SIM 


VAZ-G4-R4 

Interface cable for direct connection of 

the master to a PC 

U-G1P 


(EMS; 


VAZ-G4-B 


Note 

U-G1F 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAG-IBS-KF-FB 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VAG-IBS-KF-FB 

INTERBUS gateway cabinet module 

Features 

42 

Connection to the remote bus of the 

INTERBUS 






Integration into the INTERBUS "CMD 

Tools" software 


Dimensions 

80 








Power Rail 

5 

4 

29 

30 

41 

42 

5 

4 




PRG ENABLE 

PRJ MODE 


VAG-IBS-KF-FB 



. 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

UL 

CC 

CFG 

BA 

TR 

RBDA 

MODE 

SET 

VAG-IBS-KF-FB 

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 

µP 

114 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

REMOTE IN connector 

Screen 

DO 

DO 

D1 

D1 

GND 

(nc) 

Screen 

REMOTE REMOTE 

IN OUT 

8 

8 

7 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

107 

93 

REMOTE OUT connector 

Screen 

DO 

DO 

D1 

D1 

GND 

RBST 

Screen 

10 11 12 

22 23 24 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

34 35 36 

46 47 48 








V2.0 


LED TR PCP activity; LED green 

LED RBDA Remote bus not available; LED red 





LED UL operating voltage on INTERBUS side; LED green 

LED CC cable check; LED green 

LED CFG configuration error; LED red 

LED BA INTERBUS active; LED green 


Button MODE 





Rated operational current Ie Interface 

200 mA 

Protocol INTERBUS remote bus 

Interface type 

Connection 

RS 485 

AS-Interface removable coded terminals, Power Rail 

INTERBUS 


two 8-pin MiniCombiCon connector 




-15 ... 70 °C (258 ... 343 K) 


Mass 420 g 

Software 

No additional software is necessary for installation and monitoring since AS-i Control Tools is 

completely integrated in the installation software of the INTERBUS (CMD Software). 

Function 

VAG-IBS-KF-FB 

The INTERBUS is a bus system based on a 

ring topology which can be enhanced by the 

AS-Interface/INTERBUS gateway. In contrast 

to INTERBUS, AS-Interface is topology independent 

and offers a very fast cycle time 

VBG-IP-K5-DM 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

Features 

44 

62 

Spec 2.1 

VBG-IP-K5-DM 

Ethernet Gateway, double master for 2 

AS-Interface networks 



Connection to Ethernet TCP/IP 

1 IP address via boot-up 


Commissioning, locally on the 

gateway or via AS-i Control Tools 

software 

All AS-Interface functions possible 

via Ethernet 

MODBUS protocol as fieldbus 

application layer 

Dimensions 

100 


+ 

- 

+ 

Plug-in jumpers - 

Pos. 1 

Pos. 2 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 



ETHERNET 

CONFIG ERROR 

POWER 


PRG ENABLE 

PRJ MODE 

VBG-IP-K5-DM 



110 



a 

24 V 

0 V 

b 

+ 

- 

– 




MODE 

SET 

Made in Germany 

VBG-IP-K5-DM 



+ - + - + - + - 

a 

µP 

24V 

– 

. 

75 

0V b 

RJ-45 socket 

Ethernet 

Screen 

10 BASE-T 








V2.11 

LED AS-i 2 assignment of display to AS-Interface strand 2; 

LED green 


LED ETHERNET ethernet active; LED green 







Button MODE 




Rated operational voltage Ue from AS-Interface or separately 



Protocol Ethernet via TCP/IP 

Interface type 10 Base-T 

Transfer rate 

Connection 

10 MBit/s 

PROFIBUS RS 485 interface 

Ethernet RJ-45 







-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 



Mass 420 g 


Software 

The AS-i Control Tools software is supplied as restricted version together with the documentation 

and performs the addressing, programming and monitoring of the AS-Interface network. 

The full version of AS-i Control Tools is available as an accessory and features an 



Function 

VBG-IP-K5-DM 

The VBG-IP-K5-DM is an Ethernet gateway 

for 2 parallel AS-i lines, which means that 

the data of 2 AS-i lines can be transmitted 

via an IP address. Each Ethernet gateway is 

supplied with a unique MAC-ID. An IP 

address can be assigned to the gateway by 

means of this MAC-ID and Bootp. 

The design of the master is ideal for use in a 

cabinet. 




configuration mode, all detected AS- 

Interface slaves are displayed on the 2-digit 

LCD. In normal operation, the LCD is blank 

unless the master detects a faulty AS- 

Interface slave. There are 7 LEDs on the 

front panel for rapid diagnostics. 

Accessories 

VAZ-SW-ACT32 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAG-MOD-KF-R4 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VAG-MOD-KF-R4 

Modbus gateway cabinet module 

Features 

46 



Two-digit LC display 

Power supply from MODBUS and 






Dimensions 

60 








Power Rail 

4 

5 

24 

23 

33 

32 

5 

4 


POWER 

BUS ACTIVE 

CONFIG ERR 



PRG ENABLE 

MODBUS 


VAG-MOD-KF-R4 



MODE 

114 

3 

8 

25 

26 

35 

36 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

PRJ MODE SET 

VAG-MOD-KF-R4 

RS 485 

MODBUS 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 

Sub-D socket 

A 

B 

A 

B 

screen 

107 

93 








V2.0 


LED BUS ACTIVE MODBUS interface in operation, LED green 








Button MODE 







Protocol MODBUS 


Connection 

AS-Interface removable coded terminals, Power Rail 

MODBUS 


RS 485 interface 




-15 ... 70 °C (258 ... 343 K) 


Mass 420 g 

Software 







Function 

VAG-MOD-KF-R4 

The VAG-MOD-KF-R4 is a MODBUS gateway 

with PLC functionality. The design of this 

master is ideal for use in a cabinet.Its housing, 

only 60 mm wide, occupies little space in 

a cabinet installation. The VAG-MOD-KF-R4 

is installed by snapping it onto the 35 mm 

DIN Rail according to EN 50022, with the 

integrated Power Rail. The AS-Interface signal 

is transmitted via conductors, which are 

integrated in the Power Rail. Thus all cabinet 

modules in KF housing can be connected to 

the AS-Interface cable by simply snapping 

them onto the DIN Rail. The AS-Interface 

data can be accessed in a binary format 

(functions 1, 2, 5 and 15), or through the registers 

(functions 3, 4, 6 and 16). MODBUS 

diagnostic registers are supported. 

The AS-Interface data can be used in various 

ways. Important data is available either 

packed or unpacked by means of the registers 

or in the binary format. Thus the AS- 

Interface masters with MODBUS slave interface 

can be accessed by different MODBUS 

masters and do not require large-scale adaptations. 

Power to the master is supplied by 

the AS-Interface cable. 








slave. There are 7 LEDs on the front panel, 


line. 


The VAG-MOD-KF-R4 has 16 kBytes of program 

memory, 8 kBytes of main memory, 

1024 counters and 1024 timers for the PLC 

functionality. These capacities suffice to 

process data on the AS-Interface. Thus the 

master can also be operated in "stand-alone" 

mode. The program processing time is 2 ms 

per 1000 word commands. The programming 

language is based on the STEP5 ® programming 

language. 

Accessories 

VAZ-SW-ACT32 


VAZ-R4-R2 

RS 232C/RS 485 converter 

UPR-E 


UPR-05 





Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBG-DN-K5-D 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 

48 

U® 

Order code 

VBG-DN-K5-D 

DeviceNet Gateway 

62 

Spec 2.1 



Power supply from DeviceNet and 





display 


display 



Dimensions 

100 


+ 

- 

+ - 


POWER 

MNS 

CONFIG ERR 



PRG ENABLE 

PRJ MODE 


+ - + - 

VBG-DN-K5-D 



110 



MODE / 

OK 

ESC 

SET / 

µP 

. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

VBG-DN-K5-D 

75 

CombiCon connector 

V+ 

CAN_H 

screen 

CAN_L 

V- 

V+ 

CAN_H 

SHIELD 

CAN_L 

V- 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

DeviceNet 








Display graphic display for addressing and error messages 







LED MNS Module/net status; LED green/red 




ESC button 





Rated operational current Ie DeviceNet ≤ 100 mA; 

AS-Interface ≤ 200 mA 


Interface type DeviceNet 

Connection 

AS-Interface screw terminals 

DeviceNet 


5-pin CombiCon connector according to DeviceNet specification 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 



Mass 420 g 


Software 

The device is supplied with the configuration data files (EDS) as well as a restricted version of 



as an accessory and features a larger program memory for AS-i Control as well as an 

expanded diagnostics monitor, which makes it possible to detect faulty telegrams of slaves. 

Note: 

The VAZ-DN-SIM accessory is required for the AS-i Control Tool. 

Function 

VBG-DN-K5-D 

The VBG-DN-K5-D is a Gateway for the 

DeviceNet. The gateway is a 100 % 

DeviceNet-Slave (Group 2 Slave) and as a 

listed product can be addressed directly via 

the DeviceNet device manager. Through collaboration 

with Allen-Bradley it is ensured, 

that the gateway has been fully integrated 

into the DeviceNet software and can be simply 

connected to an existing DeviceNet network 

in the plug-and-play method. 

Communication between the AS-Interface 

and the DeviceNet is achieved via the gateway 

without additional programming 

expense. Connection of the AS-Interface 

master to the DeviceNet is achieved via the 

5-pin CombiCon connector in accordance 

with the DeviceNet specification. Self-opening 

screw terminals are available for all other 

connections. 

Addresses can be assigned to the AS-Interface 

slaves and the set configuration can be 

accepted using the buttons provided. 

7 LEDs, which are situated on the front 

panel, indicate the current status of the AS- 

Interface network. 

On the AS-Interface gateway with graphic 

display the commissioning of the AS-Interface 

circuit and a test of the connected 

peripherals can be completely separated 

from the commissioning of the DeviceNet. 

On site operation using the graphic display 

and the 4 buttons enable all functions to be 

represented on the display that are covered 

by the other AS-Interface masters via the 

AS-i Control Tools software. 

Accessories 

VAZ-DN-SIM 

DeviceNet master simulator 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBG-DN-K5-DMD 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 

50 

U® 

62 

Spec 2.1 

Order code 

VBG-DN-K5-DMD 

DeviceNet Gateway, double master for 





Power supply from DeviceNet and 




Fault diagnosis via grafic display 

Dimensions 

100 


+ 

- 

+ 

- 


Pos. 1 

Pos. 2 

a 

24 V 

0 V 

b 


POWER 

MNS 

CONFIG ERR 



PRG ENABLE 

PRJ MODE 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

VBG-DN-K5-DMD 



110 



+ 

- 

Using plug-in jumpers, it is possible to choose whether the 

master shall be supplied by AS-Interface-1 circuit (pos.1) 

or via an own power pade (PELV) (pos. 2). 

MODE / 

OK 

ESC 

SET / 

AS-i 1 AS-i 2 PWR CONFIG 

+ - + - + - + - a 24V 0V b 

µP 

. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

VBG-DN-K5-DMD 

75 


V+ 

CAN_H 

screen 

CAN_L 

V- 

V+ 

CAN_H 

SHIELD 

CAN_L 

V- 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

DeviceNet 



















ESC button 





Rated operational current Ie DeviceNet ≤ 100 mA; 

AS-Interface ≤ 200 mA 


Interface type DeviceNet 

Connection 


DeviceNet 






-15 ... 70 °C (258 ... 343 K) 



Mass 420 g 


Software 

The device is supplied with the configuration data files (EDS) as well as a restricted version of 



as an accessory and features a larger program memory for AS-i Control as well as an 

expanded diagnostics monitor, which makes it possible to detect faulty telegrams of slaves. 

Note: 

The VAZ-DN-SIM accessory is required for the AS-i Control Tool. 

Function 

VBG-DN-K5-DMD 

The VBG-DN-K5-DMD is a DeviceNet gateway 

with 2 AS-Interface master according to 

the AS-Interface specification 2.11. The 

design is very suitable for use in the switch 

cabinet. 

The gateway is a 100 % DeviceNet slave 

(group 2 slave) and can be configured using 

DeviceNet Manager. Owing to the cooperation 

with Allen-Bradley, the gateway was 

completely integrated with the DeviceNet 

software, and can be easily connected to an 

existing DeviceNet network. 

The gateway enables communication 

between the AS-Interface and the Device- 

Net, without additional programming. The 

AS-Interface master is connected to Device- 

Net with a 5-pin CombiCon connector in 

accordance with the DeviceNet specifications. 

Self-opening device terminals for leads 

are available for all other connections. 

The push buttons are used for address 


acceptance of the desired configuration. 

There are 7 LEDs on the front panel, showing 

the current status of the AS-Interface line. 






DeviceNet. On-site operation with the aid of 

the graphical display and 4 push buttons 

makes it possible to show all functions on the 

display that are covered by the AS-i Control 

Tools software for other AS-Interface masters. 

Accessories 

VAZ-DN-SIM 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBG-CAN-K5-D 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VBG-CAN-K5-D 

CANopen Gateway 

Features 

52 

62 

Spec 2.1 



Protocol standard: CANopen 





display 


display 



Dimensions 

100 


+ 

- 

+ - 


POWER 

MNS 

CONFIG ERR 



PRG ENABLE 

PRJ MODE 

AS-i 

+ - + - 

VBG-CAN-K5-D 



110 



MODE / 

OK 

ESC 

SET / 

µP 

. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

VBG-CAN-K5-D 

75 


(nc) 

CAN_H 

screen 

CAN_L 

(nc) 

V+ 

CAN_H 

SHIELD 

CAN_L 

V- 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

CANopen 








V2.11 












ESC button 







Interface type CANopen 

Connection 


DeviceNet 






-15 ... 70 °C (258 ... 343 K) 



Mass 420 g 


Software 

No additional software is required. 

Function 

VBG-CAN-K5-D 

The VBG-CAN-K5-D is a gateway to a 

CANopen network. The gateway acts as a 

128 bit digital I/O module. All mandatory 

functions, as well as interrupts and 8 bit 

groups etc. are implemented. An emergency 

message can be activated in the case of an 

AS-Interface configuration error. 

The AS-Interface master is connected to 

CANopen with a 5-pin CombiCon connector 

in accordance with the DeviceNet specifications. 

Self-opening device terminals for leads 

are available for all other connections. 

The push buttons are used for address 


acceptance of the desired configuration. 

There are 7 LEDs on the front panel, showing 

the current status of the AS-Interface line. 






DeviceNet. On-site operation with the aid of 

the graphical display and 4 push buttons 

makes it possible to show all functions on the 

display that are covered by the AS-i Control 

Tools software for other AS-Interface masters. 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBG-CCL-G4F 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VBG-CCL-G4F 

CC Link Gateway IP65 

Features 

54 

62 

Spec 2.1 










display 

Dimensions 

66 

31 





PWR 

VBG-CCL-G4F 



L RUN 

. .. 

L ERR 

µP 

SD RD 

80 

102 

CONF. ERR 


1 

6 

2 

7 

3 

8 

4 

9 

5 

10 


VBG-CCL-G4F 

FG 

SLD 

DG 

DA 

DB 

PRG MODE 

PRG ENABLE 

90 

Buttons 

Mode Set 

1 2 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 

Cage clamp 


Terminating resistor 

(remove, unless last 

CC-lInk module) 

71 








V2.11 


LED SD CC Link send data; LED green 

LED RD CC Link receive data; LED green 



LED PWR voltage ON; LED green 

LED L RUN CC link in operation; LED green 

LED L ERR CC Link error; LED red 





Button MODE 







Protocol according to CC-Link specification 

Interface type remote device, 3 occupied stations 

Transfer rate 

Connection 

156 kBit/s up to 10 MBit/s 

AS-Interface cable piercing technique 

CC Link 


Cable gland M16 x 1.5 and cage spring terminals 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 


Mass 355 g 

Software 

No additional software is required. 

Function 

VBG-CCL-G4F 

The VBG-CCL-G4F is a complete CC-Link 

master for use in the field (IP65). The gateway's 

G4 field housing has the same advantages 

as the serial master in this design. 

Two buttons are used for address assignment 

of the AS-Interface slaves and acceptance 

of the desired configuration. In 





slave. The LEDs, located on the front panel, 

show the current status of the AS-i line. 


The VBG-CCL-G4F provides 16 kBytes of 

program memory, 8 kBytes of main memory, 

1024 counters and 1024 timers for PLC functionality. 

These capacities suffice to process 

the data on the AS-Interface. Thus the master 

can also be operated in "stand-alone" 

mode. The program processing time is 2 ms 

per 1000 word commands. The programming 

language is based on the STEP5 ® programming 

language. The AS-Interface CTRL 

functions (upload, download, start, stop, read 

or write internal memory) are available in 

expanded mode. 

Accessories 

U-G1P 


(EMS; 


VAZ-G4-B 


Note 

U-G1F 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules - Control 

cabinet 

I/O Modules - Field 

application 


Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface - Power Supplies, Power Extenders and Repeaters 

56 





Gateway 


power supply 



3 Power Supplies, Power Extenders 

and Repeaters 

On the AS-lnterface data and power supply are transferred on only 

2 conductors. Data communication is based on an AC current supply, while 

the power supply is DC (29.5 ... 31.6 V). In this respect a power pack with 

a decoupling network is required for the AS-Interface power supply. All power 

packs satisfy the PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage) requirements of 

EN 50178 and EN 60204, so that a protective conductor (PE) is not required 

for the AS-Interface circuit. Since the AS-Interface has a symmetrical 

design, the system ground should be connected to the shield terminal on 

the power pack. 

To increase system safety an earth fault monitor function is integrated in 

some power packs. This reliably signals any irregularity in the contact between 

the AS-Interface cable and the earth potential. Whilst on the one 

hand such a fault can lead to a breakdown of AS-Interface communication, 

two earth faults can lead to the uncommanded operation of a plant item, 

which can then no longer be switched off by the system. This must be prevented 

in accordance with EN 60204. A method, which can be employed 

here, is to arrange for the AS-Interface network to be switched off on detection 

of an earth fault. 

Depending on the size of the system, power packs providing between 2.4 A 

and 8 A can be inserted at any point in the AS-Interface network. For dual 

masters, there are also corresponding dual power supplies available. If particularly 

large consumers are present, the power supplies should be placed 

in their vicinity. 

Repeater 

Segment 1 

Segment 2 


power supply 

Switch cabinet In field 

If this is not possible, for example due to the protection class required, then 

the master can be used as a field device, together with a series-connected 

power extender. By this means the length of cable between the power 

pack and the power extender does not count as part of the AS-Interface network 

length and in this way a number of AS-Interface networks, each with 

a master and series-connected power extender, can be supplied by a single 

power pack. 

At least 28 V must be applied to the power extender to ensure that it functions. 

The sum of the input currents to the AS-Interface stations must be 

less than the maximum output current of the power pack. In the case of the 

modules the current consumption comprises the following: Operating current, 

current consumption of the sensors supplied by the AS-Interface, plus 

the current needed to drive the outputs, if these are not externally supplied. 



57 

Masters and 

Gateways 





cabinet 


application 


Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 





cabinet 


application 


Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


58 

PLC 

Standard 

power supply 

Field bus 

0 V D 

The AS-Interface cable does not have to be grounded, as stated above, 

grounded fault monitoring is integrated in a number of power packs. Optionally, 

the occurrence of a ground fault can simply be signalled, or used to 

switch off the AS-Interface network. 

Power Extender 

Gateway 

Switch Schaltschrank cabinet Im In field Feld 

Gateway 


power supply 

100 m 


With a repeater, which can be used in any arbitrary branch, the AS-Interface 

network can be extended to more than 100 m in length by means of 

signal amplification. There is no limit on the number of repeaters in the network, 

but the maximum number of repeaters which can be placed one after 

the other in the circuit is two, i.e. the maximum distance between the master 

and the last slave is 300 m. If safe slaves are used only one repeater can 

be inserted between the master or monitor and a safe slave. The repeater 

also provides galvanic isolation between the networks. Therefore it is always 

necessary to incorporate an additional AS-Interface power pack or a 

power extender after the repeater. 

Repeater 

Repeater 

100 m 


power supply 

100 m 


power supply 

Switch cabinet In field 

Repeater 

Repeater 

100 m 


power supply 

100 m 


power supply 






3.1 Overview of power supplies, power extenders, and repeaters 

Type code Nominal voltage Output voltage Output current Page 

VAN-115/230AC-K17 90 ... 265 V AC 29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 4A 60 

VAN-115/230AC-K13-EFD 100 ... 240 V AC 29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 2,4A 62 

VAN-115/230AC-K14-EFD 100 ... 240 V AC 29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 4,8A 64 

VAN-115/230AC-K16 

VAN-115/230AC-K7-DN 

115 V AC/230 V AC 

switchable 

115 V AC/230 V AC 

switchable 

29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 8A 66 

29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 2 x 4 A 68 

VAN-115/230AC-K8 115 ... 230 V AC 29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 2,8A 70 

VAN-24DC-K6 24 V DC 29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 3A 72 

VAN-G4-PE 30 V DC 29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 2,8A 74 

VAR-G4F Repeater 76 

VAR-KE2 Repeater 78 



59 

Masters and 

Gateways 





cabinet 


application 


Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAN-115/230AC-K17 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface power supply 

Order code 

VAN-115/230AC-K17 


Features 

60 

4 A output loading 

90 V AC bis 265 V AC wide range 

power pack 

SELV 

LED operating display 

AS-Interface data decoupling 

Power factor correction 

Dimensions 

126 


L 

(V in) 

N 

(GND in) 

PE 


70 129 

VAN-115/230AC-K17 



PE 

N 

L 

AS-i - 

AS-i + 

Ground 

LED 

PE 

D 

A 

T 

A 

Ue - 

Ue + 

D 

E 

C 

O 

U 

P 

L 

I 

N 

G 

LED Power 


Ground 

(screen) 

LED Overload 

AS-Interface - (brown) 

AS-Interface + (blue) 

Screen 







LED Overload Red LED, flashing 

LED PWR 


LED green 

Capacity factor approx. 0.6 (Depending on input voltage) 

Mains frequency 47 ... 63 Hz 

Efficiency approx. 85 % 

Rated operational voltage Ue 90 ... 265 V AC 

Rated operational current Ie approx. 0.6 A (Without reactive current) 

Ripple 

Output 

according to AS-Interface specification 

Current limit approx. 4.5 A 

Current 4 A 

Voltage 


29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 

Standards 


EN 60950, UL 60950 planned, AS-Interface certificate planned 

Ambient temperature -10 ... 60 °C (263 ... 333 K) 



-40 ... 85 °C (233 ... 358 K) 


Notes 

The "GND" spring-loaded terminal must be connected to the potential of the machine in any 

case. 

This AS-Interface Power Supply does not provide insulation monitoring according to 

EN 61557-8. 

Function 

VAN-115/230AC-K17 

The primarily pulsed power pack has been 

designed for field bus applications which 

transmit power and data via one single twowire 

cable (AS-Interface concept). It supplies 

a fully extended AS-Interface system with a 

4 A output current. Sinusoidal current drain 

from the mains avoids harmonics. The power 

factor correction feature ensures that the current 

and the voltage are almost cophasal to 

avoid reactive power and provide a 

cos ϕ > 0.97 power factor. 

The power pack makes available electric 

power. In addition to this, it provides for data 

isolation towards the power source and balancing 

of the two output lines (AS-Interface + 

and AS-Interface -) towards the reference 

potential of the machine (shield connection). 

Precise transformer coupling allows the use 

of unshielded load lines. 

Fuses: 

The power pack is electronically protected 

against external short circuits. In case of 

fault, the internal fusible link separates the 

power pack from the mains. 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAN-115/230AC-K13-EFD 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 



Features 

62 


PELV 


2.4 A output load 

115 V AC to 230 V AC 

AS-Interface filter integrated 



Dimensions 

135 


L 

N 

PE 


N 

L 

Reset 

LED-EFD 

LED-Dc o.k. 


GND 


13(+) 

14 

60 110 




EFD 

EFD 

D 

A 

T 

A 

D 

E 

C 

O 

U 

P 

L 

I 

N 

G 


GND 


13 (+) 

EFD 

switch 

output 

14 

Auxiliary Power 

+ - 

Reset button 

Press briefly (< 2 sec.) - Earth fault simulation 

Press long (> 2 sec.) - Reset of earth fault indication 

EFD-switch output 

Earth fault detection-selector switch 

EFD ext. - Earth fault only signalled 

EFD int. - Earth fault switches off power pack 






Reset push button switch earth fault simulation/reset of earth fault display 

Ground fault monitor selection switch int: Switch-off of power supply for earth fault 

ext: no switch-off with earth fault 

LED PWR operating display; LED green 

flashing: overload 

LED EFD 


earth fault display; LED red 

Capacity factor approx. 0.95 



Rated operational voltage Ue nominal: 100 ... 240 V AC 

permissible: 85 ... 265 V AC 

Rated operational current Ie approx. 0.5 A 

Ripple 

Output 


Current limit 3.8 A 

Current 2.4 A 

Voltage 


29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 




-40 ... 85 °C (233 ... 358 K) 


Notes 

The spring terminal "GND" must be connected to ground. Otherwise, earth faults cannot be 

detected. Owing to the passive measuring principle, only asymmetric insulation faults can be 

detected. Equal insulation faults of the "AS-Interface +"- and "AS-Interface -" cables to earth 

are not detected. 

This AS-Interface power supply does not represent an insulation monitoring in accordance 

with EN 61557-8. 


Function 

The primary switched-mode power supply 

unit was designed for field bus applications, 

which transmit both energy and data via a 

two-wire cable (AS-Interface design). It provides 

power to a fully developed AS-Interface 

system with an output current of 2.4 A. The 

sinusoidal draw of current from the mains 

power prevents harmonics. The powerfactor 

correction ensures that the current is in 

phase with the voltage, so the capacity factor 

of cos ϕ > 0.97 prevents reactive power. 

In this case, the power supply unit provides 

the energy, decouples data of the power 

source and balances the two output cables 

(AS-Interface + and AS-Interface -) in relation 

to ground (screen connection). The precise 

and transformer coupling permits the 

use of unshielded load lines. 

Fuse: 

The power supply unit is electronically protected 

against external short circuits. In case 

of a defect, the internal fuse disconnects the 

power supply unit from the supply. 

Earth Fault Detection EFD: 

The switch output of the earth fault detection 

is used for evaluating the detected earth fault 

in the AS-Interface system. By means of the 

potential free transistor output, the system 

can be stopped directly via the control program. 

The output which is normally closed, is 

opened permanently due to detection of an 

earth fault. An earth fault is also signalled by 

means of the "EFD" LED. The output does 

not close again until the power supply is 

restarted or the reset button is pressed 

(> 2 seconds). The transistor output is 

reverse-polarity protected and can be loaded 

to a maximum of 150 mA. The earth fault 

detection can also be configured so that the 

power supply disconnects automatically 

when an earth fault is detected in the AS- 

Interface system. This setting can be activated 

by means of the selector switch, 

located on the lower side of the device. 

Check of the earth fault detection: 

To simulate an earth fault in the device, the 

reset button is pressed for less than 

2 seconds. This makes it possible to test the 

earth fault detection and evaluation, the signalling 

as well as the switch output at regular 

intervals. To reset the earth fault, the reset 

button is pressed again for more than 

2 seconds. 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 



Features 

64 


PELV 


4.8 A output load 

115 V AC to 230 V AC 




Dimensions 

135 


L 

N 

PE 


113.5 110 

N 

L 

Reset 

LED-EFD 

LED-DC o.k. 


GND 


13(+) 

14 




EFD 

EFD 

D 

A 

T 

A 

D 

E 

C 

O 

U 

P 

L 

I 

N 

G 


GND 


13 (+) 

EFD 

switch 

output 

14 

Auxiliary Power 

+ - 

Reset button 

Press briefly (< 2 sec.) - Earth fault simulation 

Press long (> 2 sec.) - Reset of earth fault indication 

EFD-switch output 

Earth fault detection-selector switch 

EFD ext. - Earth fault only signalled 

EFD int. - Earth fault switches off power pack 






Reset push button switch earth fault simulation/reset of earth fault display 

Ground fault monitor selection switch int: Switch-off of power supply for earth fault 

ext: no switch-off with earth fault 

LED PWR operating display; LED green 

flashing: overload 

LED EFD 


earth fault display; LED red 

Capacity factor approx. 0.95 





Rated operational current Ie approx. 0.7 A 

Ripple 

Output 


Current limit approx. 7.6 A 

Current 4.8 A 

Voltage 29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 

Switch-on delay ton Ambient conditions 

< 2000 ms 




-40 ... 85 °C (233 ... 358 K) 


Mass 1000 g 

Notes 

The spring terminal "GND" must be connected to ground. Otherwise, earth faults cannot be 

detected. Owing to the passive measuring principle, only asymmetric insulation faults can be 

detected. Equal insulation faults of the "AS-Interface +"- and "AS-Interface -" cables to earth 

are not detected. 

This AS-Interface power supply does not represent an insulation monitoring in accordance 

with EN 61557-8. 


Function 





power to a fully developed AS-Interface 

system with an output current of 4.8 A. The 

sinusoidal draw of current from the mains 

power prevents harmonics. The powerfactor 

correction ensures that the current is in 

phase with the voltage, so the capacity factor 

of cos ϕ > 0.97 prevents reactive power. 

In this case, the power supply unit provides 







Fuse: 





Earth Fault Detection EFD: 

The switch output of the earth fault detection 

is used for evaluating the detected earth fault 

in the AS-Interface system. By means of the 

potential free transistor output, the system 

can be stopped directly via the control program. 

The output which is normally closed, is 

opened permanently due to detection of an 

earth fault. An earth fault is also signalled by 

means of the "EFD" LED. The output does 

not close again until the power supply is 

restarted or the reset button is pressed 

(> 2 seconds). The transistor output is 

reverse-polarity protected and can be loaded 

to a maximum of 150 mA. The earth fault 

detection can also be configured so that the 

power supply disconnects automatically 

when an earth fault is detected in the AS- 

Interface system. This setting can be activated 

by means of the selector switch, 

located on the lower side of the device. 

Check of the earth fault detection: 

To simulate an earth fault in the device, the 

reset button is pressed for less than 

2 seconds. This makes it possible to test the 

earth fault detection and evaluation, the signalling 

as well as the switch output at regular 

intervals. To reset the earth fault, the reset 

button is pressed again for more than 

2 seconds. 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAN-115/230AC-K16 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VAN-115/230AC-K16 


Features 

66 


PELV/SELV 


8 A Output loading 

115 V AC / 230 V AC switchable 

AS-Interface data decoupling 

Overload protection using FUSE 

mode 

Dimensions 

91 

Overload 

Reset 

5 11 


L 

N 

Output 

DC 30.5V / 8A 

Input 

AC 115/230V 

6.0/2.8A 50-60Hz 

N L 

Transient- 

Inrush- and 

EMC- Filter 


115/230V switch: 

Sliding switch for 

selection of the input 

voltage range 

Connection terminals 

input 

V 

VAN-115/230AC-K16 



IR on 

1 

2 

3 

AS-int 

ok 

+ - + - Shield 

1-2 Communication mode 

2-3 IR addressing mode 

Input Rectifier 

and Hold-up 

Capacitor 

124 

Overload 

Reset 

Output 

DC 30.5V / 8A 

Input 

AC 115/230V 

6.0/2.8A 50-60Hz 

N L 

DC 

DC 

DC to DC 

Converter 

IR on 

1 

2 

3 

AS-int 

ok 

+ - + - Shield 

1-2 Communication mode 

2-3 IR addressing mode 

62 

62 

5 

Mode Selector: 

Communication/ 

IR Addressing 


Decoupling 

Network 

102 

93 

Infrared (IR) 

Addressing 

Mode 

4 

AS-i ok IR on 

LED red: 

Flashes in fuse mode 

Scanner: 

Reset fuse mode 

LED red: 

ON: pos. plug-in jumper 2-3 

OFF: pos. plug-in jumper 1-2 


Shield 

Plug-in jumper: 

Pos. 1-2: regular AS-Interface communication 

Pos. 2-3: data communication interrupted 

IR addressing can be effected 


LED green: 

ON: AS-Interface voltage in the permissible range 

OFF: overload or missing supply voltage 

Connection terminals output 

Double terminals for AS-Interface + and AS-Interface - 

machine earth (PE) 






Reset push button switch FUSE mode reset 

Mains power selection switch changeover switch for 115 V AC/230 V AC 

LED Overload red LED, flashes in the FUSE mode 

LED IR on red LED: 

ON: Plug-in jumper position 2-3 

OFF: Plug-in jumper position 1-2 

Plug-in jumper Position 1-2: Communication Mode 

Position 2-3: IR addressing 

LED AS-i ok 


operating display; LED green 

Fusing T8A/250 V AC HBC (Not accessible) 

Capacity factor > 0.5 

Mains frequency 47 ... 63 Hz or DC 

Efficiency typ. 92 % (at 230 V AC/8 A) 

Rated operational voltage Ue nominal: 100 ... 120 V AC/220 ... 240 V AC (Selectable on front 

panel) 

permissible: 85 ... 132 V AC/184 ... 264 V AC/230 ... 375 V DC 

Rated operational current Ie 6,0 A (Switch position 115 V) 

2.8 A (Switch position 230 V) 

Overvoltage protection 

Output 

limited to max. 55 V 

Short-circuit protection/overload FUSE mode (2 ... 5 s contact current, then permanent tripping) 

Current limit > 8.4 A 

Current 8 A 

Voltage 30.55 V DC ± 3 % 

Electrical isolation Overvoltage category III 

Residual ripple ≤ 50 mVSS (500 kHz bandwidth, 50-Ω-measurement with 

ohmic load) 

Short-circuit current 


12 ... 25 A (max. 5 s) 

Electromagnetic compatibility 


Emitted interference in accordance with EN 50081-2 class B 

(EN 55011, EN 55022) 

Interference immunity in accordance with EN 61000-6-2, 

EN 61000-4-2 to EN 61000-4-6, EN 61000-4-11 

Ambient temperature -10 ... 70 °C (263 ... 343 K) (Measured 25 mm below the 

device) 

from 60° C 6W/°C power recovery? necessary 

Storage temperature -25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 

Degree of soiling 


2 


Protection class 1 (IEC 536); Protective conductor connection necessary 

Connection Connection terminals, max. conductor cross-section 

flexible: 0.5 ... 4 mm 2 

fixed: 0.5 ... 6 mm2 Material 

stripped length 7 mm, connector sleeves are permissible 

Housing metal 


Function 

VAN-115/230AC-K16 

The primary pulsed DIN rail power pack is 

used for special power supply of AS-Interface 

networks via a two-wire line. It supplies 

a fully loaded AS-Interface system with an 

output current of 8 A. 

The voltage input range of the device can be 

selected on the front side. This makes it possible 

to operate the device on all singlephase 

power supply voltages commonly 

used worldwide. 

Certification of the device according to international 

and various national standards 

allows for worldwide usage. 

Safe operation using FUSE mode: 

To protect against overload and excess temperature, 

the device has a FUSE mode (electronically 

simulated fuse), for permanent 

shutoff of the output in the event of failure. 

This turns off the device in the event of overload, 

short circuit or excess temperature, 

thus protecting the AS-Interface cable and 

the attached components. A flashing LED 

indicates that the FUSE mode has been triggered. 

Turning the device on again requires 

deliberately pressing a Reset button on the 

front side of the unit. This prevents unwanted 

startup from occurring. 

Operation without the AS-Interface string: 

This AS-Interface power pack has an inductive 

output. For operation without the AS- 

Interface string (for example lab measurements) 

we recommend connecting a 

470 µF/35 V capacitor between AS- 

Interface + and AS-Interface -. Standard 

commercial laboratory loads frequently tend 

to oscillate and together with the data decoupling 

form a resonance that exceeds the permitted 

modulation voltage. 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 


AS-Interface dual power supply 

Features 

68 

PELV 

115 V AC / 230 V AC switchable 

Two galvanically isolated outputs, 

each 30.55 V / 4 A 



89 % efficiency level 

Dimensions 

120 


L 

(V in) 

N 

(GND in) 

PE 


LED (Vout1) 

Screen 

AS-Interface + (brown) 

AS-Interface - (blue) 

PE (internal) 

PE 

115/230 V 

manually 

L 

N 

115/230 V 

Mains voltage 

selector switch 




LED 

LED 

D 

A 

T 

A 

D 

A 

T 

A 

D 

E 

C 

O 

U 

P 

L 

I 

N 

G 

D 

E 

C 

O 

U 

P 

L 

I 

N 

G 

120 

112.5 

134 

AS-Interface + (V OUT1 ) 

screen (V OUT1 ) 

AS-Interface - (V OUT1 ) 

AS-Interface + (V OUT2 ) 

screen (V OUT2 ) 

AS-Interface - (V OUT2 ) 

Airflow direction 

(Do not obstruct 

ventilation!) 

LED (Vout2) 

Screen 



PE (internal) 






Mains power selection switch changeover switch for 115 V AC/230 V AC 

LED green 


Operating display 



Rated operational voltage Ue nominal: 115 V AC/230 V AC switchable; 

permissible: 88 ... 132 V AC/187 ... 264 V AC 

Rated operational current Ie Output 

6 A at 115 V AC 

2.8 A at 230 V AC 

Jumpering time 20 ms 

Current 2x4 A 

Voltage 29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 

Switch-on delay ton Ambient conditions 

1 ms 




-20 ... 100 °C (253 ... 373 K) 


Connection min. 0.5 mm 2 , max. 4 mm 2 (rigid wire) 

min. 0.5 mm2 , max. 2.5 mm2 Material 

(strand) 

wire min. 9 mm, max. 15 mm separation 

Housing aluminium 

Mass 1150 g 

Function 






an output current of 2 x 4 A for two fully 

developed AS-Interface systems. 

By means of two identical galvanically isolated 

outputs, the power supply unit provides 







The PELV output circuit is electronically protected 

against overload and continuous short 

circuit. Its structure is equivalent to safety 

isolating transformers per VDE 0551. 

Fuse: 





Note: 

Do not remove any screws from the housing 

without consulting us, since internal protective 

earthing connections might disconnect. 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAN-115/230AC-K8 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VAN-115/230AC-K8 


Features 

70 


PELV 


Up to 2.8 A output load 

115 V AC to 230 V AC 



Cable fed in from below 

Dimensions 

140 


L 

(V in) 

N 

(GND in) 

PE 


VAN-115/230AC-K8 



110 

Power LED green 

Error LED red 

LED 

D 

A 

T 

A 

D 

E 

C 

O 

U 

P 

L 

I 

N 

G 

+ 


+ 

GND 

PE L1 N + - GND 


- 

- 

screen 


90 






LED ERROR overload display (beginning at 2.9 A output current); LED red 

LED ENERGY operating display; LED green 


Fusing version TR5, 2 A delayed soldered in permanently internally 

Capacity factor at UE = 115 V: 0.99 

at UE = 230 V: 0.97 




Rated operational current Ie 0.4 ... 1.2 A 

Ripple according to AS-Interface specification 

Output 

Current limit 3.5 A 

Current 2.8 A 

Voltage 29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 


Standards emitted interference to: EN 55022:1995 Class A, VDE 0878 

Part 22:12.1995 

interference resistance in acc. with: EN 50082-2:1995, 

ENV 50140:02.95, ENV 50141:1994, ENV 50142:10.95, 

VDE 0839 Part 82-2:02.1996, VDE 0847 Part 3, VDE 0843 

Part 4/5/6 






Function 

VAN-115/230AC-K8 

The VAN-115/230AC-K8 power supply unit 

supplies a fully loaded AS-Interface system 

with an output current of 2.8 A. 

The sinusoidal current consumption of the 

power supply prevents harmonic waves; thus 

this power supply unit has a particularly low 

susceptibility to faults. The powerfactor correction 

ensures that the current is in phase 

with the voltage, so the capacity factor of 

cos ϕ > 0.97 prevents reactive power. 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAN-24DC-K6 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VAN-24DC-K6 


Features 

72 

PELV 

Input voltage 24 V DC 

Output current 3 A 


88 % efficiency level 

Dimensions 

LED 

50 


U e + 

U e- 

PE 

18 ... 32 V DC 

voltage range 


VAN-24DC-K6 



LED 



Screen 

PE (internal) 

PE 

Ue + 

Ue - 

Secondary 

side 

Primary 

side 

120 

113 

LED 

D 

A 

T 

A 

D 

E 

C 

O 

U 

P 

L 

I 

N 

G 

130 


screen 


Airflow direction 

(Do not obstruct ventilation!) 








Rated operational voltage Ue 24 V DC 

18 ... 32 V DC (with full data content) 

16 ... 40 V DC (short-time, under 18 V no start-up) 

Rated operational current Ie 6 A at 24 V DC 

Output 

Short-circuit protection/overload max. 5 A 

Current limit 3.15 ... 3.6 A 

Current 3 A 

Voltage 29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 






Connection min. 0.5 mm 2 , max. 4 mm 2 (rigid wire) 

min. 0.5 mm2 , max. 2.5 mm2 (strand) 

wire min. 9 mm, max. 15 mm separation 


Function 

VAN-24DC-K6 

The VAN-24DC-K6 DC/DC transducer was 

designed for field bus applications, which 

transmit both energy and data via a two-wire 

cable (AS-Interface design). It powers a fully 

loaded AS-Interface system with a maximum 

output current of 30.55 V and 3 A. 

In this case, the DC/DC transducer provides 




to ground (screen connection). 

The precise and transformer coupling permits 

the use of unshielded load lines. 

The PELV output circuit is electronically protected 

against overload and continuous short 

circuit. 

Fuse: 

The DC/DC transducer is electronically protected 

against continuous short circuit. In 

case of a defect, the internal fuse disconnects 

the DC/DC transducer from the power 

supply. 

Note: 

Do not remove any screws from the housing 

without consulting us, since internal protective 

earthing connections might disconnect! 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAN-G4-PE 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VAN-G4-PE 

AS-Interface power extender 

Features 

74 

Multiple AS-Interface networks can 

be operated through a single power 

stage 

Up to 2.8 A output load 

G4 housing with screwed connection 


LEDs for display of AS-Interface 

voltage 

Dimensions 

66 

31 



Input voltage 


Base is sold separately 

VAN-G4-PE 



80 

30 V input voltage 

102 

45 

DATA 

DECOUPLING 

51 


output voltage 

Function ground 






LED U AS-i AS-Interface voltage on the output is displayed in two stages: 

AS-Interface voltage > 28 V; LED green 

AS-Interface voltage > 26 V; LED green 



Rated operational voltage Ue 30 V DC 

Rated operational current Ie 2.8 A at 30 V 

Input 

Lead monitoring self resetting fuse, 3 A 

Output 

Voltage 29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 






Connection standard AS-Interface EEMS base, i. e. cable piercing method 

screwed connection M12 x 1,5 and cage-clamp terminals 

Mass 120 g 

Function 

VAN-G4-PE 

The maximum cable length in an AS-Interface 

line is 100 m. There is often a great distance 

to the modules in the field, when the 

power supply unit is located in the cabinet. 

When an AS-Interface power extender is 

used, the distance between the power supply 

unit and the power extender is not included in 

the calculation of the bus length. Instead of 

an AS-Interface power supply unit, a standard 

power supply unit with an output voltage 

of 30 V in accordance with AS-Interface 

specifications can be used. The AS-Interface 

master and slaves are only usable on the 

side of the power extender opposite to the 

power supply unit (AS-Interface output). 

The AS-Interface power extender is located 

in an IP67 rated field housing. Small decentralized 

AS-Interface networks can easily be 

arranged together with IP67 rated AS-Interface 

gateways. 

Depending on the lead resistance and the 

current, a voltage drop between the power 

supply unit and the AS-Interface power 

extender occurs. The AS-Interface power 

extender indicates the AS-Interface voltage 

on the output, in two stages (see technical 

data) by means of two LEDs. It has to be 

ensured that actuators are supplied with the 

permissible voltage tolerance of 24 V +10%/- 

15%, as is the case with all AS-Interface circuits. 

A rule-of-thumb formula for the AS- 

Interface cable length relative to the AS- 

Interface voltage is: 

AS-Interface voltage > 28 V: approx. 80 m 

cable length, 

AS-Interface voltage > 26 V: approx. 60 m 

cable length. 

Note: 

The AS-Interface power extender contains a 

data decoupling for a maximum current of 

2.8 A at 30 V AS-Interface voltage. 

Accessories 

VAZ-G4-B 


Matching system components 

U-G1FF 

Base for connection to flat cable (EEMS; 

AS-Interface and external auxiliary power) 

U-G1PP 


(EEMS; 

AS-Interface and external auxiliary voltage) 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAR-G4F 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface repeater 

Order code 

VAR-G4F 


Features 

76 

Line lengthening by 100 m (max. 

2 repeater in series) 

Galvanic isolation between AS- 

Interface circuits 1 and 2 

No parameterisation 

Need no specific address on the AS- 

Interface bus 

Base included in delivery 

Dimensions 

66 

31 



circuit 1 

FLT 1 

PWR 1 




AS-Interface circuit 1 

VAR-G4F 



80 

102 

PWR1 

FLT1 

FLT2 

PWR2 

45 

51 



FLT 2 

PWR 2 

AS-Interface circuit 2 


circuit 2 






Cycle time 6 per telegram and transfer direction 

12 µs total per telegram 


LED FLT error display; LED red 

red: communication error 

LED PWR 


AS-Interface voltage; LED green 

Rated operational voltage Ue 26.5 ... 31.6 V from AS-Interface 

Rated operational current Ie Standard conformity 

60 mA (per strand element), 120 mA (total) 

Electromagnetic compatibility 


according EN 50295 




-25 ... 75 °C (248 ... 348 K) 


Connection 

Material 

cable piercing method 

flat cable yellow 

Housing plastic 

Mounting screw mounting 

Notes 

If connection of upper part with base U-G1PP: connect AS-Interface 2 + to terminal +, AS- 

Interface 2 - to terminal -, AS-Interface 1 + to terminal EXT+ and AS-Interface 1 - to terminal 

EXT-. 

Function 

VAR-G4F 

The VAR-G4F Repeater galvanically isolates 

two AS-Interface circuits from each 

other and electrically preprocesses the AS- 

Interface signals, in that the cable length is 

effectively extended by 100 m. Two repeaters 

may be switched in series, thus resulting in a 

maximum strand length of 300 m. The 

Repeater requires no parameterisation and 

no unique address on the AS-Interface; the 

total number of Slaves (31 or 62) per network 

remains unchanged. 

Both flat and round cables can be used for 

the connection of the AS-Interface transmission 

line. If the flat AS-Interface cable is 

used, then the base section supplied in the 

delivery package must be used. The contact 

with both of the AS-Interface cables is established 

via the standardised EMS interface, 

i. e. using the insulation penetration technique. 

If the connection is made using round 

cable, then the U-G1PP base section must 

be used. 

Due to the galvanic isolation, each segment 

requires a power supply unit or a power 

extender. 

Two LEDs indicate the correct polarity of the 

AS-Interface cables and two LEDs signal 

communication errors in the respective AS- 

Interface circuits. 


U-G1PP 


(EEMS; 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAR-KE2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VAR-KE2 


Features 

78 

Line lengthening by 100 m (max. 

2 repeater in series) 

Galvanic isolation between AS- 

Interface circuits 1 and 2 

No parameterisation 

Need no specific address on the AS- 

Interface bus 

Housing with removable terminals 

Dimensions 



circuit 1 

22.5 7 

85 

FLT 1 

PWR 1 




n.c. n.c.AS-i2- AS-i2+ 

n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c. 

n.c. n.c. 

AS-i1+ AS-i1- 

n.c. n.c. 

n.c. n.c. 

VAR-KE2 



FAULT 1 

PWR 1 

PWR 2 

FAULT 2 

99 



FLT 2 

PWR 2 


circuit 2 






LED FAULT error display; LED red 


LED PWR AS-Interface voltage; LED green 



Rated operational current Ie 60 mA (per strand element), 120 mA (total) 


Electromagnetic compatibility according EN 50295 






Connection removable terminals, terminal connection ≤ 2.5 mm 2 

Mounting DIN rail 

Function 

VAR-KE2 

The repeater VAR-KE2 galvanically separates 

two AS interface circuits, and conditions 

the AS-Interface signals electrically, 

which extends the cable length by 100 m. 

Two repeaters can be cascaded, resulting in 

a maximum cable length of 300 m. The 

repeater does not require any parameterisation 

and no own address in the AS-Interface; 

the overall number of slaves (31 or 62) per 

branch remains unchanged. 

The housing, only 22.5 mm in width, takes up 

little place in the switch cabinet. The module 

is mounted by snapping it on to the 35 mm 

mounting rail in keeping with European 

standard EN 50022. Pluggable screw terminals 

are used for connection. This method of 

mounting permits easy removal during initial 

operation or servicing. 

On account of the galvanic separation, each 

segment requires a power supply unit or a 

power extender. 

Two LEDs indicate the correct polarity of the 

AS-Interface cables; two LEDs indicate any 

communication errors in the respective AS- 

Interface circuits. 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


80 






4 AS-Interface - Safety at work 

The rubric of "AS-Interface Safety at Work" includes safe communications 

based on AS-Interface. This system has been the industry standard for networking 

of sensors and actuators for years. The safety concept lowers installation 

costs for intrinsically safe components while adhering to current 

safety regulations. 

Typical danger spots are, for example, manually operated feed systems, in 

which process availability and safety-oriented aspects compete. Short reaction 

times are important, so that the switching-off of equipment occurs 

quickly and minimal safety distances and margins are not exceeded. 

The following functions are frequently required to limit the inherent dangers 

to the minimum possible: 

EMERGENCY-STOP: For manual switch-off in the event of a fault 

Restart inhibit: For safety during and following a fault 

Repair and maintenance: Safe access 

Moveable protective systems: Monitor functional integrity 

Setup: Operating functionality and flexibility during re-tooling and process 

sequences 

Safe operation: Minimising the risks during normal operation 

Controlled restart: Achieved, for example, by the use of key-operated 

switches after the cancellation of the restart inhibit 

Muting function: e. g. for feeding material, with by-pass of the safety function 

for a specified short period of time 

Indicating via signal lamps: e.g. with activated muting function with increased 

risk potential 

Access protection (e. g. Safety light barriers with a beam separation of 

500 mm in accordance with EN 999) 

Intervention protection (e. g. safety light grids with a beam separation of 

25 mm) 

Finger protection (e. g. safety light curtain with a beam separation of 

14 mm) 

In these applications EN 954-1 "Safety of machines, safety-related parts of 

controls (Categories 1 to 4)", EN 60204-1 "Safety of machines, electrical 

equipment" and IEC 61508 "Functional Safety of electronic systems (Classified, 

for example, in terms of the probability of failure of the safety 

system)" must be adhered to. The weakest link in the chain determines the 

safety of the overall system. 

Current solutions are often contrived, such that conventional sensors and 

actuators are installed using parallel wiring, in order to facilitate fault detection 

and fault rectification. AS-Interface Safety at Work sets new standards 

here in terms of flexibility, diagnostic cabability and simplicity of installation. 

... offers savings potential 



81 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


82 

Check the product reference. 

This AS-Interface 

Safety Logo indicates 

that the device is a safe 

AS-Interface product. 

The product-related instructions 

and restrictions 

must be observed. 

4.1 The safety concept 

No special cabling or control units are required to take advantage of the 

benefits of the system. Intrinsically safe devices can be added to any existing 

AS-Interface line, simply by integrating one or more safety monitors into 

the AS-Interface network. The monitor has the task of observing the responses 

from the "safe" slaves to the master. The higher level standard 

master drives all the components in a network in the customary manner. 

The AS-Interface transfer protocol is so immune to interference and faulttolerant, 

that safety-related messages can be communicated. An additional 

monitoring of the "Safe" components is carried out by the safety monitor, 

which constantly checks the communication between the standard master 

and the "Safe" devices. 

This operating principle is extraordinarily reliable and as such it can be used 

up to category 4 in accordance with EN 954-1 "Safety of machines, safetyrelated 

parts of controls" with TÜV approval. TÜV has certified the devices 

and the BIA (Berufsgenossenschaftliche Institut für Arbeitsschutz) has also 

classified the communications as "safe". 

4.2 The advantages 

In systems with safety-relevant processes, the yellow cable wiring harnesses 

required for conventional safety systems, are frequently in evidence. 

There are cost savings here, for instance, in the wiring. Moreover, any kind 

of modification of the system is extremely costly in terms of both time and 

money. 

With the AS-Interface Safety at Work concept, an unshielded two-wire cable 

is used. Extensions can be made at any point, simply and easily. 

The AS-Interface flat cable guards against reverse polarity and the insulation 

penetration connection technique facilitates fast installation. And it is 

even possible to transfer safe and non-safe signals on one cable. Wherever 

AS-Interface has already been installed safety-related components can 

simply be added to the system. Since the costs of installation often amount 

to more than 40% of total plant costs, there is a tremendous savings potential 

here. But the potential for savings doesn't stop there. Take the control 

cabinet, for example. No additional control units are required in the control 

cabinet - once again leading to savings in equipment costs and space. 

In the case of an Emergency-stop action the location from which this precaution 

was initiated is immediately known. Then additional information on 

the cause of the incident can be communicated and presented. 

All these features establish the AS-Interface Safety at Work system as the 

most cost-effective alternative for any field bus installation for standard applications. 

AS-Interface benefits at a glance: 

The many safety monitors facilitate grouping 

Master and control system remain unchanged 

Fail-safe PLCs are not required 

Safety at Work is compatible with existing AS-Interface systems 

Network is flexibly extensible at any time 

Safe and non-safe signals can share the same network 





4.3 Safety monitor 


The safety monitor has the task of monitoring the safe slaves to ensure their 

fault-free function during normal operation and maintaining a safe condition 

via positive-action relays in the event of a fault. To this end the safety monitor 

"listens to" the AS-Interface communication. All the slaves are called up 

by the master on every cycle. In addition to the input status of each of the 

connected sensors/contacts the signal response of the safe slaves contains 

a 4-bit safety code, which is continuously varied on each query according to 

a stored, fixed algorithm. If this 4-bit code is not modified as expected a fault 

condition is detected and the system is safely shut down. In this case the 

code "0000" is transmitted and results in a switch-off in no more than 

40 msec (max. cycle time including repetition and processing time). The 

safety monitor requires no address, but it does allow an address to be assigned 

for communication with the master, so that all diagnostic information 

is also available to the master. 

The configuration of the initiation circuits is carried out by the ASIMON configuration 

software, which enables the logic operations to be defined. Either 

1 or 2 safe outputs are available to the safety monitor to facilitate the safe 

shut down. The following functions can be configured in the safety monitor 

in stop category 0 and stop category 1: 

EMERGENCY-STOP function 

Two-hand operation 

Door locking 

Protection checks 

Restart inhibit 

The AS-Interface connection localises the position at which the EMERGEN- 

CY-STOP is activated. In addition, further information on the type of fault 

can be transferred, so that down time can be minimised. 

The user can also choose betwee the Standard Safety Monitor and the "Enhanced" 

Safety Monitor. The difference between these two monitors is indicated 

in the following table: 

Technical features Standard Enhanced 

Number of logic modules no AND, 

only 2 x OR 

6 x AND, 

6 x OR, 

1 R/S Flip-Flop 

Number of configuration modules 32 48 

Timer function No Yes 

Contact debounce function No Yes 

Deactivation of function modules No Yes 

NOP (No operation) function as space holder1 No Yes 

1 

Due to timing reasons, at least 5 addresses must be given in the monitor. 

The NOP function allows virtual addresses to be used. 

The state of the power-off circuit is displayed on the monitor using LEDs: 

red LED on: switched off 

yellow LED on: ready to restart after release 

green LED on: running application 



83 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


84 

S 

The labeling of safe 

slaves is denoted by a 

red "S". 

4.4 Safe slaves 

In order to be able to cover the necessary functions in the system, safe 

slaves are available which connect directly to the AS-Interface. These are, 

for example emergency stop switches with an integrated AS-Interface interconnection, 

safe slaves with 2 safe inputs as well as safe slaves with 2 safe 

inputs and 2 non-safe outputs, for example for the connection of contacts. 

Safety category 3 is also achieved through separate assignment of the inputs 

on the module. The two-channel input on the module must be used to 

provide safety category 4. 

Safe modules with non-safe outputs can be used for direct local signalling 

on site. Using one data bit, inputs and outputs can simply be logically connected 

in the module and, for example, a warning light or the LED in the 

emergency stop switch can be controlled. However, due to the integrated 

logic function in the module, only the output of the module must be fed to 

the lamp. Previously it was necessary to route via the master, a software 

routine in the PLC, a relay output in the control cabinet and the wiring from 

the control cabinet to the warning light. 

4.5 The ASIMON configuration software 

The ASIMON softwar is used to configure and commission the safety monitor 

via a PC with an RS 232 interface. The easy-to-understand control interface 

is used to assign safe inputs for shut-off circuits and monitor modules, 

to establish emergency-off or safety light grid functions, for example, 

the assignment for the start modules as well as the selection of the output 

modules (Stop category 0 or 1). The options are wide ranging, so that the 

settings are suitable for almost all applications. 

System documentation for the safe components is supported, in that the 

configuration can be stored and also printed out. The creation of a copy of 

the configuration for other safety monitors is also possible. The following 

steps are required to generate a configuration: 

Start the program and the "Start Assistant" 

Select diagnostic function 

Establish configuration: Title, dependencies, slave addresses, assignment 

of the slave to a module, complete AND/OR coupling module, determine 

stop category, define delay time. 

Assign an AS-Interface address for the safety monitor (Optional) 

If a configuration already exists, this can be loaded and amended. 

The assignment of modules from a symbol library to the two release circuits 

takes place interactively by drag-and-drop. 

When a configuration has been devised and checked it can be transferred 

to the safety monitor and the code sequence of the safe slaves to be monitored 

can be taught in. The configuration protocol must then be checked 

and enabled. The last step is to switch over the safety monitor from the configuration 

mode to the protection mode. 

The functions New Configuration, Teach-in Code Sequence, Enable, Stop 

Command and Change Password are password protected. 

The ASIMON software provides extensive support for fault isolation and 

fault rectification. In the ASIMON manual you will find several example applications 

to enable you to become quickly familiar with the system. 






4.6 Overivew of available AS-Interface Safety at Work products 

Type code Function Page 

VAS-1A-K12-U Standard Monitor, 1 shutdown circuit 86 

VAS-1A-K12 Enhanced Monitor, 1 shutdown circuit 88 

VAS-2A-K12-U Standard Monitor, 2 shutdown circuits 90 

VAS-2A-K12 Enhanced Monitor, 2 shutdown circuits 92 

VAA-2E-G4-SN 

VAA-2E2A-G2-S/EA2 

VAA-2E-G2-S 

VAA-2E2A-KE1-S/E2 

VAA-2E-KE1-S 

VAA-2E-F85-V1 

VAZ-SW-SIMON 

Intrinsically safe field module, 2 safe inputs, 

connection of SN sensors possible 

cable gland 

Intrinsically safe field module, 2 safe inputs/2 outputs 

M12 connector 

internal logical connection of inputs/outputs possible 

Intrinsically safe field module, 2 safe inputs 

M12 connector 

Intrinsically safe switch cabinet module, 2 safe inputs/2 outputs 

Screw terminal connection 

internal logical connection of inputs/outputs possible 

Intrinsically safe switch cabinet module, 2 safe inputs 

Screw terminal connection 

Emergency stop switch, 

integrated AS-Interface connection 

ASIMON software package 

for configuration of AS-Interface Safety at Work 



94 

96 

98 

100 

102 

104 

330 

85 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAS-1A-K12-U 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface safety monitor 

Features 

86 

SAFETY AT WORK 

Order code 


Safety monitor, 1-channel 

U ® 

One open circuit 

Realising safety requirements in 

accordance with category 4 to 

EN 954-1 

Configuration and commissioning 

with configuration software 

Dimensions 

86.4 

7.2 (5x) 

63.2 

45 


RJ45socket 

RS 232 

. .. 


– 

µP 

– 




+ 

- 

102 

5 

1.13 1.23 1.Y1 

AS-i+ AS-i- 1.Y2 

– 

– 


Service 

1 

2 1 READY 

2 ON 

3 3 OFF/FAULT 

CONFIG 

L+ M 1.32 

1.14 1.24 PE 

90.9 

1.13 

1.14 

1.23 

1.24 

1.32 

1.Y1 

1.Y2 

L+ 

M 

PE 

120 

Safety 

switch output 1 

Safety 


Message output 

"Safety on" 

Input 

"EDM" 

Input 

"Start" 



Auxiliary energy 

81.1 

104.2 






Switch-on delay < 10 s 

Response delay < 40 ms 


LED green Off: contacts of the safety output (OSSD) open 

constantly lit: contacts of the safety output (OSSD) closed 

flashing: delay time running for Stop Category 1 

LED yellow off: - 

constantly lit: startup/restart lock active 

flashing: external test required 

LED red Off: contacts of the safety output (OSSD) closed 

constantly lit: contacts of the safety output (OSSD) open 

flashing: error 

LED ENERGY from: no power supply 

green, continuous illuminated: AS-Interface power supply 

available 

LED AS-i from: normal operation 

red, continuous illuminated: communication error 


Rated operational voltage Ue 24 V DC ± 15 % 

ripple ≤ 15 % 

26.5 ... 31.6 V from AS-Interface 



Overvoltage protection Overvoltage category III 

for rated operational voltage 300 V DC acc. to VDE 0110 

Part 1 


Interface type RS 232, serial 

Transfer rate 9600 baud, no parity, 1 start bit, 1 stop bit, 8 data bits 

Input 

Number/Type 2 opto-coupling inputs (high-active) "start" and "protection control 

(EDM)", input currents about 10 mA at 24 V DC 

Output 

Safety output 2 potential free normally open contacts, 

max. contact load: 

1 A DC-13 at 24 V DC, 

3 A AC-15 at 230 V AC 

Output type Signal output: 

PNP transistor output, 200 mA, short-circuit and reverse-polarity-proof 


Standards EN 50295 , EN 60947-5-1 , IEC 61508 (bis SIL 3), IEC 61496- 

1, EN 60204-1, EN 1088, EN 418, EN 954-1 (up to categorie 

4) 





Protection degree IP20 (only for use in electrical operating rooms / switch cabinet 

suitable with minimum protection type IP54) 

Connection screw terminals 

Material 

Housing Polyamide PA 66 , black 

Mass 350 g 

Mounting DIN rail mounting 

Function 


When used in accordance with requirements, 

the AS-Interface safety monitor 

makes it possible to operate sensor-controlled 

personal protection equipment and other 

safety components up to and including 

Category 4 in accordance with EN 954-1. If 

additional sensors of lower categories are 

connected, the maximum category that can 

be achieved for the safety path in question is 

determined by these sensors. For example, 

laser scanners can be classified to a maximum 

of Type 3 in accordance with 

EN 61496-3. If laser scanners are included in 

the AS-Interface safety circuit, the maximum 

safety category that can be achieved for the 

path in question is Category 3. Any safety 

light curtain of Type 4 connected to the same 

safety monitor remains unaffected by this. 

Category 4 is still possible for the safety light 

curtain. 

The safety monitor is also responsible for the 

compulsory EMERGENCY OFF function of 

all non-manually controlled machines (Stop 

Category 0 or 1), dynamic monitoring of the 

restart function and the protection control 

function. 

Documentation 

The documentation includes manuals in 

German and English. It is available on the Internet 

and in printed form as a CD-ROM on 

request. 

Software 

The configuration is made via the 

configuration software VAZ-SW-SIMON, 

which runs on any Windows 95/98/NT 

Standard-PCs. 

Accessories 

VAZ-SW-SIMON 

Software for configuration of safety monitors, 

connecting cable VAZ-SIMON-R2 

VAZ-SIMON-R2 

Interface cable for connecting the safety 

monitor to a PC 

VAZ-SIMON-RJ45 

Interface cable for connecting two safety 

monitors 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAS-1A-K12 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 

88 


U ® 

Order code 


Enhanced safety monitor, 1-channel 

One open circuit 



EN 954-1 



extended logic functions 

Dimensions 

86.4 

7.2 (5x) 

63.2 

45 


RJ45socket 

RS 232 

. .. 


– 

µP 

– 




+ 

- 

102 

5 

1.13 1.23 1.Y1 


– 

– 


Service 

1 

2 1 READY 

2 ON 

3 3 OFF/FAULT 

CONFIG 

L+ M 1.32 

1.14 1.24 PE 

90.9 

1.13 

1.14 

1.23 

1.24 

1.32 

1.Y1 

1.Y2 

L+ 

M 

PE 

120 

Safety 


Safety 



"Safety on" 

Input 

"EDM" 

Input 

"Start" 



Auxiliary energy 

81.1 

104.2 




















available 











Part 1 




Input 



Output 

Safety output 2 potential free normally open contacts, 

max. contact load: 

1 A DC-13 at 24 V DC, 

3 A AC-15 at 230 V AC 






4) 








Material 


Mass 350 g 


Function 





















curtain. 






function. 

Documentation 




request. 

Software 




Standard-PCs. 

Accessories 

VAZ-SW-SIMON 



VAZ-SIMON-R2 





monitors 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 

90 


Order code 


Safety monitor, 2-channel 

U ® 

Two dependent or independent open 

circuits 



EN 954-1 



Dimensions 

86.4 

7.2 (5x) 

63.2 

45 


. .. 

µP 





102 

5 

90.9 

120 

Device 2-channel 

(x=1 resp. x=2) 

Safety 


Safety 



"Safety on" 

Input 

"EDM" 

Input 

"Start" 



RJ45- 

– L+ 

+ 

socket – 

- 

M Auxiliary energy 

RS 232 

– 

– 

PE 


Service 

1 

2 1 READY 

2 ON 

3 3 OFF/FAULT 

CONFIG 

x.13 

x.14 

x.23 

x.24 

x.32 

x.Y1 

x.Y2 

1.13 1.23 1.Y1 2.23 2.23 2.Y1 


2.Y2 

1 

2 

L+ M 1.32 2.32 

1.14 1.24 PE 2.14 2.24 

81.1 

104.2 




















available 











Part 1 




Input 



Output 

Safety output 2 x 2 potential free normally open contact, 

max. contact rating: 

1 A DC-13 by 24 V DC, 

3 A AC-15 by 230 V AC 






4) 








Material 


Mass 450 g 


Function 





















curtain. 






function. 

Documentation 




request. 

Software 




Standard-PCs. 

Accessories 

VAZ-SW-SIMON 



VAZ-SIMON-R2 





monitors 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 

92 


U ® 

Order code 


Enhanced safety monitor, 2-channel 

Two dependent or independent open 

circuits 



EN 954-1 



extended logic functions 

Dimensions 

86.4 

7.2 (5x) 

63.2 

45 


. .. 

µP 





102 

5 

90.9 

120 

Device 2-channel 

(x=1 resp. x=2) 

Safety 


Safety 



"Safety on" 

Input 

"EDM" 

Input 

"Start" 



RJ45- 

– L+ 

+ 

socket – 

- 

M Auxiliary energy 

RS 232 

– 

– 

PE 


Service 

1 

2 1 READY 

2 ON 

3 3 OFF/FAULT 

CONFIG 

x.13 

x.14 

x.23 

x.24 

x.32 

x.Y1 

x.Y2 

1.13 1.23 1.Y1 2.23 2.23 2.Y1 


2.Y2 

1 

2 

L+ M 1.32 2.32 

1.14 1.24 PE 2.14 2.24 

81.1 

104.2 




















available 











Part 1 




Input 



Output 

Safety output 2 x 2 potential free normally open contact, 

max. contact rating: 

1 A DC-13 by 24 V DC, 

3 A AC-15 by 230 V AC 






4) 








Material 


Mass 450 g 


Function 





















curtain. 






function. 

Documentation 




request. 

Software 




Standard-PCs. 

Accessories 

VAZ-SW-SIMON 



VAZ-SIMON-R2 





monitors 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-2E-G4-SN 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface safety module 

Features 

94 


Order code 

VAA-2E-G4-SN 

G4 PG module IP67 

safety module with 2 inputs 

Two inputs for SN sensors or two 

mechanical contacts such as 

EMERGENCY-STOP switch 


Flat or round cable connection (via 

standardised EMS base, not included 

in the delivery package) 

Cross-circuit detection for 

mechanical switches 

Dimensions 

66 

31 



VAA-2E-G4-SN 




80 

102 

1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 

S+1 RES S-1 S-2 RES S+2 

3.1 3.2 3.3 4.1 4.2 4.3 

L+1 EM1 L-1 L-2 EM2 L+2 

1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 


3.1 3.2 3.3 4.1 4.2 4.3 

L+1 EM1 L-1 L-2 EM2 L+2 

I1 I2 

I1 I2 FAULT 

PWR 

45 

51 

1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 


3.1 3.2 3.3 4.1 4.2 4.3 

L+1 EM1 L-1 L-2 EM2 L+2 

1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 


3.1 3.2 3.3 4.1 4.2 4.3 

L+1 EM1 L-1 L-2 EM2 L+2 






Slave type 


Standard slave 


red: communication error or address is 0 


LED IN 


switching state (input); 2 LED yellow 

Protection class III 



Fault current If ≤ 90 mA 

Input 

Number/Type 2 Inputs for SN sensors (category S, EN 60947-5-3; category 

3+4, EN 954-1) or for mechanical contacts (category 4, EN 

954-1) Inputs for mech. switch, monitored for cross-circuit, 

cable length < 30 m 

Supply from AS-Interface 

Current loading capacity input current limited ≤ 15 mA, 

overload and short-circuit resistant 

Switching point 

Programming instructions 

SN specification 

mech. switch current 10 mA pulsed 

Profile S-0.B 

IO code 0 

ID code B 

ID1 code F 

ID2 code E 

Data bits (function via AS-Interface) input output 

D0 dyn. safety code S1 - 




Parameter bits (programmable via AS-i) function 

P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 

Insulation coordination EN 50178 

Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-4-x, EN 61000-4-5 1kV asymmetric, 

criterion B, EN 50081, EN 55011 

Protection degree EN 60529 

Fieldbus standard EN 50295, IEC 62026-2 

Functional safety EN 954-1:1996 (Up to category 4), BIA final draft "Proposal for 

a principle for the verification and certification of field busses 

for the transmission of safety related signals" 28.05.2000 

Standards 


IEC 60204-1 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 


This protection class is achieved by using the AS-Interface flat 

cable VAZ-FK-S-YE 

Connection cable piercing method or terminal compartment 

flat cable yellow or standard round cable 

inputs: screwed connection M12 x 1,5 and cage-clamp terminals 

Mass 180 g 

Mounting DIN rail or screw mounting 

Notes 

The cables and the laying of the cables have to meet the standards which apply to the particular 

application, e.g. IEC 60204. The instructions for the intended use, the selection and the 

correct connection of the sensors or the selection and the attainment of the corresponding 

safety category are given in the manual. 

Function 

VAA-2E-G4-SN 

When used in accordance with conditions in 

combination with an AS-Interface safety 

monitor, this AS-Interface safety slave makes 

it possible to operate sensor-driven personal 

protection equipment. The slave is equipped 

with two safety-related inputs to which a 

mechanical switch or a secure inductive sensor 

of Pepperl+Fuchs in accordance with the 

SN specification can be connected. 

When single channel force-directed mechanical 

switches are connected, up to Category 

3 in accordance with EN 954-1 can be 

achieved, given the appropriate wiring and 

selection of switch. Often the wiring of a single-channel 

switch is implemented in such a 

manner that a short circuit can be excluded 

in one channel (for example by protecting 

that channel or with a sufficiently insulated 

wire). Without this error exclusion, up to Category 

2 can be achieved. 

When a two-channel force-directed mechanical 

switch is connected, up to Category 4 in 

accordance with EN 954-1 can be achieved, 

given the appropriate wiring and selection of 

switch. Both inputs of the slave are assigned. 

The two channels of the mechanical switch 

are monitored for a cross circuit. 

When SN sensors are connected, an input 

achieves Category 3 in accordance with 

EN 954-1 given the appropriate wiring, in 

case of functional dependent proximity 

switches up to Category 4 can be achieved. 

Cables of SN sensors are monitored for 

short circuit and lead breakage. The SN sensors 

may not be connected via a common 

cable, unless a cross circuit between both 

sensor inputs can be excluded by protected 

wiring. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 

Hand-held programming device 

VAZ-G4-B 



U-G1FA 

Base with addressing jack for connection 

to flat cable (EMS; AS-Interface only) 

U-G1F 

Base for connection to flat cable (EMS; 


U-G1P 


(EMS; 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 

96 


U ® 

LISTED 57M3 

IND. CONT. EQ. 

CLASS 2 CIRCUIT ONLY 

Order code 


G2 safety module 

2 safety-related inputs and 

2 conventional electronic outputs 

Addressing jack 

Flat cable connection with cable 

piercing technique, variable flat cable 

guide 

Communication monitoring 

Power supply of outputs from the 

external auxiliary voltage 

2 inputs for mechanical contacts such 

as EMERGENCY-STOP switch 

Power supply of inputs from the 

module 

Function display for bus, ext. auxiliary 

voltage, inputs and outputs 

Output overload monitoring 

Switchable internal logic operation of 

the inputs and outputs via parameter 

bit 

Dimensions 

18.7 

60 

36 




ADDR 

AUX+ 

AUX- 

PWR 

FAULT 

AUX 


4 73.5 34.5 





118 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

4 

2 

3 

5 

1 

4 

2 

3 

5 

4 1 

3 4 

5 

5 

3 2 

2 1 

OUT1 OUT2 

4 1 

3 4 

5 5 

3 2 

2 1 

S1 S2 

C 

LISTED57M3 



UL US 

PWR 

FAULT 

S 

AUX ADDR 

M12 x 1 quick disconnect 

S1 

IN1+ 

IN1- 

IN2+ 

IN2- 

RES 

S2 

IN2+ 

IN2- 

(nc) 

(nc) 

RES 

OUT1 

(nc) 

OUT1 

OUT2 

AUX- 

FG 

OUT2 

(nc) 

OUT2 

(nc) 

AUX- 

FG 

Switch 

Switch 

Load 

Load 

Functional ground (FG) 

Ground connection 

via mounting base 






Slave type 





red flashing: Output supply overload 


LED AUX ext. auxiliary voltage UAUX; LED green 

LED IN switching state (input); 2 LED yellow 

LED OUT 


switching state (output); 2 LED yellow 

Auxiliary voltage (output) UAUX 24 V DC ± 15 % PELV 




Input 

Number/Type 2 safety-related inputs for mechanical contacts, cross-circuit 

monitored: 2 single-channel contacts: up to category 2 to EN 

954-1 or 1 2-channel contact: up to category 4 to EN 954-1 

Cable length must exceed 30 m per input. 


Voltage 20 ... 30 V DC pulsed 

Current loading capacity 

Output 

input current limited ≤ 15 mA, 


Number/Type 2 conventional electronic outputs, PNP 

Supply from external auxiliary voltage UAUX Current 1 A per output 

Voltage ≥ (UAUX - 0,5 V) 


Profile S-7.B 

IO code 7 

ID code B 

ID1 code F 

ID2 code 0 


D0 dyn. safety code S1 OUT 1 





P0 Logic operation: 

P1 ... P3 


P0 = 1 (Basic setting): The outputs are controlled via AS-Interface. 

P0 = 0: The outputs are controlled via AS-Interface or the 

inputs. The corresponding output is activated on opening the 

contacts of an input. 

not used 


Electromagnetic compatibility EN 50295, EN 61326, EN 61496-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000- 

4-5 1kV asymmetric, criterion B 



Functional safety EN 954-1:1996 (up to category 4), BIA Final Draft "Proposal 

for a principle to the verification and certification of field busses 

for transmission of safety related signals" 28.05.2000, 

IEC 61508 up to SIL3 

Standards 


IEC 60204-1 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 


Connection cable piercing method 

flat cable yellow/flat cable black 

inputs/outputs: M12 round connector 

Mass 100 g 

Mounting Mounting base 

Notes 

The cables and the laying of the cables have to meet the standards which apply to the particular application, 

e.g. IEC 60204. The instructions for the intended use, the selection and the correct connection of the 

sensors/actuators or the selection and the attainment of the corresponding safety category are given in the 

manual. 

The outputs may not be used for safety-related functions! 

Function 


The VAA-2E2A-G2-S/EA2 is an AS-Interface 

safety module with 2 safety-related 

inputs and 2 conventional outputs. A dual 

channel mechanical switch or in each case a 

single channel mechanical switch can be 

connected to the two safety-related inputs. 

The outputs are conventional electronic outputs, 

which may be loaded in total with 2 A 

(max. 1 A per output). 

The IP67 flat module features an integrated 

addressing jack and is ideal for applications 

in the field. 

The connection to the switches/actuators is 

set up by means of M12 x 1-screw connections. 

The current switching state of each 

channel is indicated by an LED, located on 

the module's top side. Similarly, an LED is 

provided to monitor the AS-Interface communication 

and to indicate that the module has 

the address 0. If a communication error 

occurs, the outputs are de-energized (only 

P0=1). 


switches are connected, up to 

Category 2 in accordance with EN 954-1 can 

be achieved, given the appropriate wiring 

and selection of switch. 





switch. 

Both inputs of the module are assigned. The 

two channels of the mechanical switch are 

monitored for a cross circuit. LEDs are also 

provided to indicate AS-Interface voltage and 

external power supply. 

As per approval in accordance with 

IEC 61508 up to SIL 3 can be achieved. 

The U-G3FF mounting base is normally used 

for the connection of the AS-Interface flat 

cable and the external sensor power supply. 

The specially designed base enables the 

user to connect flat cables from both sides. 

Note: 

The mounting base for the module is sold 

separately. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-PK-1,5M-V1-G 

Connection cable module/hand-held programming 

device 

VAZ-FK-ED-G2 

AS-Interface end seal for G2 modules 

V1-CLIP 

Interlock protection for M12 connector 


U-G3FF 

Mounting plate for connection to flat cable 

(AS-Interface and external auxiliary 

power) 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-2E-G2-S 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 

98 


U ® 

LISTED 57M3 



Order code 

VAA-2E-G2-S 

G2 safety module 

2 safety-related inputs 




guide 





module 

Function display for bus and inputs 

Dimensions 

18.7 

60 

36 




ADDR 

PWR 

FAULT 


4 73.5 34.5 

VAA-2E-G2-S 




118 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

4 1 

3 4 

5 5 

3 2 

2 1 

S1 S2 

C 

LISTED57M3 



UL US 

PWR 

FAULT 

S 

ADDR 


S1 

IN1+ 

Switch 

IN1- 

IN2+ 

IN2- 

RES 

S2 

IN2+ 

IN2- 

(nc) 

(nc) 

RES 

Switch 






Slave type 






LED IN 






Input 


monitored: 

2 single-channel contacts: up to category 2 to EN 954-1 or 

1 2-channel contact: up to category 4 to EN 954-1 








Profile S-0.B 

IO code 0 

ID code B 

ID1 code F 

ID2 code 0 







P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 










Standards 


IEC 60204-1 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 





Mass 100 g 


Notes 





Function 

VAA-2E-G2-S 

The VAA-2E-G2-S is an AS-Interface safety 

module with 2 safety-related inputs. A dual 



connected to the two inputs. 



in the field. 

The connection to the switches is set up by 

means of M12 x 1-screw connections. The 

current switching state of each channel is 

indicated by an LED, located on the module's 

top side. Similarly, an LED is provided to 

monitor the AS-Interface communication and 

to indicate that the module has the 

address 0. 










switch. 










cable and the external sensor power supply. 



Note: 


separately. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

VAZ-FK-ED-G2 


V1-CLIP 

Interlock protection for M12 connector 


U-G3FF 



power) 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 








module 



Output overload monitoring 

Switchable internal logic operation of 

the inputs and outputs via parameter 

bit 

100 


Order code 


KE1-Safety module for the control cabinet 

2 safety-related inputs and 

2 conventional electronic outputs 

Dimensions 




ADDR 

AUX + 

AUX - 

PWR 

FAULT 

AUX 





22.5 

S+1 S-1 S+2 S-2 

1 2 

S 

FAULT 

PWR 

ADDR 

1 2 

OUT 

S 

AUX 

01 0 1 02 0 2 

AS-i+ AS-i AUX+ AUX 

50.5 

48.5 

99.6 

2 safety-oriented inputs S1 ... S2 

S+1 

S-1 

S+2 

S-2 

Switch 

Switch 

2 outputs OUT1 ... OUT2 

O1 

O-1 

O2 

O-2 

Load 

Load 






Slave type Standard slave 




red flashing: Output supply overload 




LED OUT switching state (output); 2 LED yellow 


Auxiliary voltage (output) UAUX 20 ... 30 V DC PELV 




Input 


monitored: 2 single-channel contacts: up to category 2 to EN 

954-1 or 1 2-channel contact: up to category 4 to EN 954-1 





Output 



Number/Type 2 conventional electronic outputs, PNP 

Supply from external auxiliary voltage UAUX Current 0.5 A per output 



Profile S-7.B 

IO code 7 

ID code B 

ID1 code F 

ID2 code 0 







P0 Logic operation: 

P1 ... P3 


P0 = 1 (Basic setting): The outputs are controlled via AS-Interface. 

P0 = 0: The outputs are controlled via AS-Interface or the 

inputs. The corresponding output is activated on opening the 

contacts of an input. 

not used 










Standards 


IEC 60204-1 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 



Mass 80 g 


Notes 



correct connection of the sensors/actuators or the selection and the attainment of the corresponding 


The outputs may not be used for safety-related functions! 

Function 


The VAA-2E2A-KE1-S/E2 is an AS-Interface 

safety module with 2 safety-related inputs 

and 2 conventional outputs. A dual channel 

mechanical switch or in each case a single 

channel mechanical switch can be connected 

to the two safety-related inputs. The 

outputs are conventional electronic outputs, 

which may be loaded in total with 1 A (max. 

0,5 A per output). 

The housing, only 22.5 mm in width and 

48.5 mm in height, takes up little place in the 

switch cabinet. The module features an integrated 

addressing jack is mounted by snapping 

onto the 35 mm DIN rail in accordance 

with EN 50022. Plug-in terminals are used 

for connection. A 4-way terminal block 

(black) is used for the inputs. The AS-Interface 

is connected via a double terminal block 

(yellow). 

The current switching state of each channel 

is indicated by an LED, located on the module's 

top side. Similarly, an LED is provided 

to monitor the AS-Interface communication 

and to indicate that the module has the 

address 0. If a communication error occurs, 

the outputs are de-energized (only P0=1). 










switch. 








Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-2E-KE1-S 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 






module 


Cross-circuit detection 

102 


Order code 

VAA-2E-KE1-S 

KE1 safety module for the control cabinet 

2 Safety-related inputs 

Dimensions 




ADDR 

PWR 

FAULT 


VAA-2E-KE1-S 



22.5 

S+1 S-1 S+2 S-2 

1 2 

S 

FAULT 

PWR 

ADDR 

AS-i+ AS-i 

S 

50.5 

48.5 

99.6 

2 safety-oriented inputs S1 ... S2 

S+1 

S-1 

S+2 

S-2 

Switch 

Switch 






Slave type 






LED IN 






Input 


monitored: 

2 single-channel contacts: up to category 2 to EN 954-1 or 

1 2-channel contact: up to category 4 to EN 954-1 








Profile S-0.B 

IO code 0 

ID code B 

ID1 code F 

ID2 code 0 







P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 










Standards 


IEC 60204-1 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 



Mass 80 g 


Notes 





Function 

VAA-2E-KE1-S 

The VAA-2E-KE1-S is an AS-Interface safety 

module with 2 safety-related inputs. A dual 



connected to the two inputs. 



switch cabinet. The module features an integrated 

addressing jack is mounted by snapping 

onto the 35 mm DIN rail in accordance 

with EN 50022. Plug-in terminals are used 

for connection. A 4-way terminal block 

(black) is used for the inputs. The AS-Interface 

is connected via a double terminal block 

(yellow). 



top side. Similarly, an LED is provided 


and to indicate that the module has the 

address 0. 










switch. 





monitored for a cross circuit. A LED is also 

provided to indicate AS-Interface voltage. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-2E-F85-V1 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface emergency off button 

Features 

Protection degree IP65 and IP69k 

Outwit-proof according to 

ISO 13850/EN 418 

2-channel, compelled connected 

TÜV-approval for system 

components is available 

Function 

When used in accordance with conditions in 

combination with an AS-Interface safety 

monitor, this AS-Interface EMERGENCY 

OFF makes it possible to operate personal 

protection equipment. 

Accessories 

VAZ-F85-SH 

Actuating protection 

104 


Order code 

VAA-2E-F85-V1 

AS-Interface emergency off button 

ü 

BG-Pr fZert 

01097 

Dimensions 



58.6 

72 

VAA-2E-F85-V1 


Slave type 





Rated operational current Ie Input 

≤ 20 mA 

Number/Type 2 NC 

Safety function with positive opening operation in accordance 

with IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Reset on pulling 

Supply 


from AS-Interface 

Profile S-7.B.E 

IO code 7 

ID code B 

ID1 code 0 

ID2 code E 







P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 

Protection degree IP65 according to EN 60529 and IP69k 

Connection M12 round connector 



66.5 

2 

80 

ø4.5 


1 

3 


4 

56 

20 



Notes 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface - Coupling modules 

106 





5 Coupling modules 

AS-Interface - Coupling modules 

AS-Interface coupling modules enable even conventional sensors to be 

connected to AS-Interface and still achieve significant installation advantages 

compared to traditional wiring. To handle different applications, there are 

a wide variety of versions available: 

Pure input modules (Sensors supplied with power from AS-Interface) 

Modules with inputs and outputs (power supply through AS-Interface or 

external) 

Modules with relays or triac outputs for high current consumption 

Modules for connection of two-wire sensors or contacts 

Modules for connection of analogue signals 

(0 V ... 10 V/0 mA... 20 mA/PT100) 

Modules in PNP technology (switched high) 

(Modules in NPN technology on request) 

Modules with different connection systems 

Modules with special approval (intrinsically safe modules/Ex modules) 

Diverse designs with different protection classes from IP20 to IP67. 

With the new AS-Interface specification 2.1, up to 62 modules can be connected 

to a single AS-Interface network, serving up to 248 inputs and 

186 outputs. When using AS-Interface integrated sensors, up to 62 sensors 

can operate on a single network. 

With its broad spectrum of I/O modules for the switch cabinet, junction boxes, 

and field applications, Pepperl+Fuchs offers a fitting design for every application. 



107 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface - Switch cabinet and junction box modules 

108 

5.1 Switch cabinet and junction box modules 

The KF series, with only a 20 mm widht, provides 4 short-circuit protected 

inputs, or with a 40 mm width, 4 short-circuit protected inputs and 4 shortcircuit 

protected outputs. A function indicator is available for each channel. 

The outputs can drive up to 2 A per output and have an external power supply. 

If no AS-Interface communication occurs, parameter bit P0 can be used 

to set whether the outputs should then be powered down within 80 ms. 

Connection is performed using pluggable coded terminal blocks, guaranteeing 

fast and error-free exchanges. The terminals can also be connected 

under power. The maximum allowable wire size is 2.5 mm 2 . 

The KF modules can simply be popped onto the 35 mm DIN rail (as per EN 

50022) in the switch cabinet and connected via Power Rail, so that, for instance, 

only the master in the KF housing must be wired to the AS-Interface 

flat cable. To do this, either the inset component PR-05 in 0.5 m lengths for 

the DIN rail is required, or UPR-05 continuous complete rails including DIN 

rail (2 m lengths, may be cut) can be used. 

In the KF housing there is also a data coupler available which can transmit 

4 bits of data from one AS-Interface network to a second network. 

Alternatively, modules of the KE series can be used in the switch cabinet. 

In this type, up to 4 inputs and 3 outputs are provided in only 22.5 mm width. 

The KE series also features coloured terminal blocks, making connection 

particularly simple: 

yellow: AS-Interface 

black: Inputs/Outputs 

gray: 24 V DC power supply 

red: relay outputs. 

The Power Rail connection is not supported by the KE series. 

In decentralised installations, flat junction boxes are often used in order to 

connect to contacts or sensors. The KE1 series is suitable for this use, with 

up to 4 inputs and 2 outputs in only 22.5 mm of width and 50 mm of height. 

Power supply is accomplished over the AS-Interface and the KE1 modules 

are easy to pop onto the DIN rails. The terminals are colour-coded to prevent 

confusion. 

The somewhat taller housings of the KE2 series, with two rows of terminals, 

can be used, for example, with analoguemodules in the switch cabinet. 

If 3-wire sensors are attached to a junction box, or power is externally supplied, 

the K3 series is the right solution. In a width of 71 mm and a height of 

only 40 mm, up to 4 inputs and 3 outputs can be connected. A version with 

relay output is also available. 

Connection is performed by screw terminals (wire size max. 2.5 mm 2 ). 





Overview of switch cabinet and junction box modules 

AS-Interface - Switch cabinet and junction box modules 


Design Type code Inputs Outputs External power supply Page 

KF 

KF2 

KE 

KE1 

K3 

VAA-4EA-KF-ZE/E2 4 4 Inputs and outputs (V AUX) 110 

VAA-4EA-KF-ZE/R 4 4 relays Inputs and outputs 112 

VAA-4E-KF-ZE 4 - Inputs 114 

VAA-4A-KF-E2 - 4 Outputs (V AUX ) 116 

VAA-4EA-KF-DK Data coupler - 118 

VAA-4EA-KF2-ZE/E2 4 4 Outputs (V AUX ) 120 

VAA-4EA-KF2-ZE/R 4 4 relays Inputs and outputs 122 

VAA-4EA-KF2-ZE/T 4 4 Outputs (V AUX) 124 

VAA-4E-KF2-ZE 4 - - 126 

VBA-4E3A-KE-ZE/E2 4 3 

VBA-4E3A-KE-ZE/R 4 3 relays 

Modules in NPN technology (current sinking) upon request. 

Inputs as required (V EXT) 

and outputs (V AUX ) 


and outputs 

VBA-4E-KE-ZE 4 - Inputs as required (V EXT) 134 

VAA-4E4A-KE-ZE/E2 4 4 

VAA-4E4A-KE-ZE/R 4 4 relays 

Inputs as required (V EXT ) 

and outputs (V AUX) 


and outputs 

VBA-4E2A-KE1-Z/E2 4 two-wire 2 Outputs (V AUX ) 142 

VBA-4E-KE1-Z 4 two-wire - - 144 

VAA-4EA-K3-ZE/E2 4 4 Inputs and outputs (V AUX) 146 

VAA-4A-K3-R - 4 relays Outputs 148 



128 

130 

136 

138 

109 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4EA-KF-ZE/E2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface sensor-/actuator module 

Features 


Housing with removable, coded 

terminals 

AS-Interface connection via Power 

Rail 

Communication monitoring, turn-off 

Outputs loadable up to 8 A (per 

module) 




External power supply of sensors 



110 

U® 

Order code 


Cabinet module 

4 inputs (PNP) and 4 electronic outputs 

Dimensions 

40 






Power 

Rail 

2 

8 

1 

7 

5 

4 

3 

ADDR 






PWR/ 

FAULT 

114 

13 

+IN1 

15 

+IN2 

19 

+IN3 

21 

14 

+IN4 

20 -IN 

16 

18 

22 

24 

17 

23 

4 

6 

5 

10 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 

IN1 IN2 

ADDR 

IN3 IN4 PWR/ 

FAULT 

OUT1 OUT2 

OUT3 OUT4 AUX 

13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 

+OUT1 

+OUT2 

+OUT3 

+OUT4 

-OUT 

107 

93 

+ 24 V PELV 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

Load 

-AUX 

for connection 

+AUX of UAUX Issue date 2004-11-19 - Catalogue AS-Interface 2004/2005





Slave type 



LED PWR/FAULT dual-LED green/red 

green: AS-Interface voltage, normal operation 

red: communication error or address 0 



LED OUT 







Input 

Number/Type 4 inputs for 2- or 3-wire sensors (PNP), DC 

Supply external 


0 (unattenuated) ≤ 2 mA 

1 (attenuated) ≥ 4 mA 

Output 

Number/Type 4 electronic outputs, PNP 

Supply from external auxiliary voltage U AUX 

Current 2 A per output , 8 A per module 

Voltage ≥ (U AUX - 0,5 V) 


Profile S-7.F 

IO code 7 

ID code F 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 OUT4 


P0 communication monitoring 

P0 = 1 (basic setting), monitoring = ON, i.e. if communication 

fails, the outputs are de-energised 

P0 = 0, monitoring = OFF, if communication fails, the outputs 

maintain their condition 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 


Connection removable coded terminals, Power Rail 

Mass 170 g 


Function 


The VAA-4EA-KF-ZE/E2 AS-Interface coupling 

module is a cabinet module with 

4 inputs and 4 electronic outputs. Its design, 

only 40 mm wide, occupies little space in a 

cabinet installation. The VAA-4EA-KF-ZE/E2 

is installed by snapping it onto the 35 mm 

DIN Rail per EN 50022, with the integrated 

Power Rail. 

When an AS-Interface master/gateway is 

used in the cabinet housing, the AS-Interface 

signal is automatically transmitted via the 

Power Rail. The connection of the module to 

the AS-Interface cable is accomplished by 

simply snapping it onto the DIN Rail. 

The plug-in coded terminals of the inputs and 

outputs allow "online" maintenance, i. e. 

while the system is under power. The terminals 

are coded to prevent incorrect connections. 

If a master/gateway other than the one in the 

cabinet housing is used, the connection to 

the AS-Interface cable is established via the 

same terminals. Once the AS-Interface cable 

has been connected to the terminals, the AS- 

Interface signal is automatically transferred 

to the Power Rail. 

Power to the module is supplied by the AS- 

Interface cable and the inputs and outputs 

are powered externally (see connection diagram). 

A programming jack is available for 

address configuration. 

Note: 

The outputs are de-energised by means of 

an integrated watchdog, whenever communication 

on the AS-Interface cable is interrupted 

for more than 80 ms. The watchdog 

can be disabled by the parameter bit P0. 

Accessories 

UPR-E 


VBP-HH1 




device 

UPR-05 





Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4EA-KF-ZE/R 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 



terminals 


Rail 



module) 



Function display for bus, inputs and 

outputs 

4 potential-free switch-contacts 

112 

U® 

Order code 



4 inputs (PNP) and 4 relay outputs 

Dimensions 

40 






Power 

Rail 

Back- 

side 

2 

8 

1 

7 

ADDR 






PWR/ 

FAULT 

114 

13 

15 

19 

21 

14 

20 

4 

6 

5 

10 

12 

11 

16 

18 

17 

22 

24 

23 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 

IN1 IN2 

ADDR 

IN3 IN4 PWR/ 

FAULT 

OUT1 OUT2 

OUT3 OUT4 

13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 

IN1 

IN2 

IN3 

IN4 

-IN 

OUT1 

OUT2 

OUT3 

OUT4 

107 

93 

+ 24 V PELV 

for 3-wire 

sensors 
















Input 






Output 

Number/Type 4 relay outputs 

Electrical isolation AS-Interface - Outputs: Safe isolation according to EN 50178 

(250 V AC) 

Output - Output: Safe isolation according to EN 50178 (250 V 

AC) 

Contact loading 2 A/30 V DC per output 

2 A/250 V AC per output 

Lifetime mechanical: 30 x 10 6 switching cycles 

electrical: 

1 x 10 6 operations (30 V DC, 2 A, ohmic) 

5 x 10 6 operations (250 V AC, 2 A, cosϕ = 1) 

4.5 x 10 6 switching cycles(250 V AC, 2 A, cosϕ = 0.7) 


Profile S-7.F 

IO code 7 

ID code F 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 OUT4 







P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 



Mass 170 g 


Function 


The VAA-4EA-KF-ZE/R AS-Interface coupling 


4 inputs and 4 relay outputs. Its design, only 

40 mm wide, occupies little space in a cabinet 

installation. The VAA-4EA-KF-ZE/R is 

installed by snapping it onto the 35 mm DIN 

Rail per EN 50022, with the integrated Power 

Rail. 



















Interface cable and the inputs and outputs 

are powered externally (see connection diagram). 



Note: 






Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


UPR-05 





device 

UPR-E 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4E-KF-ZE 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface sensor module 

Features 



terminals 


Rail 




114 

U® 

Order code 

VAA-4E-KF-ZE 


4 inputs (PNP) 

Dimensions 

20 


Power 

Rail 

2 

5 

1 

4 

5 

4 

3 



ADDR 

PWR/ 

FAULT 



VAA-4E-KF-ZE 



114 

1 2 3 

4 5 6 

10 

IN1 IN2 

7 

ADDR 

IN3 IN4 PWR/ 

FAULT 

8 

11 

9 

12 

7 

9 

10 

12 

8 

11 

+IN1 

+IN2 

+IN3 

+IN4 

-IN 

107 

93 

+ 24 V PELV 

for 3-wire 

sensors 
















Input 

Number/Type 4 inputs for sensors (PNP), DC 






Profile S-0.0 

IO code 0 

ID code 0 


D0 IN1 - 

D1 IN2 - 

D2 IN3 - 

D3 IN4 - 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 



Mass 130 g 


Function 

VAA-4E-KF-ZE 

The VAA-4E-KF-ZE AS Interface coupling 

module is a cabinet module with 4 inputs. 

The design, only 20 mm wide, occupies little 

space in a cabinet installation. The VAA-4E- 

KF-ZE is installed by snapping it onto the 

35 mm DIN rail per EN 50022, with the integrated 

Power Rail. 






simply snapping it onto the DIN rail. 

The plug-in coded terminals of the inputs 

allow "online" maintenance, i. e. while the 

system is under power. The terminals are 

coded to prevent incorrect connections. 









Interface cable and the outputs are powered 

externally (see connection diagram). A programming 

jack is available for address configuration. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

UPR-05 



UPR-E 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4A-KF-E2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface actuator module 

Features 


terminals 


Rail 

116 

U® 

Order code 

VAA-4A-KF-E2 


4 electronic outputs 



module) 




Function display for bus, external 

auxiliary voltage and outputs 

Dimensions 

20 






Power 

Rail 

2 

8 

1 

7 

5 

4 

3 

ADDR 



VAA-4A-KF-E2 



PWR/ 

FAULT 

114 

+ - AE- 


+ - AE+ 

ADDR 

OUT1 OUT2 

OUT3 OUT4 

OUT1 

OUT3 

0V 

0V 

AE 

AE 

PWR/ 

FAULT 

OUT2 

OUT4 

7 

9 

10 

12 

8 

11 

3 

6 

OUT1 

OUT2 

OUT3 

OUT4 

0 V 

AE- 

AE+ 

107 

93 

Load 


of U AUX 










LED AE 


ext. auxiliary voltage UAUX ; LED green 





Output 






Profile S-8.F 

IO code 8 

ID code F 


D0 IN4 O4 

D1 - OUT2 

D2 - OUT3 

D3 - OUT4 







P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 



Mass 130 g 


Function 

VAA-4A-KF-E2 

The VAA-4A-KF-E2 AS-Interface coupling 

module is a cabinet module with 4 electronic 

outputs. Its design, only 20 mm wide, occupies 

only little space in a cabinet installation. 

The VAA-4E-KF-E2 is installed by snapping it 

onto a 35 mm DIN rail according to 

EN 50022, with the integrated Power Rail. 






















Note: 

The outputs are de-energised via an integrated 

watchdog, whenever communication 

on the AS-Interface cable is interrupted for 

more than 80 ms. The watchdog can be disabled 

by the P0 parameter bit. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

UPR-05 



UPR-E 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4EA-KF-DK 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface data coupler 

Order code 

Features 

Module for bi-directional data 

exchange between two AS-Interface 

circuits 

2 AS-Interface connections 

4 inputs/4 outputs per slave 

(internally connected) 

AS-Interface-connection 1 via Power 

Rail 


terminals 

Function display for all outputs 

Addressing via 2 sockets in the front 

plate 

118 

U ® 

VAA-4EA-KF-DK 


Dimensions 

20 


AS-Interface 1 - 

AS-Interface 1 + 

Power 

Rail 

1 

2 

4 

5 



VAA-4EA-KF-DK 



010 

011 

012 

013 

ADDR1 ADDR2 

114 

020 

021 

022 

023 

PWR1 PWR2 

1 2 3 

4 

7 

010 011 PWR1 

012 013 

022 023 

020 021 PWR2 

5 

8 

ADDR1 

ADDR2 

6 

9 

AS-Interface-circuit 1 

AS-Interface-circuit 2 

5 

6 

8 

9 

107 

93 

AS-Interface 2- 

AS-Interface 2+ 

AS-Interface 2- 

AS-Interface 2+ 



AS-Interface data coupler 





LED PWR AS-Interface voltage; 2 LED green 


O10-O13: AS-Interface 1; 

O20-O23: AS-Interface 2 





Input 

Number/Type 4 internal inputs per AS-Interface circuit 1+2 

Output 

Number/Type 4 internal outputs per AS-Interface circuit 1+2 


Profile S-7.F 

IO code 7 

ID code F 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 

Parameter bits (programmable via AS-i) 

IN4 OUT4 

P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 



Mass 130 g 


Function 

VAA-4EA-KF-DK 

The data coupler interface module VAA-4EA- 

KF-DK is used when the output bits of an 

AS-Interface circuit are to be used as the 

input bits of another AS-Interface circuit. The 

data coupler is equipped with two AS-Interface 

connections for this purpose, each representing 

a 4EA module. The output bits of 

the AS-Interface circuit 1 are represented on 

the AS-Interface circuit 2 as input bits and 

vice versa. This enables data exchange to be 

carried out in both directions without having 

to transfer the data via the higher-level control 

system. This is a particular advantage in 

time-critical applications. The addressing 

procedures for the two integrated AS-Interface 

slaves are carried out independently of 

each other. Two addressing jacks are provided 

for this purpose. 

Because two independent AS-Interface modules 

are used, the related inputs and outputs 

are galvanically isolated from each other. 

This avoids problems with potential shifts 

(earth potential). The status of all the outputs 

is indicated via 8 LEDs located on the module's 

front panel. Two additional LEDs indicate 

the AS-Interface voltage on the two 

circuits. 

Its design, only 20 mm wide, occupies little 

space in a cabinet installation. The VAA- 

4EA-KF-DK is installed by snapping it onto 

the 35 mm DIN rail per EN 50022, with the 

inserted Power Rail. This ensures that AS- 

Interface circuit 1 of the module is automatically 

connected to the AS-Interface transmission 

line, if other cabinet modules or a 

master/gateway are operating on this circuit. 

If this is not the case, the AS-Interface transmission 

line is connected to the pluggable, 

coded terminals. This is absolutely essential 

for AS-Interface circuit 2. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

UPR-05 



UPR-E 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4EA-KF2-ZE/E2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 


terminals 


Rail 

120 

U® 

Order code 






module) 

Inputs for 2- and 3-wire sensors 





module 



Dimensions 

40 


Power 

Rail 

2 AS-Interface - 

1 AS-Interface + 

5 

4 

3 

ADDR 

PWR/ 

FAULT 


114 


1 2 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 

IN1 IN2 


7 

13 

19 +IN 

25 

8 +IN1 

14 +IN2 

20 +IN3 

26 +IN4 

9 

15 

21 -IN 

27 

11 

+OUT1 

17 

+OUT 

23 

+OUT 

29 +OUT4 

12 

18 

24 -OUT 

30 

6 - AUX 

5 +AUX 

93 

111 

118 

for 3-wire 

sensors 



ADDR 

OUT1 OUT2 

IN3 IN4 PWR/ 

FAULT 

OUT3 OUT4 AUX 

13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 28 29 

Load 

or connection 

of U AUX 








LED PWR/FAULT dual LED green/red 

green: AS-Interface voltage 


green/red flashing: overload sensor supply 








Rated operational current Ie ≤ 50 mA (without sensors) / max. 200 mA 

Input 



Voltage 21 ... 31 V DC 

Current loading capacity ≤ 150 mA, short-circuit protected 




Output 






Profile S-7.F 

IO code 7 

ID code F 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 OUT4 







P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 



Mass 170 g 


Function 


The VAA-4EA-KF2-ZE/E2 AS-Interface coupling 


4 inputs and 4 electronic outputs. The VAA- 

4EA-KF2-ZE/E2 is installed by snapping it 

onto the 35 mm DIN Rail per EN 50022, with 

the integrated Power Rail. 


















Power to the module and to the inputs is supplied 

by the AS-Interface cable and the outputs 

are powered externally (see connection 

diagram). A programming jack is available for 


Note: 






If a short circuit occurs in the sensor supply, 

the AS-Interface master will indicate an error 

and the module will disconnect from the AS- 

Interface. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

UPR-05 



UPR-E 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4EA-KF2-ZE/R 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 


terminals 


outputs 





module) 



module 


Rail 

122 

U® 

Order code 



4 inputs (NPN) and 4 relay outputs 

Dimensions 

40 


Power 

Rail 



5 

4 

3 

ADDR 

PWR/ 

FAULT 


IN1 IN2 

114 



7 

13 

19 +IN 

25 

8 

IN1 

14 IN2 

20 IN3 

26 IN4 

9 

15 

21 -IN 

27 

93 

111 

118 

for 3-wire 

sensors 



ADDR 

OUT1 OUT2 

10 

12 

11 

16 

18 

17 

22 

24 

23 

28 

30 

29 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 

IN3 IN4 PWR/ 

FAULT 

OUT3 OUT4 

13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 

OUT1 

OUT2 

OUT3 

OUT4 

















Input 








Output 


Electrical isolation AS-Interface - Outputs: Safe isolation according to EN 50178 

(250 V AC) 

Output - Output: Safe isolation according to EN 50178 (250 V 

AC) 

Contact loading 2 A/30 V DC per output 

2 A/250 V AC per output 

Lifetime mechanical: 30 x 10 6 switching cycles 

electrical: 

1 x 10 6 operations (30 V DC, 2 A, ohmic) 

5 x 10 6 operations (250 V AC, 2 A, cosϕ = 1) 

4.5 x 10 6 switching cycles(250 V AC, 2 A, cosϕ = 0.7) 


Profile S-7.F 

IO code 7 

ID code F 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 OUT4 







P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 



Mass 170 g 


Function 


The VAA-4EA-KF2-ZE/R AS-Interface coupling 


4 inputs and 4 relay outputs. Its design, only 

40 mm wide, occupies little space in a cabinet 

installation. To install the VAA-4EA-KF2- 

ZE/R, simply snap it onto the 35 mm DIN rail 

according to EN 50022, with the integrated 

Power Rail. 






















Note: 






Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

UPR-05 



UPR-E 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4EA-KF2-ZE/T 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 




Features 


terminals 


Rail 

124 


115/230 V AC electronic outputs 






module 


outputs 

Dimensions 

40 


Power 

Rail 



5 

4 

3 

ADDR 

PWR/ 

FAULT 


IN1 IN2 

114 



7 

13 

19 

25 

IN+ 

8 IN1 

14 IN2 

20 IN3 

26 

9 

IN4 

15 

21 

27 

IN- 

11 

12 OUT1 

93 

111 

118 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

Connection 

for U AUX 



ADDR 

OUT1 OUT2 

17 

18 

23 

24 

29 

30 

IN3 IN4 PWR/ 

FAULT 

OUT3 OUT4 

13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 

6 

5 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 

OUT2 

OUT3 

OUT4 

AUX(N) 

AUX(L) 















Auxiliary voltage (output) UAUX 115 / 230 V AC ± 10 % 



Input 








Output 

Number/Type 4 electronic outputs, AC 

Supply from external auxiliary voltage UAUX Current ≤ 2 A total (TB ≤ 50°C) 

≤ 1.5 A total (TB ≤ 60°C) 

≤ 0.7 A total (TB ≤ 70°C) 

Voltage ≥ (UAUX - 2 V) 

Electrical isolation 


AS-Interface/Outputs: Safe isolation according to EN 50178 

(250 V AC) 

Profile S-7.F 

IO code 7 

ID code F 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 OUT4 







P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 



Mass 170 g 


Function 


The VAA-4EA-KF2-ZE/T AS-Interface coupling 


4 inputs and 4 electronic outputs for 

115/230 V AC. To install the VAA-4EA-KF2- 

ZE/T, simply snap it onto the 35 mm DIN 

Rail, according to EN 50022, with the integrated 

Power Rail. 










are coded to prevent incorrect connections 

at the inputs and outputs. 








Power to the module and to the inputs is supplied 

by the AS-Interface cable and the outputs 

are powered externally (see connection 

diagram). A programming jack is available for 


Note: 






If a short circuit occurs in the sensor supply, 

the AS-Interface master indicates an error 

and the module disconnects from the AS- 

Interface. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

UPR-05 



UPR-E 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4E-KF2-ZE 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 


terminals 


Rail 





module 

126 

U® 

Order code 

VAA-4E-KF2-ZE 



Dimensions 

20 


Power 

Rail 



5 

4 

3 

ADDR 

PWR/ 

FAULT 


114 


1 2 3 

4 5 6 

IN1 IN2 

4 

7 

10 IN+ 

13 

VAA-4E-KF2-ZE 

93 

111 

118 

for 3-wire 

sensors 



ADDR 

IN3 IN4 PWR/ 

FAULT 

7 8 9 

10 11 12 

13 14 15 

5 

8 

11 

14 

+IN1 

+IN2 

+IN3 

+IN4 

6 

9 

IN- 

12 

15 


















Input 









Profile S-0.0 

IO code 0 

ID code 0 


D0 IN1 - 

D1 IN2 - 

D2 IN3 - 

D3 IN4 - 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 



Mass 90 g 


Function 

VAA-4E-KF2-ZE 

The VAA-4E-KF2-ZE AS-Interface coupling 

module is a cabinet module with 4 inputs. Its 

design, only 20 mm wide, occupies little 

space in a cabinet installation. The VAA-4E- 

KF2-ZE is installed by snapping it onto the 

35 mm DIN Rail per EN 50022, with the integrated 

Power Rail. 







The plug-in coded terminals of the inputs 

allow "online" maintenance, i. e. while the 

system is under power. The terminals are 

coded to prevent incorrect connections. 








The module and the inputs are supplied by 

the AS-Interface cable (see connection diagram). 



Note: 

If an overload occurs in the sensor power 

supply, the AS-Interface master indicates an 

error and the module disconnects from the 

AS-Interface. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

UPR-05 



UPR-E 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-4E3A-KE-ZE/E2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 


KE switch cabinet module 

4 inputs and 3 outputs 

Features 

A/B slave with extended addressing 

possibility for up to 62 slaves 

Housing with removable and colour 

coded terminals 






Supply of inputs external or from the 

module, as required 



128 

U® 

62 

Spec 2.1 

Dimensions 




ADDR 

AUX + 

AUX - 

22.5 7 

99 

PWR 

FAULT 

AUX 


3 

1 


4 inputs IN1 ... IN4 

I+ 



EXT 

INT 

Entriegeln / unlock 

Auf BEIDEN Seiten drücken / 

press on BOTH sides 

2 Öffnen / open 

Oberteil bis zum STOPP 

herausziehen / 

pull upper part until STOP 

EXT 

INT 

Schalter einstellen / set switch 

INT=Sensorversorgung aus AS-i / 

sensor supply from AS-i 

EXT=Sensorversorgung extern / 

external sensor supply 

IN 

OUT 

INT/EXT Umschaltung nur spannungslos 

INT/EXT Switchable under off-circuit conditions only 

IN 

I- 

3 outputs O1 ... O3 

O 

O- 

I- 1 

IN1 

I+ 1 

I- 2 

IN2 

I+ 2 

Load 

102 

Switch position 

"INT" "EXT" 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

I- 3 

IN3 

I+ 3 

I- 4 

IN4 

I+ 4 

1 2 3 4 

IN 

FAULT INT 

PWR 

ADDR 

1 

OUT 

2 

01 0-1 

03 0-3 

AS-i+ AS-i- 

3 

02 

AUX+ 

AUX 

0-2 

AUX- 

U EXT 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

Beschriftungsfeld 

label field 






Slave type 


A/B slave 

LED FAULT Fault display; Red LED 

red: Communication fault or address is 0 

red, flashing: Overload, internal input supply or outputs 

LED INT Internal input voltage active; LED green 




LED OUT 



Auxiliary voltage (input) UEXT 12 ... 30 V DC PELV 






Input 

UEXT , UAUX , Ue : Over voltage category III, safe isolated power 

supplies (PELV) 


Supply from AS-Interface (switch position INT, basic setting) or external 

UEXT (switch position EXT) 

Voltage 21 ... 31 V DC (INT) 

Current loading capacity ≤ 150 mA, overload- and short-circuit proof (INT) 

Input current ≤ 8 mA (limited internally) 

Switching point according to DIN EN 61131-2 (Type 2) 



Signal delay < 2 ms (input/AS-Interface) 

Signal frequency ≤ 250 Hz 

Output 

Number/Type 3 electronic outputs, PNP, overload and short-circuit proof 

Supply from external auxiliary voltage UAUX Current O1 max. 3 A, O2/O3 max. 1.5 A, total 6 A (TB ≤ 40 °C) 

O1 max. 2 A, O2/O3 max. 1 A, total 4 A (TB ≤ 60 °C) 


Usage category 


DC-13 

Profile S-7.A.0 

IO code 7 

ID code A 

ID1 code 7 

ID2 code 0 


D0 IN1 O1 

D1 IN2 O2 

D2 IN3 O3 

D3 IN4 - 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 



Relative humidity 90 % , not condensed 



2 


Connection removable terminals 

rated connection capacity: 

rigid/flexible (with and without wire-end ferrules): 

0.25 mm 2 ... 2.5 mm 2 

for multiple-wire connection with two wires of equal cross-section: 

flexible with twin wire-end ferrules: 0.5 mm 2 ... 1.5 mm 2 

Mass 150 g 


Function 


The VBA-4E3A-KE-ZE/E2 AS-Interface coupling 


4 inputs and 3 electronic outputs. The only 

22.5 mm width housing requires not much 

space in the switch cabinet. The VBA-4E3A- 

KE-ZE/E2 is installed by snapping on the 

35 mm DIN Rail in accordance with 

EN 50022. 

The connection type is made through plug-in 

terminals. 4-way terminal blocks (black) are 

used for the inputs. The connection of the 

outputs and the external auxiliary supply and 

AS-Interface is made through the 2-way terminal 

blocks (outputs black, Auxiliary voltage 

gray and AS-Interface yellow). This allows 

simple disconnection of single actuators or 

supply for commissioning or service. 

The power supply of the inputs and the connected 

sensors can made as required internal 

via the module (AS-Interface) or via an 

external voltage source. The switching 

occurs with the switch in the device. The 

selection of the internal input supply is indicated 

via the LED INT. The current switching 

state of each in- and output is indicated by a 

LED on the front plate. 

Note: 

The device is equipped with a watchdog, 

which switches the outputs to their de-energized 

state, when on the AS-interface cable 

is no communication for more than 40 ms. 

An overloading of the internal input supply or 

of the outputs will be reported via the function 

'peripheral error' to the AS-Interface 

master. Communication via the AS-Interface 

remains intact. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-4E3A-KE-ZE/R 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 






Isolated relay output 




Function display for bus, internal 

input supply, inputs and outputs 

130 

U® 

62 

Spec 2.1 

Order code 




Dimensions 




ADDR 

22.5 7 

99 

PWR 

FAULT 


3 


4 Inputs IN1 ... IN4 

I+ 



OUT 

EXT 

INT 

Vor dem Öffnen alle Anschlüsse 

spannungsfrei schalten / 

de-energize all connections 

before opening 

1 








EXT 

INT 






IN 

IN 

I- 

3 Outputs O1 ... O3 

O1.4 ... O3.4 

O1.1 ... O3.1 

I- 1 

IN1 

I+ 1 

I- 2 

IN2 

I+ 2 

102 


"INT" "EXT" 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

I- 3 

IN3 

I+ 3 

I- 4 

IN4 

I+ 4 

1 2 3 4 

IN 

FAULT INT 

PWR 

ADDR 

OUT 

1 

2 

3 

01.1 01.4 

02.1 02.4 

AS-i+ AS-i- 

03.1 03.4 

U EXT 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

Beschriftungsfeld / 

label field 






Slave type 


A/B slave 



red, flashing: Overload, internal input supply 




LED OUT 







Input 

O1 ... O3: Over voltage category II 

UEXT , Ue : Over voltage category III, safe isolated power supplies 

(PELV) 












Output 

Number/Type 3 relay outputs, normally open 

Supply none 

Nominal load 

Per contact 2 A / 30 V DC; 2 A / 253 V AC 

Per module 6 A 

Minimum load 

Per contact 10 mA / 5 V DC 

Short-circuit proof Contact: 500 A / 40 ms 

Switching off power 500 VA 

Switching delay < 10 ms (AS-Interface/contact) 

Usage category DC-13 and AC-14 

Switching frequency f < 20 Hz (without load) 

< 0.1 Hz (nominal load) 

Switchings 

Mechanical 30 x 10 6 

Electrical 1 x 10 6 (40 V DC, 2 A, ohmic) 

0.5 x 10 6 (253 V AC, 2 A, cosϕ = 1) 

0.45 x 10 6 (253 V AC, 2 A, cosϕ = 0.7) 


Input/Output IN1 ... IN4 to O1 ... O3: safe isolation acc. to EN 60947-1, 

rated insulation voltage 278 V AC 

Input/AS-Interface none 

Output/Output O1 to O2, O3: safe isolation according to EN 60947-1, 


O2 to O3: basic insulation according to EN 60947-1, 


Output/AS-Interface 


safe isolation acc. to EN 60947-1, 



IO code 7 

ID code A 

ID1 code 7 

ID2 code 0 


D0 IN1 O1 

D1 IN2 O2 

D2 IN3 O3 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 

Function 


The AS-Interface VBA-4E3A-KE-ZE/R I/O 

module is a switch cabinet module with 

4 inputs and 3 relay outputs. The housing, 

only 22.5 mm in width, takes up little place in 

the switch cabinet. The VBA-4E3A-KE-ZE/R 

can be mounted by snapping it onto the 

35 mm carrier rail in accordance with 

EN 50022. 

Plug-in terminals are used for connection. 4X 

terminal blocks (black) are used for the 

inputs. Double terminal blocks (red outputs, 

yellow AS-Interface) are used to connect outputs 

and the AS-Interface. This makes it possible 

to separate individual actuators or to 

supply power during commissioning or servicing. 

Either the module (from the AS-Interface) or 

an external power source are used to supply 

power to the inputs and the connected sensors. 

One switch in the device is used for 

switching. The selection of the internal input 

power supply is displayed on the INT LED. 

An LED on the front control plate is used to 

display the current switching state for each 

input and output. 

Note: 

The device is equipped with communication 

monitoring that turns off the outputs if no AS- 

Interface communication has taken place 

with the device for more than 40 ms. 

An overload of the internal input supply is 

reported by the 'periphery error' to the AS- 

Interface master. Communication over the 

AS-Interface remains in effect. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


132 



Standards EN 50295:1999-10 

EN 61326:2002-03 

NAMUR NE 21: 1998-08 





Degree of soiling 2 






0.25 mm2 ... 2.5 mm2 for multiple-wire connection with two wires of equal cross-section: 

flexible with twin wire-end ferrules: 0.5 mm2 ... 1.5 mm2 Mass 170 g 


Notes 

Installation, commissioning, maintenance: 

The device has to be installed into a separate electrical operation facility with access only for 

electrical professionals or instructed persons. 

The plug connectors must not be connected or disconnected under power. 

The operator is responsible for complying with rights, guidelines and standards according to 

the intended or planned use. 

Bundled devices: 

Isolation to external surfaces: basic isolation according to EN 60947-1, no basic isolation to 

terminals. 





Notes 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-4E-KE-ZE 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VBA-4E-KE-ZE 



Features 



Housing with removable and colour 

coded terminals 







input supply and inputs 

134 

U® 

62 

Spec 2.1 

Dimensions 




ADDR 

22.5 7 

99 

PWR 

FAULT 


3 

1 


I+ 

VBA-4E-KE-ZE 



EXT 

INT 








EXT 

INT 






INT/EXT Umschaltung nur spannungslos 

INT/EXT Switchable under off-circuit conditions only 

IN 

IN 

I- 

102 


"INT" "EXT" 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 

IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 

I+ 1 I+ 2 I+ 3 I+ 

4 

1 2 3 4 

IN 

FAULT INT 

PWR 

ADDR 

PEPPERL+FUCHS 


U EXT 

for 3-wire 

sensors 


label field 






Slave type 


A/B slave 






LED IN 








Input 


(PELV) 














IO code 0 

ID code A 

ID1 code 7 

ID2 code 0 

Data bits (function via AS-Interface) Input 

D0 IN1 

D1 IN2 

D2 IN3 

D3 IN4 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 






2 








Function 

VBA-4E-KE-ZE 

The VBA-4E-KE-ZE AS-Interface coupling 




is mounted by snapping onto the 35 mm DIN 

rail in accordance with EN 50022. 

It can be connected by plug-in terminals. 4way 


inputs. The AS-Interface is connected via a 

double terminal block (yellow). This allows 

simple disconnection of single actuators or 

supply by commissioning or service. 

Either the module (from the AS-Interface) or 

an external power source are used to supply 

power to the inputs and the connected sensors. 

One switch in the device is used for 

switching. The selection of the internal input 

power supply is displayed on the INT LED. 

An LED on the front control plate is used to 

display the current switching state for each 

input. 

Note: 





Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4E4A-KE-ZE/E2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 




Features 

Housing with removable, mechanical 

and colour coded terminals 






Selectable supply to the sensors: 

External or from the module 


auxiliary voltage, internal sensor 

supply, inputs and outputs 

136 

U® 

Dimensions 




ADDR 

AUX + 

AUX - 

PWR 

FAULT 

AUX 

22.5 7 

99 




I+ 



EXT 

INT 

EXT 

INT 

IN 

OUT 

A T T E N T I O N 

Do not connect the terminals I+, IN and I- with 

any external potential when switch set to "INT" 

Sensor supply: 

INT = internal sensor supply (from AS-i) 

EXT = external sensor supply 

INT 

EXT 

IN 

I- 

4 outputs O1 ... O4 

O 

O- 

I- 1 

IN1 

I+ 1 

Load 

102 


"INT" "EXT" 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

I- 2 

IN2 

I+ 2 

I- 3 

IN3 

I+ 3 

I- 4 

IN4 

I+ 4 

1 2 3 4 

IN 

FAULT INT 

PWR 

ADDR 

1 

OUT 

O1 

O3 

AS-i+ 

2 

O-1 

O-3 

AS-i- 

3 4 

AUX 

O2 O-2 

O4 O-4 

AUX+ AUX- 

U EXT 

label field 

for 3-wire 

sensors 






Slave type 





red, flashing: Overload, internal input supply or outputs 



LED AUX ext. auxiliary voltage UAUX; dual LED green/red 

green: voltage OK 

red: reverse voltage 


LED OUT 









Input 

UEXT, UAUX, Ue: Over voltage category III, safe isolated power 

supplies (PELV) 












Output 


Supply from external auxiliary voltage UAUX Current O1 ... O4 max. 0.7 A, Sum 2.8 A 


Usage category 


DC-13 

Profile S-7.0 

IO code 7 

ID code 0 

ID1 code F 

ID2 code E 


D0 IN1 O1 

D1 IN2 O2 

D2 IN3 O3 

D3 IN4 O4 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 






2 





0.25 mm 2 ... 2.5 mm 2 



Mass 150 g 


Function 


The VAA-4E4A-KE-ZE/E2 AS-Interface I/O 

module is a cabinet module with 4 inputs and 

4 electronic outputs. The only 22.5 mm width 

housing requires not much space in the 

switch cabinet. The module is installed by 

snapping on the 35 mm DIN Rail in accordance 

with EN 50022. 

The connection is made through plug-in terminals. 

For the inputs and outputs 4-way terminal 

blocks (black) are used. The 

connection of the external auxiliary supply 

and AS-Interface is made through the 2-wayterminal 

blocks (auxiliary supply gray, AS- 

Interface yellow). In order to avoid 

exchanges, the terminals for inputs and outputs 

are coded mechanically. 


sensors can be made as required via 

the internal supply of the module (AS-Interface) 

or via an external voltage source. The 

switching is carried out by means of a switch 

that is positioned at the side of the module. 

The selection of the internal input supply is 

indicated via the LED INT. The current 

switching state of each input and output is 

indicated by the resp. LED IN and OUT. 

Note: 

The device is equipped with a communication 

monitoring, which switches the outputs 

to their de-energized state, when there is no 

AS-Interface communication with the module 

for more than 40 ms. 


of the outputs will be reported via the function 

'peripheral error' to the AS-Interface 

master. The communication via the AS-Interface 


Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4E4A-KE-ZE/R 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 

Housing with removable, mechanical 

and colour coded terminals 



Isolated relay output 


Selectable supply to the sensors: 

External or from the module 


sensor supply, inputs and outputs 

138 

U® 

Order code 




Dimensions 




ADDR 

22.5 7 

99 

PWR 

FAULT 




I+ 



OUT 

EXT 

INT IN 

EXT 

INT 

The plug connectors with dangerous contact 

voltage must not be connected or disconnected 

under power 

A T T E N T I O N 

Do not connect the terminals I+, IN and I- with 

any external potential when switch set to "INT" 

Sensor supply: 

INT = internal sensor supply (from AS-i) 

EXT = external sensor supply 

INT 

EXT 

IN 

I- 

4 Outputs O1 ... O4 

O1.4 ... O4.4 

O1.1 ... O4.1 

I- 1 

IN1 

I+ 1 

I- 2 

IN2 

I+ 2 

102 


"INT" "EXT" 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

I- 3 

IN3 

I+ 3 

I- 4 

IN4 

I+ 4 

1 2 3 4 

IN 

FAULT INT 

PWR 

ADDR 

1 

OUT 

O1.1 

O3.1 

AS-i+ 

2 

O1.4 

O3.4 

AS-i- 

3 4 

O2.1 O2.4 

O4.1 O4.4 

U EXT 

label field 

for 3-wire 

sensors 






Slave type 









LED OUT 







Input 

O1 ... O4: Over voltage category II 


(PELV) 












Output 

Number/Type 4 relay outputs, normally open 

Supply none 

Nominal load 

Per contact 2 A / 30 V DC; 2 A / 253 V AC 

Per module 8 A 

Control circuit ≤ 8 mA per relay (from AS-Interface) 

Switching delay < 10 ms (AS-Interface/contact) 

Usage category DC-13 and AC-14 

Switchings 

Mechanical 5 x 10 6 

Electrical 0.2 x 10 6 (250 V AC, 2 A, cosϕ = 0.4) 


Input/Output safe isolation, rated insulation voltage 300 V AC 

Input/AS-Interface Switch position INT: None Switch position EXT: reinforced 

insulation, rated insulation voltage 66 V DC 

Output/Output basic insulation, rated insulation voltage 300 V AC 

Output/AS-Interface 


safe isolation, rated insulation voltage 300 V AC 

Profile S-7.0 

IO code 7 

ID code 0 

ID1 code F 

ID2 code E 


D0 IN1 O1 

D1 IN2 O2 

D2 IN3 O3 

D3 IN4 O4 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 

Electrical isolation EN 60947-1 

Standards 


EN 50295:1999-10, EN 61326:2002-03 

NAMUR NE 21: 1998-08 




Degree of soiling 2 

Function 


The VAA-4E4A-KE-ZE/R AS-Interface I/O 

module is a cabinet module with 4 inputs and 

4 relay outputs. The only 22.5 mm width 

housing requires not much space in the 

switch cabinet. The module is installed by 

snapping on the 35 mm DIN Rail in accordance 


The connection is made through plug-in terminals. 

For the inputs and outputs 4-way-terminal 

blocks (inputs black, outputs red) are 

used. The connection of the AS-Interface is 

made via a 2-way-terminal block (yellow). In 

order to avoid exchanges, the terminals for 

inputs and outputs as well as AS-Interface 

are coded mechanically. 


sensors can be made as required via 

the internal supply of the module (AS-Interface) 

or via an external voltage source. The 

switching is carried out by means of a switch 

that is positioned at the side of the module. 

The selection of the internal input supply is 

indicated via the LED INT. The current 

switching state of each input and output is 

indicated by the resp. LED IN and OUT. 

Note: 

The device is equipped with a communication 

monitoring, which switches the outputs 

to their de-energized state, when there is no 

AS-Interface communication with the module 

for more than 40 ms. 

An overloading of the internal input supply 

will be reported via the function 'peripheral 

error' to the AS-Interface master. The communication 

via the AS-Interface remains 

intact. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


140 







0.25 mm 2 ... 2.5 mm 2 



Mass 170 g 


Notes 

Installation, commissioning, maintenance: 

The device has to be installed into a separate electrical operation facility with access only for 

electrical professionals or instructed persons. 

Connectors with dangerous contact voltage must only be plugged-in or unplugged in a deenergized 

state. 

The rights, guidelines and standards according to the intended or planned use should be 

observed. 

Bundled devices: 

Isolation to external surfaces: basic insulation to EN 60947-1, no basic insulation at the terminals. 





Notes 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-4E2A-KE1-Z/E2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 





Inputs for 2-wire sensors and 

mechanical contacts 





module 



142 

U® 

Order code 


KE1 switch cabinet module 


62 

Spec 2.1 

Dimensions 




ADDR 

AUX + 

AUX - 

PWR 

FAULT 

AUX 





22.5 


I+ 1 I+ 2 I+ 3 I+ 

4 

1 2 

IN 

FAULT 

PWR 

ADDR 

1 2 

OUT 

3 4 

AUX 

01 0 1 02 0 2 

AS-i+ AS-i AUX+ AUX 

50.5 

48.5 

IN 

OUT 

99.6 


I+ 

IN 

2 outputs O1, O2 

O 

O- 

Load 






Slave type 


A/B slave 



red flashing: overload of outputs 




LED OUT 








Input 

UAUX, Ue: Over voltage category III, safe isolated power supplies 

(PELV) 

Number/Type 4 inputs for 2-wire sensors (PNP), DC or for mechanical contacts 







Output 



Current O1/O2 max. 1.5 A, total 3 A (T B ≤ 40 °C) 

O1/O2 max. 1 A, total 2 A (T B ≤ 70 °C) 


Usage category DC-13 



IO code 7 

ID code A 

ID1 code 7 

ID2 code 0 


D0 IN1 O1 

D1 IN2 O2 

D2 IN3 - 

D3 IN4 - 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 






2 








Function 


The VBA-4E2A-KE1-Z/E2 AS-interface coupling 


4 inputs and 2 electronic outputs. The housing, 

only 22.5 mm in width and 48.5 mm in 

height, takes up little place in the switch cabinet. 

The module is mounted by snapping 

onto the 35 mm DIN rail in accordance with 

EN 50022. 

Plug-in terminals are used for connection. 4way 


inputs. The connection of the outputs and the 

external auxiliary supply and AS-Interface is 

made through the 2-way terminal blocks (outputs 

black, auxiliary voltage gray and AS- 

Interface yellow). This makes it possible to 

separate individual actuators or to supply 

power during commissioning or servicing. 

The supply of the inputs and the connected 

sensors occurs internally via the module 

(from AS-Interface). An LED on the front control 

plate is used to display the current 

switching state for each input and output. 

Note: 

The device is equipped with a watchdog, 

which switches the outputs to their de-energized 

state, when on the AS-interface cable 

is no communication for more than 40 ms. 

An overload of the outputs is reported by the 

'periphery error' to the AS-Interface master. 

Communication over the AS-Interface 

remains in effect. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-4E-KE1-Z 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 





Inputs for 2-wire sensors and 

mechanical contacts 



module 


auxiliary voltage and inputs 

144 

U® 

Order code 

VBA-4E-KE1-Z 

KE1 switch cabinet module 

4 inputs 

62 

Spec 2.1 

Dimensions 




ADDR 

PWR 

FAULT 


VBA-4E-KE1-Z 



22.5 


I+ 1 I+ 2 I+ 3 I+ 

4 

1 2 3 4 

IN 

FAULT 

PWR 

ADDR 


50.5 

48.5 

IN 

99.6 


I+ 

IN 






Slave type 


A/B slave 




LED IN 







Input 

Ue : Over voltage category III, safe isolated power supplies 

(PELV) 

Number/Type 4 inputs for 2-wire sensors (PNP), DC or for mechanical contacts 









IO code 0 

ID code A 

ID1 code 7 

ID2 code 0 

Data bits (function via AS-Interface) Input 

D0 IN1 

D1 IN2 

D2 IN3 

D3 IN4 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 






2 





0.25 mm 2 ... 2.5 mm 2 



Mass 80 g 


Function 

VBA-4E-KE1-Z 

The VBA-4E-KE1 AS-Interface coupling 




switch cabinet. The module is mounted by 

snapping onto the 35 mm DIN rail in accordance 


Plug-in terminals are used for connection. 4way 


inputs. The AS-Interface is connected via a 

double terminal block (yellow). 

The supply of the inputs and the connected 

sensors occurs internally via the module 

(from AS-Interface). An LED on the front control 

plate is used to display the current 

switching state for each input. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4EA-K3-ZE/E2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 




Power supply of the inputs and 

outputs from the external auxiliary 

voltage 



146 

U ® 

Order code 


Junction box modul 


Dimensions 

63 

ø4 

71 

63 





2 

4 

1 


3 

ADDR 

PWR 





75 

20.5 

IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OUT1 OUT2 OUT3 OUT4 

39 

7 

8 

13 

14 

15 

16 

5 

6 

IN+ 

IN+ 

IN1 

IN2 

IN3 

IN4 

IN- 

IN- 

17 

OUT1 

18 

OUT2 

19 

OUT3 

20 

OUT4 

9 

10 

OUT- 

OUT- 

12 

11 

AUX+ 

AUX- 


PWR 

AE 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

Load 


of U AUX 






Slave type 



LED PWR dual-LED green/red 





LED AE 


ext. auxiliary voltage UAUX; LED green 





Input 



Current loading capacity ≤ 1 A 



0 (unattenuated) ≤ 1.5 mA 


Output 


Supply from external auxiliary voltage UAUX Current 500 mA per output 

Voltage 


ext. auxiliary voltage UAUX - 0.5 V 

Profile S-7.F 

IO code 7 

ID code F 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 OUT4 



P1 





not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 


Connection terminal connection ≤ 2.5 mm 2 

Mass 110 g 


Function 


The VAA-4EA-K3-ZE/E2 AS-Interface coupling 

module is a junction box module with 

4 inputs and 4 electronic outputs. Mechanical 

contacts and 2- and 3-wire sensors can 

be connected to the inputs. 

The design of this module makes it particularly 

suitable for operation within a junction 

box. Its housing, only 39 mm thick, occupies 

little space in an installation. The VAA-4EA- 

K3-ZE/E2 is installed by snapping it onto the 

35 mm DIN Rail per EN 50022. 

Screw terminals are available, for connecting 

the inputs and outputs or the AS-Interface 

cable. These permit the connection of conductors 

of up to 2.5 mm 2 . The inputs and 

outputs of the module are supplied externally 

with 24 V DC. The external power supply 

may be directly connected to the module. 

Separate terminals are available for the supply 

of sensors/actuators, which are connected 

to the respective lines of the 

sensors/actuators (see connection diagram). 

A green LED indicates if the external 

power supply is available. The module itself 

is supplied via the AS-Interface cable. The 

outputs can be loaded with up to 0.5 A per 

channel. 

The current switching state of each input and 

output is indicated by a yellow LED, located 

on the unit's front panel. 

The power supply through AS-Interface is 

indicated by a dual LED, which is also used 

to indicate the address of zero, and for communication 

monitoring. 

A programming jack is integrated into the 

unit, for address configuration before or after 

installation. It permits a connection to the 

hand-held programming device. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4A-K3-R 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 



Function display for outputs 


148 

U ® 

Order code 

VAA-4A-K3-R 

Junction box module 

4 relay outputs 

Dimensions 

63 

ø4 

71 

63 






2 

4 


1 

3 

ADDR 

VAA-4A-K3-R 



PWR 

OUT1 OUT2 OUT3 OUT4 

75 

20.5 

39 

5 

6 

13 

7 

8 

15 

9 

10 

17 

11 

12 

19 

OUT1o 

OUT1c 

OUT1 

OUT2o 

OUT2c 

OUT2 

OUT3o 

OUT3c 

OUT3 

OUT4o 

OUT4c 

OUT4 


Pwr 

AE 






Slave type 




LED OUT 





Output 


Contact loading 24 V DC, 500 mA per output, PELV 

(protection class 3 according to VDE 0106/IEC 364-4-41) 

Lifetime 3 x 10 7 Programming instructions 

switching cycles 

Profile S-8.0 

IO code 8 

ID code 0 


D0 IN4 O4 

D1 - OUT2 

D2 - OUT3 

D3 - OUT4 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 


Connection terminal connection ≤ 2.5 mm 2 

Mass 110 g 


Function 

VAA-4A-K3-R 

The VAA-4A-K3-R AS-Interface coupling 

module is a junction box module with 4 relay 

outputs. The design of this module makes it 

particularly suitable for operation within a 

junction box. Its housing, only 39 mm thick, 

occupies little space in an installation. The 

VAA-4A-K3-R is installed by snapping it onto 

the 35 mm DIN rail per EN 50022. 

Screw terminals are available for connecting 

the outputs and the AS-Interface cable. 

These permit the connection of conductors 

of up to 2.5 mm 2 . Each output is switched via 

a relay, which can be loaded to 24 V DC and 

0.5 A. 

The actuators connected to the module are 

supplied externally (see connection diagram). 

The module itself is supplied through 

the AS-Interface cable. The AS-Interface 

supply voltage is indicated by a green LED. 

The current switching state of each output is 

indicated by a yellow LED, located on the 

unit's front panel. 

Should there be an interruption to bus communications 

(e. g. failure of the master), the 

outputs maintain their current switch status 

while power is supplied. 

For address configuration before or after 

installation, a programming jack is integrated 

into the unit. It permits a connection to the 

hand-held programming device. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface - Field modules 

150 

Only one screw necessary 

on the housing top 

5.2 Field modules 

There are three designs available as standard field modules in protection 

class IP67: 

Flat housing with M12 connector (G2 design) 

Field modules with cable glands (G4 design) 

Compact modules with M8 connector (G6 design) 

In the G2 series with M12 connector, the cable as well as the module can 

be quickly exchanged in case of failure without requiring an electrician. The 

flat cable can be inserted in two directions, making cable layout simpler. An 

addressing jack makes the module easy and quick to address using the 

VBP-HH1 hand-held. Due to its small height, this series is well-suited even 

when space is short. 

Communications are monitored and in case of failure, the outputs can be 

powered off. Devices in two sizes (4 ports/8 ports) and in PNP or NPN versions 

are available. Dual sensors or 4-wire sensors can be connected directly 

to the module with 2 signal inputs on an M12 connector. In most G2 

modules, the inputs from pin 2 and pin 4 are bridged from two neighboring 

spots for this reason. If only one signal input is to be used, however, a threestrand 

connector cable should be used. 

The G4 series, in two sizes for the input and input/output module, already 

include the cable entry glands. An already completed wiring job is thus particularly 

simple and cost-effective to extend. 

Connection is performed using cage-clamp terminals, which require no 

strand end sleeves. For connection to the AS-Interface flat cable, the 

U-G1F base (AS-Interface only) is required for the input modules, and the 

U-G1FF base (AS-Interface plus external power supply) is required for the 

input/output modules. 

For address configuration, the modules can be plugged directly into the 

handheld. If the U-1GFA or U-1GFFA based with addressing jacks are 

used, they can also be addressed through the base. Round cables can also 

be used for the AS-Interface cable. In this case, the U-G1P or U-G1PP base 

is required. 

There are versions available for contact and two-wire sensors, for NAMUR 

sensors as per IEC 60947-5-6, and for three-wire sensors in PNP or NPN 

technologies. 

The G6 series, in two sizes (4 ports/8 ports), is a good choice when space 

is at a premium (robotics or handling systems). By using M8 plug connectors 

to connect sensors, compactness and flexibility can be combined. 

Using the VAZ-2T5-G2 splitter box, up to five G6 compact modules can be 

connected via one M12 connector cable, which is also used for address 

configuration. If only a few G6 modules must be connected, this can also be 

done using a VAZ-2T1-FK-1M-PUR-V1-W simple junction box. 

The short circuit protected inputs supply the sensors with max. 200 mA. 

Contacts or two-wire sensors can also be connected, using Pin 4 (Signal) 

and Pin 3 (GND). A maximum of 0.5 A per output and 2 A per module is allowable. 

The modules provide communication monitoring as well as a function 

display for the bus, external auxiliary power, and the inputs and outputs. 



Issue date 2004-11-19 - Catalogue AS-Interface 2004

Issue date 2004-11-19 - Catalogue AS-Interface 2004 

Overview of switch cabinet and junction box modules 

AS-Interface - Field modules 


Design Type code Inputs Outputs External power supply Page 

G2 

G4 

G6 

VBA-4E3A-G2-ZA/EA2 4 3 Outputs (V AUX) 152 

VBA-8E-G2-ZA 8 - - 156 

VAA-4EA-G2-ZE/E2 4 4 Outputs (V AUX ) 160 


VBA-2E2A-G2-ZA/EA2 2 2 Outputs (V AUX ) 154 

VBA-4E-G2-ZA 4 - - 158 

VAA-2*EA-G2-ZE/E2 2 2 - 164 

VAA-4E-G2-ZE 4 - - 166 

VAA-4A-G2-E2 - 4 Outputs (V AUX ) 168 

VBA-4E3A-G4-ZE/E2 4 3 Outputs (V AUX) 170 

VAA-4EA-G4-ZE/E2 4 4 Outputs (V AUX) 176 

VAA-2EA-G4-ZE/E2 2 2 Outputs (V AUX) 178 

VBA-2E2A-G4-ZE/E2 2 2 Outputs (V AUX ) 172 

VBA-4E-G4-ZE 4 - - 174 

VAA-4E-G4-Z 4 two-wire - - 180 

VAA-4E-G4-N 4 NAMUR - - 182 



VAA-4E-G6-ZE 4 - - 188 

VAA-4A-G6-E2 - 4 Outputs (V AUX) 190 



151 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-4E3A-G2-ZA/EA2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 








guide 


Inputs for 2-, 3-, and 4-wire sensors 



Supply for inputs from AS-Interface 

Ground connection (FE) possible 



Detection of overload on sensor 

supply 

Detection of output overload 

152 

U® 

62 

Spec 2.1 

Order code 


G2 flat module 


Dimensions 

18,7 

60 

36 




ADDR 

AUX 

AUX+ 

AUX- 

4 73,5 34,5 

PWR 

FAULT 

Sensor + 

Sensor - 




1 

3 4 

5 

5 

2 

2 1 

IN1 IN2 

4 

3 

1 

3 4 

5 

5 

2 

2 1 

IN3 IN4 

4 





3 

150 

4 1 

3 4 

5 

5 

3 2 

2 1 

OUT1 OUT2 

1 

4 

1 

2 

4 

3 

5 

IN1 

IN+ 

IN2 

IN1 

IN- 

FG 

IN3 

IN+ 

IN4 

IN3 

IN- 

FG 

1 

2 

4 

3 

5 

IN2 

IN+ 

(nc) 

IN2 

IN- 

FG 

IN4 

IN+ 

(nc) 

IN4 

IN- 

FG 

1 

4 

3 

2 

5 

(nc) 

OUT1 

OUT- 

OUT2 

FG 

OUT1 

1 

4 

3 

2 

5 

(nc) 

OUT2 

OUT- 

(nc) 

FG 

OUT2 

1 

4 

3 

2 

5 

5 

(nc) 

OUT3 

OUT- 

(nc) 

FG 

3 2 

OUT3 

OUT3 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

Load 

Load 

Load 


Ground connection via mounting base 

PWR 

FAULT 

ADDR 

AUX 






Slave type 


A/B slave 



red flashing: overload of sensor power supply or outputs 




LED OUT 








Input 


alternative 2 inputs for 4-wire sensors (PNP), DC 


Voltage 21 ... 31 V 

Current loading capacity ≤ 200 mA (T B ≤ 40 °C), 

≤ 150 mA (T B ≤ 60 °C), overload-proof and short-circuit proof 





Output 



Current 4 A total, 

OUT 1, OUT 2: 2 A per output, 

OUT 3: 1.5 A 




IO code 7 

ID code A 

ID1 code 7 

ID2 code 2 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 - 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 





Mass 150 g 


Notes 

For 4-wire sensors, it is only possible to use plug-in slot IN1 or IN3 for inputs 1+2 or 3+4 

(jumpered internally). 

Function 


The VBA-4E3A-G2-ZA/EA2 is an AS-Interface 

module with 4 Inputs and 3 outputs. 

Mechanical contacts (e. g. push buttons) as 

well as 2-, 3- and 4-wire sensors can be connected 

to the inputs. The outputs are electronic 

outputs, which can be collectively 

loaded with 24 V DC and 2 A or 1.5 A per 

output. 

The IP67 flat module is ideal for applications 

in the field. An addressing jack is integrated 

in the module. 

The connection for the sensors/actuators is 

via M12 x 1 screw connections. An LED is 

provided on the top of the module, for each 

channel, to indicate the current switching status. 

Similarly, an LED is provided to monitor 

the AS-Interface communication and to indicate 

that the module has the address 0. 

LEDs are also provided to indicate AS-Interface 

voltage and external power supply. 

The mounting plate U-G2FF is used as 

standard for the connection to the AS-Interface 

flat cable and the external 24 V DC supply. 


user to connect flat cable from both sides. 

The device incorporates communication 

monitoring, which switches off power to the 

outputs if no communication has taken place 

on the AS-Interface line for longer than 

40 ms. 


of the outputs is signalled to the AS-interface 

master via the "Peripheral fault" function. 

Communication via the AS-Interface remains 

intact. 

Note: 


separately. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

VAZ-FK-ED-G2 



U-G2FF 



power) 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 








guide 










supply 


154 

U® 

62 

Spec 2.1 

Order code 




Dimensions 

18.7 

60 

36 




ADDR 

AUX 

AUX+ 

AUX- 


4 73.5 34.5 

PWR 

FAULT 







4 

3 

118 

4 1 

3 4 

5 

5 

3 2 

2 1 

OUT1 OUT2 

1 

3 4 

5 

5 

2 

2 1 

IN3 IN4 

PWR 

FAULT 

AUX 

ADDR 

1 

4 

3 

2 

5 

1 

4 

3 

2 

5 

1 

4 

3 

2 

5 

1 

4 

3 

2 

5 

IN3 

IN+ 

IN3 

IN- 

IN4 

FG 

IN4 

IN+ 

IN4 

IN- 

(nc) 

FG 

OUT1 

(nc) 

OUT1 

OUT- 

OUT2 

FG 

OUT2 

(nc) 

OUT2 

OUT- 

(nc) 

FG 

Load 

Load 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

for 3-wire 

sensors 








Slave type 


A/B slave 



red flashing: overload of sensor power supply or outputs 




LED OUT 







Input 


alternative 1 input for 4-wire sensor (PNP), DC 









Output 

Number/Type 2 electronic outputs, PNP overload and short-circuit proof 


Current 1 A per output 



Profile S-B.A.2 

IO code B 

ID code A 

ID1 code 7 

ID2 code 2 


D0 IN4 O4 

D1 - OUT2 

D2 IN3 - 

D3 IN4 - 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 





Mass 100 g 


Notes 

In the case of 4-wire sensors, you must use slot IN3 for the inputs (internally bridged). 

Function 


The VBA-2E2A-G2-ZA/EA2 is an AS-Interface 

interface module with 2 Inputs and 

2 outputs. Mechanical contacts (e. g. push 

buttons) as well as 2-, 3- and 4-wire sensors 

can be connected to the inputs. The outputs 

are electronic outputs, which can be loaded 

to 24 V DC and 1 A per output. 




Connection to the sensors/actuators is provided 

via M12 x 1 screw connections. An 

LED is provided for each channel, on the top 

of the module, to indicate the current switching 

status. Similarly, an LED is provided to 



address 0. LEDs are also provided to indicate 

the AS-Interface voltage and the external 

power supply. 



cable and the external 24 V DC power supply. 


user to connect flat cable from both sides. 



inputs if no communication has taken place 

for longer than 40 ms. 

An overloading of the internal power supply 

or of the outputs is signalled to the AS-interface 


Communication via the AS-Interface 


Note: 


separately. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

VAZ-FK-ED-G2 



U-G3FF 



power) 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-8E-G2-ZA 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 



Does require two addresses 

Double A/B slave with extended 

addressing possibility for up to 62 

slaves 

Double addressing jack 



guide 







supply 

156 

U ® 

LISTED 57M3 



Order code 

VBA-8E-G2-ZA 



Dimensions 

18.7 

60 

36 


1 

2 

ADDR 

ADDR 

4 73.5 34.5 

PWR/ 

FAULT 

PWR/ 

FAULT 


1 

4 

1 





5 

2 

VBA-8E-G2-ZA 




sensor + 

sensor - 

sensor + 

sensor - 

sensor + 

sensor - 

sensor + 

sensor - 

3 4 

5 

2 1 

IN1.2 

3 4 

5 

2 1 

IN1.4 

150 

3 4 

5 

2 1 

IN2.2 

1 

2 

4 

3 

5 

1 

2 

4 

3 

5 

1 

2 

4 

3 

5 

1 

2 

4 

3 

5 

3 4 

5 

2 1 

IN2.4 

3 2 

IN1.1 

4 1 

5 

3 2 

IN1.3 

4 1 

5 

3 2 

IN2.1 

4 1 

5 

3 2 

IN2.3 

IN1.1 IN1.3 

IN+ IN+ 

IN2 IN4 

IN1 IN3 

IN- IN- 

FG FG 

IN1.2 IN1.4 

IN+ IN+ 

(nc) (nc) 

IN2 IN4 

IN- IN- 

FG FG 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

IN2.1 IN2.3 

IN+ IN+ 

IN2 IN4 

IN1 IN3 

IN- IN- 

FG FG 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

IN2.2 IN2.4 

IN+ IN+ 

(nc) (nc) 

IN2 IN4 

IN- IN- 

FG FG 

for 3-wire 

sensors 



PWR/ 

FAULT 

PWR/ 

FAULT 

1 

1 

2 

2 

ADDR 

U® 

LISTED 57M3 








Slave type Double A/B slave 


LED PWR/FAULT 2 dual LED green/red 

green:AS-Interface voltage 



LED IN switching state(input); 8 LED yellow 





Input 

Number/Type 2x 4 inputs for 2- or 3-wire sensors (PNP), DC 

alternative 2x 2 inputs for 4-wire sensors (PNP), DC 



Current loading capacity ≤ 200 mA, overload and short-circuit protected 







IO code 0 

ID code A 

ID1 code 7 

ID2 code 2 

Data bits (function via AS-Interface) Input slave 1 input slave 2 

D0 IN1.1 IN2.1 

D1 IN1.2 IN2.2 

D2 IN1.3 IN2.3 

D3 IN1.4 IN2.4 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 




inputs: M12 round connector 

Mass 135 g 


Notes 

With 4-wire sensors, only plug-in slots IN1.1, IN1.3, IN2.1 or IN2.3 can be used from inputs 

IN1.1+IN1.2, IN1.3+IN1.4, IN2.1+IN2.2 or IN2.3+IN2.4 (jumpered internally). 

Function 

VBA-8E-G2-ZA 

The VBA-8E-G2-ZA is an AS-Interface I/O 

module with 8 inputs. Both 2-wire and 3-wire 

sensors can be connected to the inputs as 

well as 4-wire sensors and mechanical contacts 

(for example a pushbutton switch). 

The IP67 flat module is ideally suited for use 

in the field. The module uses two addresses 

and behaves externally like two separate 4E 

modules. Inputs 1.1 ... 1.4 are assigned to 

Slave 1, while inputs 2.1 ... 2.4 are assigned 

to Slave 2. A double addressing socket is 

integrated into the module for separate 

addressing of the two slaves. The slaves 

must be addressed before the unit is placed 

in service. 

The connection to the sensors is set up by 

means of M12 x 1-screw connections. An 

LED is available for each channel to display 

the current switching status. It is located on 

the top side of the module. An LED is also 

available for each of the slaves for monitoring 

AS-Interface communication and for displaying 

that a slave has 0 as an address. An 

overload on the sensor power supply is 

shown by both LEDs. 

By default, the U-G2FF mounting plate is 

used to connect to the AS-Interface flat 

cable. This lower section allows for contact 

with the flat cable from both sides. If input 

and output modules are used in a single system, 

the flat cable can also be inserted into 

the lower section for external power supply. 

The module will not access this line. The 

advantage this offers is that both flat cables 

can be laid essentially in parallel without 

introducing the danger that an incorrect connection 

would destroy the module. 

Note: 

The mounting plate for the module must be 

ordered separately. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

VAZ-FK-ED-G2 


VAZ-V1-B1 

Blanking plug for M12 addressing socket 


U-G2FF 



power) 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-4E-G2-ZA 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 








guide 







supply 

158 

U® 

Order code 

VBA-4E-G2-ZA 



62 

Spec 2.1 

Dimensions 

18.7 

60 

36 




ADDR 

FAULT 

PWR 


4 73.5 34.5 





VBA-4E-G2-ZA 




4 

3 

4 

3 

118 

1 

2 

4 

3 

5 

1 

2 

4 

3 

5 

1 

3 4 

5 

5 

2 

2 1 

IN1 IN2 

1 

3 4 

5 

5 

2 

2 1 

IN3 IN4 

PWR 

FAULT 

IN1 IN3 

IN+ IN+ 

IN2 IN4 

IN1 IN3 

IN- IN- 

FG FG for 3-wire 

IN2 IN4 

sensors 

IN+ IN+ 

(nc) (nc) 

IN2 IN4 

IN- IN- 

FG FG 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

ADDR 








Slave type A/B slave 




red flashing: overload of sensor supply 







Input 


alternative 2 inputs for 4-wire sensors (PNP), DC 











IO code 0 

ID code A 

ID1 code 7 

ID2 code 2 


D0 IN1 - 

D1 IN2 - 

D2 IN3 - 

D3 IN4 - 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 





Mass 100 g 


Notes 

For 4-wire sensors, it is only possible to use plug-in slot IN1 or IN3 for inputs 1+2 or 3+4 

(jumpered internally). 

Function 

VBA-4E-G2-ZA 

The VBA-4E-G2-ZA is an AS-Interface interface 

module with 4 Inputs. Mechanical contacts 

(e. g. push buttons) as well as 2-, 3and 

4-wire sensors can be connected to the 

inputs. 




The sensors are connected by means of 

M12 x 1 screw connections. An LED is provided 

for each channel to indicate the current 

switching status. Similarly, an LED is available 


and the indication that the module has 

the address 0. 

The mounting plate U-G3FF is used, as 

standard, for connection to the AS-Interface. 

This lower section enables the flat cable to 

be contacted from both sides. If input and 

output modules are used in a mixed system, 

the flat cable for the internal power supply 

can be inserted in the lower section of this 

module. The module does not access this 

cable. The advantage is that both flat cables 

can be laid in parallel, without the danger of 

the module being destroyed by an incorrect 

connection. 

An overloading of the internal input supply is 

signalled to the AS-Interface master via the 

"Peripheral fault" function. Communication 

via the AS-Interface remains unaffected. 

Note: 


separately. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

VAZ-FK-ED-G2 



U-G3FF 



power) 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4EA-G2-ZE/E2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 






guide 






module 

Ground connection (PE) possible 



Monitoring of sensor overloads 

160 

U® 

Order code 




Dimensions 

18.7 

60 

36 




ADDR 

AUX+ 

AUX- 

4 73.5 34.5 

PWR 

IN-ERR 

COM-ERR 



AUX 

ADDR 

gn: PWR 

rd: IN-ERR 

COM- 

ERR 






150 

1 

4 

2 

3 

5 

1 

4 

2 

3 

5 

M12x1 quick disconnect 


IN+ 

IN 

IN1- 

FG 



4 1 

3 4 

5 

5 

3 2 

2 1 

OUT3 OUT4 

4 1 

3 4 

5 

5 

3 2 

2 1 

OUT1 OUT2 

for 3-wire 

sensors 


4 outputs OUT1 ... OUT4 

OUT+ 

OUT 

(nc) 

Load 

OUT- 

FG 

3 

4 

1 

3 4 

5 

5 

2 

2 1 

IN3 IN4 

3 

4 

1 

3 4 

5 

5 

2 

2 1 

IN1 IN2 






Slave type 




LED COM ERR communication error / address is 0; LED red 




LED IN-ERR 


overload of sensor power supply; LED red 





Input 





≤ 150 mA (T B ≤ 60 °C), short-circuit protected 




1 (attenuated) ≥ 4.5 mA 

Output 



Current 2 A per output, 4 A total 



Profile S-7.F 

IO code 7 

ID code F 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 OUT4 







P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 





Mass 150 g 


Function 


The VAA-4EA-G2-ZE/E2 is an AS-Interface 

coupling module with 4 inputs and 4 outputs. 

Mechanical contacts and 2- and 3-wire sensors 


are electronic outputs, which can be 

loaded to 24 V DC and 2 A per output. 



in the field. 


via M12 x 1 screw connections. The 






address 0. If an AS-Interface communication 

error occurs, the outputs are de-energised in 

case the watchdog is active. 

The input is monitored for short circuits. 

LEDs are also provided to indicate AS-Interface 

voltage and external power supply. 

The U-G2FF mounting base is used as a 

standard connection to the AS-Interface flat 

cable and to the external 24 V DC power 

supply. The specially designed base enables 

the user to connect flat cables from both 

sides. This means, for example, that 90° 

curves can be laid with very tight radii (variable 

flat cable guide). 

Note: 


separately. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

VAZ-FK-ED-G2 



U-G2FF 



power) 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 






guide 






module 





162 

U® 

Order code 




Dimensions 

18.7 

60 

36 




ADDR 

AUX+ 

AUX- 


4 73.5 34.5 

PWR 

FAULT 







118 

1 

4 

2 

3 

5 



4 

3 

1 

3 4 

5 

5 

2 

2 1 

IN1 IN2 

4 1 

3 4 

5 

5 

3 2 

2 1 

OUT3 OUT4 

PWR 

FAULT 

AUX 

ADDR 

1 

4 

2 

3 

5 

1 

4 

2 

3 

5 

1 

4 

2 

3 

5 


IN1 

IN+ 

IN1 

IN1 

IN- 

FG 

IN2 

IN+ 

IN2 

IN2 

IN- 

FG 

OUT3 

(nc) 

OUT3 

(nc) 

OUT- 

FG 

OUT4 

(nc) 

OUT4 

(nc) 

OUT- 

FG 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

Load 






Slave type 









LED OUT 







Input 





≤ 120 mA (T B ≤ 60 °C), short-circuit proof 





Output 



Current 1.5 A per output 

3 A total (T B ≤ 40 °C), 2 A total (T B ≤ 60 °C) 



Profile S-3.F 

IO code 3 

ID code F 


D0 IN1 - 

D1 IN2 - 

D2 - OUT3 

D3 - OUT4 







P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 





Mass 100 g 


Function 






are electronic outputs, which can be 

loaded to 24 V DC and 1.5 A per output. 



in the field. 


via M12 x 1 screw connections. The 






address 0. If an AS-Interface communication 

error occurs, the outputs are de-energised. 

The input circuit is monitored for short circuits. 

LEDs are also provided to indicate AS- 

Interface voltage and external power supply. 






This means, for example, that 90° curves can 

be laid with very tight radii (variable flat cable 

guide). 

Note: 


separately. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

VAZ-FK-ED-G2 



U-G3FF 



power) 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-2*EA-G2-ZE/E2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 






guide 


Two MOVISWITCH, controllable by 

SEW 


Power supply of inputs and outputs 

from the module 



outputs 


164 

U® 

Order code 


G2 flat module for motor starter 

2 inputs/2 electronic outputs 

Dimensions 

18.7 

60 

36 




ADDR 

PWR 

FAULT 


4 73.5 34.5 







118 



4 1 

3 4 

5 

5 

3 2 

2 1 

OUT3 

IN1 

OUT4 

IN2 

4 1 

3 4 

5 

5 

3 2 

2 1 

OUT3 OUT4 

PWR 

FAULT 

ADDR 

1 

4 

2 

3 

5 

1 

4 

2 

3 

5 

1 

4 

2 

3 

5 

1 

4 

2 

3 

5 


IN1/OUT3 

IN+ 

IN1 

OUT3 

IN- 

FG 

IN2/OUT4 

IN+ 

IN2 

OUT4 

IN- 

FG 

OUT3 

(nc) 

OUT3 

(nc) 

OUT- 

FG 

OUT4 

(nc) 

OUT4 

(nc) 

OUT- 

FG 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

Load 






Slave type 








LED OUT 






Input 










Output 



Current 


limited by the current loading capacity of the module 

Profile S-3.F 

IO code 3 

ID code F 


D0 IN1 - 

D1 IN2 - 

D2 - OUT3 

D3 - OUT4 







P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 





Mass 100 g 


Function 


The VAA-2*EA-G2-ZE/E2 is an AS-Interface 


The inputs and outputs are available via a 

M12 x 1 socket. Mechanical contacts and 2and 

3-wire sensors can be connected to the 

inputs. The outputs are powered via the 

internal sensor supply. 

The module is used to drive motors with 

decentralised motor controllers (MOVIS- 

WITCH from SEW corporation). Each drive 

requires a 24 V input and a 24 V output. 


via M12 x 1 screw connections. 



in the field. The current switching state of 

each channel is indicated by an LED located 

on the module's top side. The supply of the 

inputs and outputs is monitored for short circuits. 

Similarly, an LED is provided to monitor 

the AS-Interface communication and to indicate 

that the module has the address 0. If an 

AS-Interface communication error occurs, 

the outputs are de-energised. 


standard connection to the AS-Interface flat 

cable. The specially designed base enables 

users to connect flat cables from both sides. 



guide). 

Note: 


separately. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

VAZ-FK-ED-G2 



U-G3FF 



power) 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4E-G2-ZE 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 






guide 



module 




166 

U® 

Order code 

VAA-4E-G2-ZE 



Dimensions 

18.7 

60 

36 





4 73.5 34.5 

FAULT 

PWR 

VAA-4E-G2-ZE 




118 



4 

3 

4 

3 

1 

3 4 

5 

5 

2 

2 1 

IN1 IN2 

1 

3 4 

5 

5 

2 

2 1 

IN3 IN4 

PWR 

FAULT 

ADDR 

M12 quick disconnect 

IN1 

1 

4 

IN+ 

2 IN 

3 

5 

IN- 

FG 

1 

4 

IN2 

IN+ 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

2 IN 

3 

5 

IN- 

FG 

IN3 

1 

4 

IN+ 

2 IN 

3 

5 

IN- 

FG 

IN4 

1 

4 

IN+ 

2 IN 

3 

5 

IN- 

FG 

















Input 











Profile S-0.0 

IO code 0 

ID code 0 


D0 IN1 - 

D1 IN2 - 

D2 IN3 - 

D3 IN4 - 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 





Mass 100 g 


Function 

VAA-4E-G2-ZE 

The VAA-4E-G2-ZE is an AS-Interface coupling 

module with 4 inputs. Mechanical contacts 

(e. g. push buttons) and 2- and 3-wire 

sensors can be connected to the inputs. 



in the field. 

The sensors are connected via M12 x 1 

screw connections. The current switching 

state of each channel is indicated by an LED. 

Similarly, an LED is available to monitor the 

AS-Interface communication and the indication 

that the module has the address 0. 

The input is monitored for short circuits. In a 

failure case, the module disconnects from 

the AS-Interface and an error is indicated. 


standard connection to the AS-Interface. The 

specially designed base enables the flat 

cable to be contacted from both sides. This 

means, for example, that 90° curves can be 

laid with very tight radii (variable flat cable 

guide). If input and output modules are used 

in an application, the flat cable for the external 

power supply can be placed in the base 

of the module, since the module does not 

access this line. The advantage is that both 

flat cables can be placed in parallel without 

destroying the module due to a wrong connection. 

Note: 


separately. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

VAZ-FK-ED-G2 



U-G3FF 



power) 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4A-G2-E2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VAA-4A-G2-E2 


4 electronic outputs (PNP) 

Features 






guide 







168 

U® 

Dimensions 

18.7 

60 

36 




ADDR 

AUX+ 

AUX- 


4 73.5 34.5 

PWR 

FAULT 

VAA-4A-G2-E2 




118 



4 1 

3 4 

5 

5 

3 2 

2 1 

OUT1 OUT2 

4 1 

3 4 

5 

5 

3 2 

2 1 

OUT3 OUT4 

PWR 

FAULT 

AUX 

ADDR 

1 


OUT1 

(n.c.) 

4 

2 

3 

5 

OUT 

(n.c.) 

OUT- 

FG 

Load 

1 

OUT2 

(n.c.) 

4 

2 

3 

5 

OUT 

(n.c.) 

OUT- 

FG 

1 

OUT3 

(n.c.) 

4 

2 

3 

5 

OUT 

(n.c.) 

OUT- 

FG 

1 

OUT4 

(n.c.) 

4 

2 

3 

5 

OUT 

(n.c.) 

OUT- 

FG 






Slave type 



LED FAULT communication error / address is 0; LED red 



LED OUT 







Output 



Current 1.5 A pro output, 4 A total 



Profile S-8.F 

IO code 8 

ID code F 


D0 IN4 O4 

D1 - OUT2 

D2 - OUT3 

D3 - OUT4 







P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 





Mass 100 g 


Function 

VAA-4A-G2-E2 

The VAA-4A-G2-E2 is an AS-Interface coupling 

module with four electronic outputs, 

which can be loaded to 24 V DC and 1.5 A. 



in the field. 

Connection to the actuators is provided via 

M12 x 1 screw connections. The current 

switching state of each channel is indicated 

by an LED, located on the module's top side. 

Similarly, an LED is provided to monitor the 

AS-Interface communication and to indicate 

that the module has the address 0. If an AS- 

Interface communication error occurs, the 

outputs are de-energised. 

The voltages of the AS-Interface and of the 

external power supply are also indicated by 

an LED each. 




The specially designed base enables 

users to connect flat cables from both sides. 



guide). 

Note: 


separately. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 

VAZ-FK-ED-G2 



U-G3FF 



power) 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-4E3A-G4-ZE/E2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 





standardised EEMS base, not 

included in the delivery package) 

Cable piercing method for flat cable 





module 



LED indicator for overload on sensor 

supply 

170 

U ® 

62 

Spec 2.1 

Order code 


G4 module IP65 


Dimensions 

66 

31 




PWR/FAULT 

AUX+ 

AUX- 

AUX 






1 

80 

102 

1.1 

1.2 

1.3 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

1.2 

1.3 

2.2 

2.3 

3.2 

3.3 

IN1 

I+1 

I1 

I-1 

IN2 

I+2 

I2 

I-2 

IN3 

I+3 

I3 

I-3 

IN4 

I+4 

I4 

I-4 

OUT1 

O1 

O-1 

OUT2 

O2 

O-2 

OUT3 

O3 

O-3 

Terminal block Terminal block 

Input Output 

Output Input 

2 3 4 PWR/ 1 2 3 4 AUX 

inputs FAULT 

outputs 

90 

Load 

for 3-wire sensors 

71 




















Input 










Output 



Current 4 A total 

OUT 1, OUT 2: 2 A per output 

OUT 3: 1.5 A 




IO code 7 

ID code A 

ID1 code 7 

ID2 code 0 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 - 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 



flat cable yellow/flat cable black or standard round cable 

inputs/outputs: screwed connection M12 x 1,5 and cage clamp 

terminals 

Mass 350 g 


Function 


The VBA-4E3A-G4-ZE/E2 is an AS-Interface 

coupling module with four inputs and three 

outputs. Mechanical contacts and 2- and 3wire 


The sensors are supplied via the module. 

The outputs are electronic outputs, which 

can be loaded to 24 V DC and 2 A or 1.5 A 

per output (total load < 4 A). 

The G4 module is especially suitable for 

rough conditions. Sensors and actuators 

attach to cable glands and cage tension 

spring terminals thus making the installation 

especially user-friendly. For pre-addressing 

the module it can be plugged directly onto 

the adapter of the hand-held programming 

device VBP-HH1. 



top side. In the case of communication 

errors on the bus, the outputs are de-energised 

via an integrated watchdog. 


the AS-Interface transmission line and the 

external 24 V DC power supply. Use the 

U-G1FF base for the AS-Interface flat cable. 

The AS-Interface standardised EEMS interface, 

uses the cable piercing method to connect 

both the yellow and black flat cables. 

Use the U-G1PP base for the round cable. 

The AS-Interface-cable as well as the external 

power supply may be connected within 

this base. 

Note: 





40 ms. 


of the outputs is signalled to the AS-Interface 



intact. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-G4-B 



U-G1FF 



U-G1FFA 


to flat cable (EEMS; AS-Interface and external 

auxiliary power) 

U-G1PP 


(EEMS; 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

Features 














outputs 


supply 


172 

U ® 

62 

Spec 2.1 




Dimensions 

66 

31 




AUX+ 

AUX- 

PWR/FAULT 






80 

102 

1.1 

1.2 

1.3 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

3.2 

3.3 

4.2 

4.3 

45 

O1 O2 I3 I4 PWR/ 

FAULT 

OUTPUTS INPUTS 

IN3 

I+3 

I3 

I-3 

IN4 

I+4 

I4 

I-4 

OUT1 

O1 

O-1 

OUT2 

O2 

O-2 

51 

Load 












green/red flashing: overload sensor supply or outputs 








Input 










Output 



Current 1 A per output 



Profile S-B.A.0 

IO code B 

ID code A 

ID1 code 7 

ID2 code 0 


D0 IN4 O4 

D1 - OUT2 

D2 IN3 - 

D3 IN4 - 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 





terminals 

Mass 180 g 


Function 


The VBA-2E2A-G4-ZE/E2 AS-Interface module 

is equipped with 2 inputs and 2 outputs. 

The inputs permit the connection of mechanical 

contacts and of 2- and 3-wire sensors, 



can be loaded to 24 V DC and 1 A per output. 

The IP67 rated G4 module is particularly 

suitable for rough conditions. Sensors and 

actuators attach to cable glands and cage 

tension spring terminals thus making the 

installation especially user-friendly. For preaddressing 

the module it can be plugged 

directly onto the adapter of the hand-held 

programming device VBP-HH1. 





via an integrated watchdog. 



line and the external 24 V DC power 

supply. Use the U-G1FF base for the AS- 

Interface flat cable. The AS-Interface standardised 

EEMS interface, uses the cable 

piercing method to connect both the yellow 

and black flat cables. 

Use the U-G1PP base for a round cable. The 

AS-Interface-cable as well as the external 

power supply may be connected within the 

U-G1PP base. 

Note: 





40 ms. 


of the outputs is signalled to the AS-Interface 



intact. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-G4-B 



U-G1FF 



U-G1FFA 




U-G1PP 


(EEMS; 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-4E-G4-ZE 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 










module 



supply 

174 

U ® 

Order code 

VBA-4E-G4-ZE 



62 

Spec 2.1 

Dimensions 

66 

31 




PWR/FAULT 


VBA-4E-G4-ZE 




80 

102 

1.1 

1.2 

1.3 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

4.4 

45 

1 

INPUTS 

2 3 4 PWR/ 

FAULT 

IN1 

I+1 

I1 

I-1 

IN2 

I+2 

I2 

I-2 

IN3 

I+3 

I3 

I-3 

IN4 

I+4 

I4 

I-4 

51 


















Input 












IO code 0 

ID code A 

ID1 code 7 

ID2 code 0 


D0 IN1 - 

D1 IN2 - 

D2 IN3 - 

D3 IN4 - 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 





Mass 180 g 


Function 

VBA-4E-G4-ZE 

The VBA-4E-G4-ZE AS-Interface coupling 

module is a G4 module with 4 inputs. 


can be connected to the inputs. The 

sensors are supplied via the module. 

The IP67 rated G4 module is especially suitable 

for rough conditions. Sensors attach to 

cable glands and cage tension spring terminals 

thus making the installation especially 

user-friendly. For pre-addressing the module 

it can be plugged directly onto the adapter of 

the hand-held programming device 

VBP-HH1. 



top side. 



line. Use the U-G1F base or the 


The standardized EMS interface, uses the 

cable piercing method to connect the AS- 

Interface cable. The U-G1F base can also be 

used as IP67 AS-Interface distribution box. 

The U-G1FF base should be used, when 

modules with outputs are mounted in series 

with the module. The flat cable for external 

power supply can be placed in this base. The 

module does not access the supply line. 

Use the U-G1P or the U-G1PP base for a 

round cable.These bases have the same 

functionality as the U-G1F or the U-G1FF 

bases. 

Note: 

An overloading of the internal input supply is 

signalled to the AS-Interface master via the 

"Peripheral fault" function. Communication 

via the AS-Interface remains intact. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-G4-B 



U-G1F 



U-G1FA 



U-G1P 


(EMS; 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

Features 












module 




176 

U ® 




Dimensions 

66 

31 




PWR/FAULT 

AUX+ 

AUX- 


1 2 3 4 PWR/ 

inputs FAULT 

1 2 3 4 





80 

102 

1.1 

1.2 

1.3 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

1.2 

1.3 

2.2 

2.3 

3.2 

3.3 

4.2 

4.3 

IN1 

I+1 

I1 

I-1 

IN2 

I+2 

I2 

I-2 

IN3 

I+3 

I3 

I-3 

IN4 

I+4 

I4 

I-4 

OUT1 

O1 

O-1 

OUT2 

O2 

O-2 

OUT3 

O3 

O-3 

OUT4 

O4 

O-4 

Input 

Output 

1 2 3 4 AE 

outputs 

1 2 3 4 

Terminal block Terminal block 

Input Output 

90 

Load 


71 














LED AE ext. auxiliary voltage UAUX; LED green 






Input 










Output 



Current 2 A per output, 4 A total 



Profile S-7.F 

IO code 7 

ID code F 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 OUT4 







P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 





terminals 

Mass 350 g 


Function 



coupling module with four inputs and four 

outputs. Mechanical contacts and 2- and 3wire 




can be loaded to 24 V DC and 2 A per output 

(total load < 4 A). 

The G4 module is especially suitable for 

rough conditions. Sensors and actuators 

attach to cable glands and cage tension 










via an integrated watchdog, which can 

be deactivated by the parameter bit P0. 


the AS-Interface transmission line and the 

external 24 V DC power supply. Use the 


The AS-Interface standardised EEMS interface, 

uses the cable piercing method to connect 

both the yellow and black flat cables. 

Use the U-G1PP base for the round cable. 

The AS-Interface cable as well as the external 

power supply may be connected within 

this base. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-G4-B 



U-G1FF 



U-G1FFA 




U-G1PP 


(EEMS; 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 












module 



178 

U ® 

Order code 




Dimensions 

66 

31 


for 

connection 

of U AUX 



AUX+ 

AUX- 

PWR 








80 

102 

1.1 

1.2 

1.3 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

3.2 

3.3 

4.2 

4.3 

1 2 3 4 Pwr 

inputs outputs 

1 2 3 4 

45 

IN1 

I+1 

I1 

I-1 

IN2 

I+1 

I1 

I-1 

OUT3 

OUT- 

OUT4 

OUT- 

51 


Load 








LED PWR dual LED green/red 











Input 










Output 



Current 1.5 A per output 



Profile S-3.F 

IO code 3 

ID code F 


D0 IN1 - 

D1 IN2 - 

D2 - OUT3 

D3 - OUT4 







P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 





terminals 

Mass 180 g 


Function 



coupling module with two inputs and two outputs. 

Mechanical contacts and 2- and 3-wire 

sensors can be connected to the inputs.The 

sensors are supplied via the module. The 

outputs are electronic outputs, which can be 

loaded to 24 V DC and 1.5 A per output (total 

load < 4 A). 

The G4 module in IP67 is especially suitable 

for rough conditions. The connection to sensors 

and actuators is established via cable 

glands and cage tension spring terminals 

thus making the installation especially userfriendly. 

For pre-addressing the module, it 

can be directly plugged onto the adapter of 

the VBP-HH1 handheld programming device. 

An LED is provided for each channel, on the 

top of the module, to indicate the current 

switching status. In the case of communication 

errors on the bus, the outputs are deenergised 

via an integrated watchdog, which 

can be disabled by the P0 parameter bit. 

The AS-Interface transmission cable and the 

external 24 V DC supply can be connected 

through flat cables or round cables. Use the 

U-G1FF for the AS-Interface flat cable. The 

connection to both cables is established 

using the AS-Interface standardised EEMS 

interface, i. e. the cable piercing method. 


U-G1PP base allows the AS-Interface-cable 

as well as the external power supply to be 

connected. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-G4-B 



U-G1FF 



U-G1FFA 




U-G1PP 


(EEMS; 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4E-G4-Z 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 






Inputs for 2-wire sensors 


Lead monitoring of inputs that can be 

switched off selectively by channel 

180 

U ® 

Order code 

VAA-4E-G4-Z 


4 inputs (2-wire ) 

Dimensions 

66 

31 




PWR 


VAA-4E-G4-Z 




80 

102 

INPUTS 

1 2 3 4 PWR 

45 

1.1 

1.2 

2.1 

2.2 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

IN1+ 

IN1- 

IN2+ 

IN2- 

IN3+ 

IN3- 

IN4+ 

IN4- 

51 









LED IN 4 dual LED yellow/red 

yellow: switching state (input) 

red: lead breakage 

red and yellow: line short-circuit 





Input 

Number/Type 4 inputs for 2-wire sensors, DC 


Voltage 15 V 





Lead monitoring lead breakage: ≤ 0.5 mA 

lead short-circuit: ≥ 5 mA 


Profile S-0.F 

IO code 0 

ID code F 


D0 IN1 - 

D1 IN2 - 

D2 IN3 - 

D3 IN4 - 


P0 lead monitoring IN1 

P0 = 1 (basic setting), monitoring deactivated 

P0 = 0, monitoring activated 







P3 


lead monitoring IN4 






-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 





Mass 180 g 


Function 

VAA-4E-G4-Z 

The VAA-4E-G4-Z AS-Interface coupling 

module is a field module with 4 inputs. The 

inputs permit the connection of 2-wire sensors, 

which can be monitored for lead breakage 

and short circuit (see note). 



cable glands and cage tension spring terminals. 

For pre-addressing the module it can 

be plugged directly onto the adapter of the 

hand-held programming device VBP-HH1. 


the connection of the AS-Interface cable.Use 

the U-G1F or U-G1FF base for flat cables. 

The connection to the AS-Interface cable is 

established via the standardised EMS interface 

(cable piercing method). The U-G1F 

base can also be used as IP67 AS-Interface 

distribution box. Use the U-G1FF base, when 

modules with outputs are mounted in series 

with the module. The flat cable for external 

power supply can be placed in this base 

since the module does not access the supply 

line. 

Use the U-G1P or the U-G1PP base for a 

round cable. These bases have the same 

functionality as the U-G1F or the U-G1FF 

bases. 

Note: 

Lead breakage/short circuit monitoring is 

activated or deactivated per channel, by 

means of the parameter bits P0 ... P3. All 

error conditions are linked by an OR-logicoperation. 

In a failure case, the AS-Interface 

master indicates an error and the module 

disconnects from the AS-Interface, while the 

monitoring function is activated. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-G4-B 



U-G1F 



U-G1FA 



U-G1P 


(EMS; 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4E-G4-N 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 







Inputs in accordance with IEC 60947- 

5-6 (NAMUR, DIN 19234) 


Lead monitoring of inputs that can be 

switched off selectively by channel 

182 

U ® 

Order code 

VAA-4E-G4-N 


4 inputs (NAMUR) 

Dimensions 

66 

31 




PWR 


VAA-4E-G4-N 




80 

102 

INPUTS 

1 2 3 4 PWR 

45 

1.1 

1.2 

2.1 

2.2 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

IN1+ 

IN1- 

IN2+ 

IN2- 

IN3+ 

IN3- 

IN4+ 

IN4- 

51 











red: lead breakage 

red and yellow: line short-circuit 





Input 

Number/Type 4 Inputs for NAMUR sensors 


Voltage 8 V 

Switching point OUT ≥ 1.8 mA 

ON ≤ 1.5 mA 

Lead monitoring lead breakage: ≤ 0.15 mA 

lead short-circuit: ≥ 6 mA 


Profile S-0.F 

IO code 0 

ID code F 


D0 IN1 - 

D1 IN2 - 

D2 IN3 - 

D3 IN4 - 











P3 


lead monitoring IN4 






-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 





Mass 180 g 


Function 

VAA-4E-G4-N 

The VAA-4E-G4-N is an AS-Interface coupling 

module with 4 inputs for sensors per 

DIN 19234 (NAMUR), which can be monitored 

for lead breakage and short circuit (see 

note). 



cable glands and cage tension spring terminals. 






line. Use the U-G1F or U-G1FF base for 

AS-Interface flat cables. The connection to 


standardised EMS interface (cable piercing 

method). The U-G1F base can also be used 

as IP67 AS-Interface distribution box. Use 

the U-G1FF base, when modules with outputs 

are mounted in series with the module. 

The flat cable for external power supply can 

be placed in this base, since the module 

does not access the supply line. 

Use the U-G1P or U-G1PP base for round 

cables. These bases have the same functionality 

as the U-G1F or the U-G1FF bases. 

Note: 

Lead breakage/short circuit monitoring is 

activated or deactivated per channel, by 

means of the parameter bits P0 ... P3. All 

error conditions are linked by an OR-logicoperation. 

In a failure case, the AS-Interface 

master indicates an error and the module 

disconnects from the AS-Interface, while the 

watchdog is activated. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-G4-B 



U-G1F 



U-G1FA 



U-G1P 


(EMS; 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 


Compact design, can be mounted in 

any position 


Connections via round connector 






module 



184 

U ® 

Order code 


G6 compact module 


Dimensions 

26 

ø4.5 

26 

ø4.5 


M12x1 

quick disconnect 

BUS IN 


1 

3 

4 

2 



AUX + 

AUX - 







138.7 

I-1 I-2 I-3 I-4 O-1 O-2 O-3 O-4 

4 

3 1 

4 

3 1 

4 

3 1 

4 

3 1 

4 

3 1 

129 

129 

4 

3 1 

4 

3 1 

1 

4 

3 

1 

4 

3 


4 inputs I-1 ... I-4 

IN+ 

IN 

IN- 


4 outputs O-1 ... O-4 

common connection 

of all 4 outputs 

OUT 

OUT- 

4 

3 1 

ASI 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

U AUX 

Load 

1 

2 3 4 

BUS IN 






Slave type 



LED UAUX ext. auxiliary voltage UAUX; LED green 

LED AS-i AS-Interface voltage; LED green 


LED OUT 







Input 










Output 



Current 0.5 A per output, 2 A total (T B ≤ 40 °C), 

0.4 A per output, 1.6 A total (T B ≤ 60 °C) 



Profile S-7.0 

IO code 7 

ID code 0 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 OUT4 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-20 ... 85 °C (253 ... 358 K) 


Connection AS-Interface and auxiliary voltage: M12 x 1 round connector 

sensors/actuators: M8 x 1 round connector 


Function 



compact module with 4 inputs and 4 outputs. 



are sourcing electronic outputs, which 

can be loaded to 24 V DC and 0.5 A per output. 

Its particularly flat and narrow design makes 

the IP67 compact module particularly suitable 

for applications in handling machines, 

robots etc. To achieve the IP67 protection 

class, it features completely encapsulated 

electronics. This module has the further 

advantage that it can be mounted in any 

position. 

The connection to the AS-Interface cable and 

the external power supply is established via 

an M12 x 1 quick disconnect. Please refer to 

the technical data for the pin assignments. 

An advantage of this connection is that a 

separate base is not required. A standard 

cable with M12 x 1 quick disconnects can 

also be used for addressing. 

The sensors/actuators are connected via 

M8 x 1 quick disconnects. The current 


by an LED, located on the module's top side. 

The voltages of the AS-Interface and of the 

external power supply are also indicated by 

an LED each. 

The outputs are de-energised (watchdog), 

whenever communication on the AS-Interface 

cable is interrupted. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-2T5-G2 

Splitter box AS-Interface and auxiliary 

voltage to 5 x M12 round connector 

VAZ-2T1-FK-1M-PUR-V1-W 





Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

Features 



any position 







module 



186 

U ® 




Dimensions 

26 

ø4.5 

26 

ø4.5 


M12x1 


BUS IN 

1 AS-Interface+ 

3 AS-Interface- 

4 

2 


AUX+ 

AUX- 







88.5 

79.5 

79.5 

I-1 I-2 O-1 O-2 

4 

3 1 

4 

3 1 

4 

3 1 

4 

3 1 


1 

4 

3 

1 

4 

3 

U AUX 


2 inputs I-1 and I-2 

IN+ 

IN 

IN- 

for 3-wire 

sensors 


2 outputs O-1 and O-2 



OUT 

OUT- 

1 

2 3 4 

BUS IN 

Load 






Slave type 






LED OUT 







Input 










Output 







Profile S-3.0 

IO code 3 

ID code 0 


D0 IN1 - 

D1 IN2 - 

D2 IN4 O4 

D3 - OUT2 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-20 ... 85 °C (253 ... 358 K) 



sensors/actuators: M8 x 1 round connector 


Function 



compact module with 2 inputs and 2 outputs. 


can be connected to the inputs. Sourcing 

outputs can be loaded to 24 V DC and 

0.5 A per output. 




robots etc. To achieve this protection class, it 

features completely encapsulated electronics. 

This module has the further advantage 

that it may be mounted in any position. 

The connection to the AS-Interface cable and 

the external power supply is established via 

an M12 x 1 quick disconnect. Please refer to 

the technical data for the pin-assignments. 

An advantage of the connection is that a separate 

base is not required. Address configuration 

can also be carried out using a 

standard cable with M12 x 1 quick disconnects. 

The connection to the sensors/actuators is 

established via M8 x 1 quick disconnects. An 

LED is provided for each channel, on the top 

of the module, to indicate the current switching 

status. The voltages of the AS-Interface 

and of the external power supply are also 

indicated by an LED each. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-2T5-G2 








Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4E-G6-ZE 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

Features 



any position 





module 


188 

U ® 

VAA-4E-G6-ZE 



Dimensions 

26 

ø4.5 

26 

ø4.5 


M12x1 


BUS IN 

1 

3 

AS-Interface+ 

AS-Interface- 




VAA-4E-G6-ZE 




88.5 

79.5 

79.5 

I-1 I-2 I-3 I-4 

4 

3 1 

4 

3 1 

4 

3 1 

4 

3 1 


1 

4 

3 


4 inputs I-1 ... I-4 

IN+ 

IN 

IN- 

1 

2 3 4 

BUS IN 

for 3-wire 

sensors 






Slave type 




LED IN 






Input 











Profile S-0.0 

IO code 0 

ID code 0 


D0 IN1 - 

D1 IN2 - 

D2 IN3 - 

D3 IN4 - 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-20 ... 85 °C (253 ... 358 K) 


Connection AS-Interface: M12 x 1 round connector 

sensors: M8 x 1 round connector 


Function 

VAA-4E-G6-ZE 

The VAA-4E-G6-ZE is an AS-Interface compact 

module with 4 inputs. Mechanical contacts 

and 2- and 3-wire sensors can be 

connected to the inputs. 


the IP67 compact module especially suitable 

for applications in handling machines, robots 

etc. To achieve this protection class, it features 

completely encapsulated electronics. 

The module has the further advantage that it 

can be mounted in any position. 

The connection to the AS-Interface cable is 

established via an M12 x 1 quick disconnect. 

Please refer to the technical data for the pin 

assignments. An advantage of this connection 

is that a separate base is not required. 

Address configuration may also be carried 

out using a standard cable with M12 x 1 

quick disconnects. 

Sensors attach to M8 x 1 quick disconnects. 



top side. The voltages of the AS-Interface 

and of the external power supply are 

also indicated by an LED each. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-2T5-G2 








Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4A-G6-E2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 



any position 







190 

U ® 

Order code 

VAA-4A-G6-E2 


4 electronic outputs 

Dimensions 

26 

ø4.5 

26 

ø4.5 


M12x1 


BUS IN 

1 AS-Interface+ 

3 AS-Interface- 

4 

2 


AUX+ 

AUX- 


VAA-4A-G6-E2 



88.5 

79.5 

79.5 

O-1 O-2 O-3 O-4 

4 

3 1 

4 

3 1 

4 

3 1 

4 

3 1 


1 

4 

3 

U AUX 


4 outputs O-1 ... O-4 



OUT 

OUT- 

1 

2 3 4 

BUS IN 

Load 






Slave type 





LED OUT 







Output 







Profile S-8.0 

IO code 8 

ID code 0 


D0 IN4 O4 

D1 - OUT2 

D2 - OUT3 

D3 - OUT4 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-20 ... 85 °C (253 ... 358 K) 



actuators: M8 x 1 round connector 


Function 

VAA-4A-G6-E2 

The VAA-4A-G6-E2 is an AS-Interface compact 

module with 4 current sourcing outputs. 

Each output can be loaded to 24 V DC and 

0.5 A. 




robots etc. To achieve this protection class, 

the entire electronics were encapsulated. 

This module has the further advantage that it 

may be mounted in any position. 

The connection to the AS-interface cable is 

established via an M12 x 1 quick disconnect. 

Please refer to the technical data for the pinassignments. 

An advantage of this connection 

is that it does not require a separate 

base. Address configuration can also be carried 

out using a standard cable with M12 x 1 

screw connections. 

Connection to the actuators is provided via 

M8 x 1 screw connections. The current 


by an LED. The LEDs are well visible on the 

module's top side. The voltages of the AS- 

Interface and of the external power supply 

are also indicated by an LED each. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-2T5-G2 








Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface - Analogue modules 

192 





5.3 Analogue modules 

AS-Interface - Analogue modules 

Using the new specification 2.1, Profile S7.3 now allows analogue values to 

be transmitted just as simply and securely as binary signals without special 

programming in the PLC. In max. 35 ms, analogue values for pressure, temperature, 

fill levels, or anything, are available to the PLC with 16-bit resolution 

via AS-Interface. Analogue output signals have a maximum resolution 

of 13 bits. The master automatically detects analogue modules and takes 

over data conversion via "plug and play", without needing any configuration. 

The field modules are housed in the G4 housings described earlier and are 

available in these versions: 

Analogue module with 2 inputs for 0 ... 10 V, 

Analogue module with 2 outputs for 0 ... 10 V, 

Analogue module with 2 inputs for 0/4 ... 20 mA, 

Analogue module with 2 outputs for 0/4 ... 20 mA, 

Analogue module with 4 outputs for connection of a PT100 sensor 

Analogue values are galvanically isolated from the AS-Interface and analogue 

modules can be supplied with power from the AS-Interface or externally 

(configured by jumper). The modules include a display for bus communication, 

external auxiliary power, and the inputs/outputs. 

For the switch cabinet there is a universal analogue module with inputs for 

current and voltage (switchable) in a KE2 housing. 

A module with the same design enables the connection of 4 inputs for 

PT100 sensors. 



193 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-4E-G4-Pt100 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface analogue module 

Order code 



4 inputs for Pt100 

Features 







194 

A D 

Spec 2.1 

Dimensions 

66 

31 





. .. 





D 

80 

102 

µP MUX 

A 

analogue 1 

analogue 2 

analogue 3 

PWR 

FAULT 

analogue 4 

1.1 

1.2 

1.3 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

Input1 

+ 

Sensor 

- 

Input 2 

+ 


- 

Input 3 

+ 


- 

Input 4 

+ 


- 

90 

ϑ 

ϑ 

Pt100 

2-wire 

Pt100 

3-wire 

71 








red flashing: periphery fault 


LED ANALOG status of input signal; LED green 

off: not connected (periphery fault) 

green: signal within measurement range 

green flashing: signal outside of measurement range (periphery 

fault) 





Input 

Number/Type 4 inputs for Pt100, 2- or 3-wire connection 


Resolution 


16 Bit / 0.1 °C 

Profile S-7.3.E 

IO code 7 

ID code 3 

ID2 code E 

Data bits (function via AS-Interface) The transfer of the data value is based on AS-Interface Profile 

7.3. 


P0 mains power frequency filter 

P0=1, 50 Hz filter active 


P1/P2 Communication of the peripheral fault on measuring channels 

1 to 4: 

P1 P2 1 2 3 4 

0 0 ✓ – – – 

0 1 ✓ ✓ – – 

1 0 ✓ ✓ ✓ – 

1 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

P3 configuration Pt100 

P3=1, 2-wire connection 

P3=0, 3-wire connection 









Mass 350 g 


Function 


The VBA-4E-G4-Pt100 analogue module 

has four analogue inputs for Pt100 RTDs. 

The asynchronous transformation of measured 

values and the data transfer is accomplished 

in accordance with AS-Interface 

profile 7.3. The resolution of the analogue 

values is 16 bit or 0.1 °C. System disturbances 

are eliminated using a programmable 

filter (50 Hz/60 Hz). 


for use in hazardous environments. 

Connection to the measured-value transmitters 

is established by means of cable glands 

and cage tension spring terminals thus making 

the installation especially user-friendly. 

For pre-addressing the module, it can be 

plugged directly onto the adapter of the 


Various bases are available for the module. 

Use the U-G1F base to connect to the AS- 

Interface flat cable, and the U-G1P base to 

connect to the round cable. The bases can, 

at the same time, be used as IP67 rated distributor 

box. Moreover, they both have two 

connection possibilities for AS-Interface 

cables. 

Output modules often have to be mounted in 

series with input modules. The outputs of the 

output modules are supplied externally with 

power. If the power is supplied via a flat 

cable, the power cable has to be mounted in 

the base of the input module. The U-G1FF 

base should be used in this case. The VBA- 

4E-G4-Pt100 then uses the AS-Interface 

cable instead of the power cable. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-G4-B 



U-G1F 



U-G1FA 



U-G1P 


(EMS; 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-2E-G4-I 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VBA-2E-G4-I 


2 analogue inputs (current) 

Features 







auxiliary voltage and inputs 



196 

A D 

Spec 2.1 

Dimensions 

66 

31 




AUX+ 

AUX- 

U+ 

µP 

U- 



analogue 1 

analogue 2 

AUX 

PWR 

FAULT 

. .. 

VBA-2E-G4-I 



80 

102 

1.1 

1.2 

1.3 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

+ 

Signal 2+ 

- 

Signal 2- 

Screen 

Screen 

+ 

Signal 1+ 

- 

90 

5.6 kΩ 

2-wire 3-wire 4-wire 

+ U+ U+ 

- OUT OUT+ 

Signal 1- 



U- 

not used 

U - 

OUT- 

71 

Channel 1 Channel 2 

Power supply of inputs from 

the external auxiliary power 


the module (AS-Interface) 










LED ANALOG status input signal; LED green 

off: 1 < 1 mA (periphery fault) 

green: 1 mA ≤ I ≤ 1 23 mA 

green flashing: I > 23 mA (periphery fault) 

LED AUX ext. auxiliary voltage UAUX ; LED green 






Input 

Number/Type 2 analogue inputs (currrent), 4 ... 20 mA 

Supply from AS-Interface or from external auxiliary voltage as 

required U AUX 

Input resistance 50 Ω 

Resolution 16 Bit / 1 µA 


Profile S-7.3.D 

IO code 7 

ID code 3 

ID2 code D 


7.3. 





P1 projecting of the 2nd channel 

P1=1, channel 2 is projected 

P1=0, channel 2 is not projected 

P2 Message of peripheral error 

P2=1, periphery fault is reported 

P2=0, periphery fault is not reported 

P3 not used 








inputs/outputs: 2 x screwed connection M16 x 1.5 and cage 

clamp terminals, 1 x screwed connection M12 x 1.5 (not used) 

Mass 350 g 


Function 

VBA-2E-G4-I 

The VBA-2E-G4-I analogue module has two 

analogue current inputs 4 mA ... 20 mA. The 

asynchronous transformation of measured 


in accordance with AS-Interface profile 7.3. 

The measured-value transmitter can be supplied 

from the AS-Interface or from the external 

auxiliary power via the black flat cable, 

depending on the wiring of the plug-in jumpers. 

The resolution of the analogue values is 

16 bit. System disturbances are eliminated, 

using a programmable filter (50 Hz/60 Hz). 


for rough conditions. Connection to the 

measured-value transmitters is established 

by means of cable glands and cage tension 















AS-Interface cable as well as the external 


U-G1PP base. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-G4-B 



U-G1FF 



U-G1FFA 




U-G1PP 


(EEMS; 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-2E-G4-U 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VBA-2E-G4-U 


2 analogue inputs (voltage) 

Features 









198 

A D 

Spec 2.1 

Dimensions 

66 

31 




AUX+ 

AUX- 

U+ 

µP 

U- 



analogue 1 

analogue 2 

AUX 

PWR 

FAULT 

. .. 

VBA-2E-G4-U 



80 

102 

1.1 

1.2 

1.3 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

+ 

Signal 2+ 

- 

Signal 2- 

Screen 

Screen 

+ 

Signal 1+ 

- 

90 


+ U+ U+ 

- OUT OUT+ 

Signal 1- 



U- 

U- 

OUT- 

71 















LED ANALOG status input signal; LED green 


green: 0 V ≤ U ≤ 11.5 V 

green flashing: U > 11.5 V (periphery fault) 







Input 

Number/Type 2 analogue inputs (voltage), 0 ... 10 V 


required UAUX Input resistance 100 kΩ 

Resolution 16 Bit / 1 mV 



IO code 7 

ID code 3 

ID2 code D 


7.3. 











P3 not used 










Mass 350 g 


Function 

VBA-2E-G4-U 

The VBA-2E-G4-U analogue module has two 

analogue voltage inputs 0 V ... 10 V. The 

asynchronous transformation of measured 


in accordance with AS-Interface profile 7.3. 

The measured-value transmitter can be supplied 





16 bit. System disturbances are eliminated 

using a filter, programmable via P0 

(50 Hz/60 Hz). 



measured-value transmitters is established 

by means of cable glands and cage tension 



the module, it can be plugged directly onto 












AS-Interface-cable as well as the external 


U-G1PP base. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-G4-B 



U-G1FF 



U-G1FFA 




U-G1PP 


(EEMS; 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-2A-G4-I 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VBA-2A-G4-I 


2 analogue outputs (current) 

Features 








Power supply of outputs external or 

from the module, as required 

200 

A D 

Spec 2.1 

Dimensions 

66 

31 




AUX+ 

AUX- 

µP 

U- 



analogue 1 

analogue 2 

AUX 

PWR 

FAULT 

U+ 

. .. 

VBA-2A-G4-I 



80 

102 

1.1 

1.2 

1.3 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

+ 

Signal 2+ 

- 

Signal 2- 

Screen 

Screen 

+ 

Signal 1+ 

- 

90 

Signal 1- - 


2-wire 4-wire 

U+ 

+ 


IN+ 

U - 

IN- 

71 


Power supply of outputs from 













LED ANALOG status output signal; LED green 


green: 0 mA ≤ I ≤ 23 mA 

green flashing: I > 23 mA (periphery fault) 







Output 

Number/Type 2 analogue outputs (current), 0 ... 20 mA 


required U AUX 

Resolution 13 Bit / 1 µA 


Profile S-7.3.5 

IO code 7 

ID code 3 

ID2 code 5 


7.3. 


P0 not used 







P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 






Mass 350 g 


Function 

VBA-2A-G4-I 

The VBA-2A-G4-I analogue module has two 

analogue current outputs 0 mA ... 20 mA. 

Measured value conversion and data transmission 

are performed asynchronously in 

accordance with AS-Interface profile 7.3. 

Depending on how the plug-in jumpers are 

wired, the outputs can be powered from the 

AS-Interface or the external auxiliary power 

through the black flat wire. The resolution of 

analog values is 13 bits. 

The G4 module in IP65 is particularly suitable 

for hard field use. The connection to the 

outputs is established by screwed connections 

and cage-clamp terminals. This makes 

the installation especially user friendly. The 

module can be plugged directly onto the 

adapter of the VBP-HH1 of the hand held 

programming device for pre-addressing. 

The connection to the AS-Interface transmission 


supply can be made with flat wire or round 

cable. If AS-Interface flat wire is used, the 

lower part of the U-G1FF should be used. 

The contact to the two lines is made with the 

EEMS interface standardised for AS-Interface, 

i. e. using the insulation penetration 

technique. 

For a round cable, the U-G1PP base should 

be used. Here as well, it is possible to connect 

both the AS-Interface lead and the 

external power supply in the base. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-G4-B 



U-G1FF 



U-G1FFA 




U-G1PP 


(EEMS; 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-2A-G4-U 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VBA-2A-G4-U 


2 analogue outputs (voltage) 

Features 








Power supply of outputs external or 

from the module, as required 

202 

A D 

Spec 2.1 

Dimensions 

66 

31 




AUX+ 

AUX- 

U+ 

µP 

U- 



analogue 1 

analogue 2 

AUX 

PWR 

FAULT 

. .. 

VBA-2A-G4-U 



80 

102 

1.1 

1.2 

1.3 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

+ 

Signal 2+ 

- 

Signal 2- 

Screen 

Screen 

+ 

Signal 1+ 

- 

90 

Signal 1- - 



2-wire 4-wire 

U+ 

+ 

IN+ 

U - 

IN- 

71 















LED ANALOG status output signal; LED green 


green: 0 V ≤ U ≤ 11.5 V 

green flashing: U > 11.5 V (periphery fault) 







Output 

Number/Type 2 analogue outputs (voltage), 0 ... 10 V 


required UAUX Resolution 


13 Bit / 1 mV 

Profile S-7.3.5 

IO code 7 

ID code 3 

ID2 code 5 


7.3. 


P0 not used 







P3 


not used 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 






Mass 350 g 


Function 

VBA-2A-G4-U 

The VBA-2A-G4-U analogue module has two 

voltage outputs 0 V ... 10 V. The asynchronous 

transformation of measured values and 

the data transfer is accomplished in accordance 

with AS-Interface profile 7.3. The 

measured-value transmitter can be supplied 





13 bit. 



outputs is established by means of cable 

glands and cage tension spring terminals 

thus making the installation especially userfriendly. 













AS-Interface cable as well as the external 


U-G1PP base. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 


VAZ-G4-B 



U-G1FF 



U-G1FFA 




U-G1PP 


(EEMS; 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-2E-KE2-I/U 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 


KE control cabinet module 

2 analogue inputs 

Features 






Function indication for bus, internal 

and external sensor power supply, 

inputs 

204 

A D 

Spec 2.1 

Dimensions 




ADDR 

U AUX + 

U AUX - 

22.5 7 

85 

U+ 

U- 



2 

ON OFF 

EXT 

INT 

. .. 




µP 

Vor dem Öffnen alle Anschlüsse 

spannungsfrei schalten / 

de-energize all connections 

before opening 

1 








3 Schalter einstellen / set switches 

INT= Sensorversorgung aus AS-Interface / 

sensor supply from AS-Interface 

EXT= Sensorversorgung extern / 


2 ON= Kanal 2 an / Channel 2 on 

2 OFF= Kanal 2 aus / Channel 2 off 

3 

1 

2 

4 

7 

5 

6 

8 

24V ext. 

Sig + 

Sig - 

0V ext. 

+ 

Sig + 

Sig - 

- 

I1 

Sig+ 

I2 

Sig+ 

I1 

Sig- 

I2 

Sig- 

99 


+ 

U+ U+ 

- 

I/U I/U+ 

24V 

ext. 

24V 

ext. 

PWR AUX 

ADDR 

U- 

I/U- 

U- 

Connections 

Input 

1 I1 Sig. + 

2 I1 Sig. - 

3 24 V ext. 

4 0 V ext. 

5 I2 Sig. + 

6 I2 Sig. - 

7 24 V ext. 

8 0 V ext. 

9 U1 Sig. + 

10 U1 Sig. - 

11 U2 Sig. + 

12 U2 Sig. - 



15 AUX + 

16 AUX - 

0V 

ext. 

0V 

ext. 

INPUT 

1 2 1 2 U 

OK 

I 

FAULT INT 

U1 

Sig+ U1 

Sig- 

U2 

Sig+ 

U2 

Sig- 

AS-i+ AS-i- AUX+ AUX- 


label field 












LED -/OK Status input signal; LED green 

Off: Not connected (Only current module) 

On: Signal within measuring range 

Flashing: Signal outside measuring range 

LED U/I Current or voltage module; Green LED 

Off: Voltage input 

On: Current input 







Input 

Number/Type 2 analogue inputs 

Current: 4 ... 20 mA 

voltage: 0 ... 10 V 


required UAUX Current loading capacity ≤ 40 mA per input 

Input resistance For current module: 50 Ω 

For voltage module: 100 kΩ 

Switching point Changeover current/voltage module: 

current module with Iinput ≥ 1 mA 

voltage module with Uinput ≥ 1 V 

Resolution 16 Bit / 1 µA (Current module) or 

16 bit / 1 mV (Voltage module) 



IO code 7 

ID code 3 

ID2 code D 


7.3. 











P3 not used 


Electromagnetic compatibility EN 50295, EN 61326 







Mass 350 g 


Function 


The VBA-2E-KE2-I/U analog module is 

equipped with two analog inputs that can be 

current inputs (4 mA ... 20 mA) or voltage 

inputs (0 ... 10 V). The module can also be 

connected as a combined current/voltage 

module. In this case the module type must 

be the same for each channel. 

Depending on the setting of the internal sliding 

switch, the power supply for the measurement 

value transmitter is via the module 

(from the AS-Interface) or through an external 

power supply. The input power supply 

selection is displayed via the INT and AUX 

LEDs. 

Measurement values are converted and data 

is transferred asynchronously based on AS- 

Interface Profile 7.3. The resolution of analog 

values is 16 bits with a value range of 

4,000 ... 20,000 (current module) or 

0 ... 10,000 (voltage module). Power faults 

can be eliminated with a parameterizable filter 

(50 Hz/60 Hz) in the A/D converter. 

The second channel can be turned off with a 

second slide switch to allow for faster data 

transfer. 



is installed by snapping on the 35-mm carrier 

rail in accordance with EN 50022. 

It can be connected by plug-in terminals 

(COMBICON). 4X terminal blocks (black) are 

used for the inputs. The connection of the 

external auxiliary supply and AS-Interface is 

made through the 2-way-terminal blocks 

(auxiliary supply gray, AS-Interface yellow). 

This makes it possible to separate individual 

sensors or to supply power during commissioning 

or servicing. 

Note: 


monitoring that turns off the outputs if no AS- 

Interface communication has taken place 

with the device for more than 40 ms. 





Accessories 

VBP-HH1 




device 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface - Ex Modules 

206 





5.4 Ex Modules 

AS-Interface - Ex Modules 

In the G5 design there are Ex modules for Zone 1 of a hazardous area. The 

master and power supply should either be located outside Zone 1, or 

mounted in an approved Ex housing. 

Wiring in Zone 1 is carried out with increased safety (EEx e). The AS-Interface 

connection can occur over the flat cable (the VAZ-PG11-FKD cable entry 

seal is also necessary) or round cable. Up to 4 NAMUR sensors can be 

connected to the sensor input. 

The module ist encapsulated (EEx m) and converts the intrinsically safe 

NAMUR signal (EEx i) onto the AS-Interface The field circuits conform to ignition 

protection class Ex ia IIC. The inputs are monitored for lead breakage 

and short circuits (can be disabled for connection to mechanical contacts). 

A version with 4 inputs and 2 outputs is available, as well as a version with 

4 outputs; both have ATEX approval. 

Instruction manual for the AS-Interface Ex system 

1. Usage 

I/O modules are used as measuring and control devices to transfer binary signals within 

hazardous areas or from hazardous areas to non-hazardous areas. 

The data sheets of the individual devices include the electrical data for the EC Type Examination 

Certificate, and are considered an integral part of the operating manual. 

The inputs and outputs conform to intrinsic safety ignition protection class "i", the bus to 

increased safety protection class "e" and the coupling modules to protection class "encapsulated 

housing m". 

Conformance to the standards and regulations applicable to the specified or intended 

usage should be ensured. 

Devices which are operated in general electrical systems must not thereafter be operated 

in electrical systems that are connected with areas subject to the danger of explosions. 

I/O Modules are not suitable for the isolation of signals for power engineering. The manufacturer 

data sheets should also be adhered to. 

2. Commissioning, installation 

(Commissioning and installation may only be performed by professionals specifically trained to 

do so.) 

The coupling modules conform to protection class IP54. 

The coupling modules are suitable for installation in zone 1 of hazardous areas. 

Intrinsically safe circuits (light blue identification on the device) may be led into hazardous 

areas; in this case, particular care must be taken to ensure secure isolation from all nonintrinsically 

safe circuits. Installation must be performed in accordance with applicable manufacturer 

guidelines. 

When using intrinsically safe circuits in Dust-Ex Zone "D", only field devices certified for this 

use may be connected. 

When conneting intrinsically safe field devices to the intrinsically safe circuits of the coupling 

module, the respective peak values of the field device and I/O module with regard to 

explosion protection are to be used (Proof of Intrinsic Safety). EN 60079-14/IEC 60079-14 

should be observed. In the case of Germany the "National foreword" in DIN EN 60079- 

14/VDE 0165 Part 1 must be observed. 

The EU certificates of conformity or EU declarations of conformity should be observed. It is 

particularly important to ensure that any "Special Conditions" in these documents are 

adhered to. 

Installation can be performed as direct walll mounting. 

3. Maintenance 

The long-term stability of the device transmission functions eliminates the need for regular 

adjustment or similar intervention. No other maintenance is required. 

4. Fault elimination 

Devices operating in connection with hazardous areas must not be modified in any way. 

Only qualified and authorised personnel are permitted to carry out device repairs. 



207 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4E2A-G5-N/V2-Ex 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 


G5 Ex module 

4 inputs/2 valve outputs 

Features 

Use in hazardous area 

Category, ignition protection category 

¬ II (1GD) 2G EEx em [ia] IIB/IIC T4 

Connection of 4 sensors based on 

IEC 60947-5-6 (NAMUR, DIN 19234) 

Optional standard connection or 2:1 

system (with polarized sensors) 

Connection of 2 switch valves 

Lead breakage and short-circuit 

monitoring for inputs 

Function display for bus, status 

display for inputs and outputs 

208 

Dimensions 

∅ 6.5 



+ 

+ 

- 

- 

EEx e 

In-/ 

Outputs 

EEx m 





11 

12 

21 

22 

31 

32 

41 

42 

51 

52 

61 

62 

184 

173 

1 IN 1 OUT 2 IN 3 IN 2 OUT 4 IN 

EEx ia IIC 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

129 

150 

Standard 2:1 Version 1 Version 2 Version 3 Version 4 

DIP-switch (in terminal compartment) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

OFF 

+ 

- 10k 

Short circuit monitoring (SC) 

Lead breakage monitoring (LB) 

Not used 

2:1 Mode 

1k 

46 

10k 

* Diode necessary for 2:1 technique 

PWR 

CHK 







EC-Type Examination Certificate DMT 02 ATEX E 125 

Group, category, type of protection ¬ II (1GD) 2G EEx em [ia] IIB/IIC T4 

Intrinsically safe input and output circuits can be fed into areas 

in the categories 1G and 1D. 


LED PWR/CHK dual LED green/red 


red flashing: communication error or address 0 or SC/LK error 



red flashing: SC/LK error 



Safety maximum voltage Um 40 V 

Short-circuit current Ik ≤ 35 A 



Time delay before availability tv ≤ 1 s 

Input 

Number/Type 4 inputs according to IEC 60947-5-6 (NAMUR, DIN 19234) 


Values in accordance with prototype test 

certificate 

OFF ≤ 1.2 mA 

ON ≥ 2.1 mA 

Voltage U0 ≤ 8.8 V DC 

Current I0 ≤ 6 mA 

Power P0 ≤ 13 mW 

Internal resistor Ri ≥ 1588 Ω 

Internal capacitance Ci negligible 

Internal inductance Li negligible 

Type of protection EEx ia IIB EEx ia IIC 

External capacitance C0 ≤ 46 µF ≤ 5.5 µF 

External inductance L0 ≤ 1 H ≤ 0.6 H 

L/R ratio L0 /R0 ≤ 11 mH/Ω ≤ 2.9 mH/Ω 

Characteristic curve 

Output 

linear 

Number/Type 


certificate 

2 outputs for control of intrinsically valves 

Voltage U0 ≤ 28 V DC 





External capacitance C0 ≤ 650 nF ≤ 83 nF 

External inductance L0 ≤ 10 mH ≤ 1 mH 

L/R ratio L0/R0 ≤ 180 µH/Ω ≤ 46 µH/Ω 

Characteristic curve linear 

Nominal values (typically) 

Open loop voltage UA0 26 V 

Short-circuit current IAK 50 mA 

Internal resistor RI 270 Ω 

Curve angle pointsurve angle 

points((nominal values) UE /IE Programming instructions 

12.5 V DC, 50 mA 

Profile S-7.F 

IO code 7 

ID code F 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 - 

D2 IN3 OUT2 

D3 IN4 - 


P0/P1 (Output conditions on failure of the AS-Interface communication 

or LB/LK error) 

0/0 outputs unchanged 

0/1 outputs not controllable 

1/0 outputs controllable 

1/1 outputs not controllable 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 

Function 


The VAA-4E2A-G5-N/V2-Ex module is suitable 

for direct use in areas subject to the danger 

of explosion (Zone 1). The module itself 

is encapsulated (EEx m), while the connection 

technology for the AS-Interface-lead is 

designed for the increased safety category 

and the control circuits are designed to conform 

to EEx ia IIC. 

The VAA-4E2A-G5-N/V2-Ex module makes it 

possible to operate 4 sensors in accordance 

with IEC 60947-5-6 (NAMUR) or mechanical 

contacts and 2 intrinsically safe valves. Four 

variations are possible for connecting the 

sensors/mech. contacts (see electrical connection): 

Variant 1: Connection of NAMUR sensors, 

see connection assignment. 

Variant 2: If the mechanical contacts are 

wired according to the connection diagram, 

monitoring for lead breakage and short-circuit 

is possible. 

Variant 3: If the mechanical contacts are 

provided with only one 10 kW parallel resistor, 

the lead can be monitored for lead breakage. 

In this case, short-circuit monitoring 

must be turned off. 

Variant 4: No type of monitoring at all is 

available for this variant. In this case, lead 

breakage monitoring and short-circuit monitoring 

must be turned off. 

The DIP switches are located in the terminal 

compartment for sensor/valve connections 

(see the representation of the DIP switches). 

Lead breakage / short-circuit: 

Error monitoring is activated when the current 

in the control circuit I is less than 0.1 mA 

(lead breakage) or greater than 6 mA (short 

circuit). 

In this case the LED of the input in question 

and the LED PWR/CHK both flash red, and 

the module logs out from the AS-Interface. 

Note: 

If two channels are connected incorrectly, the 

output voltage may be reduced. To reset a 

module, it has to be disconnected from the 

supply. 

2:1 Mode: 

The 2:1 mode enables any two sensors to be 

connected via a common 2-wire cable. Since 

in this mode the selection of the individual 

sensors is made via the polarity of the sensor 

supply, reverse polarity-protected sensors 

must be used for this operating mode. 

Sensors 1 and 3 form the first pair; sensors 2 

and 4 the second. The sensors of a pair are 

connected anti-parallel to the module via a 2wire 

cable. The first pair occupy terminals 12 

and 32 (Sensor 1 + to terminal 32, Sensor 

3 + to terminal 12). The second pair occupy 

terminals 22 and 42 (Sensor 2 + to 

terminal 42, Sensor 4 + to terminal 22). 

For mechanical contacts a serial diode is 

required for reverse polarity protection for 

operation in the 2:1 mode.The connection is 

made in the same sense as for the sensors 

(Contact 1 + to terminal 32, Contact 3 + to 

terminal 12, etc.). 

The 2:1 mode is activated via DIP switch 4 in 

the terminal compartment for the inputs and 

outputs. To activate and deactivate the mode 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


the supply voltage (AS-Interface) must be 

briefly isolated from the device. 

210 





-20 ... 85 °C (253 ... 358 K) 



Mass 1.5 kg 


Notes 


Valve coupler: 

The block diagram at right illustrates the combined effect of the module and a valve switch. 

The module, with respect to the valve, provides a power source with internal resistance. The 

input circuit of the valve corresponds to the load resistance R A of this circuit. Minimum currents 

and voltages must be available on the valve in order for the valve to switch correctly. 

The voltage U RL drops across the cable resistance R L due to the current I RA , which is the 

same throughout. 

G 

R i 

U A/ I AK 

G: Generator 

R i : Internal resistor 

R L: Lead resistance 

R A : Load resistor 

U A0 : Quiescent voltage 

U A : Output voltage 

U RL : Voltage drop on 

lead resistance 

U RA : Voltage drop on load 

U 0: max. voltage 

I 0 : max. current 

I AK : Short-circuit current 

I RA : Load current 

R L 

U RL 

I RA 

R A URA 

The output characteristic diagram at right shows the generator characteristic and the resistance 

line of the valve. The difference between the U RA and the actual output voltage U A 

meets the maximum voltage drop across the cable. From that, the maximum cable length and 

resistance can be calculated. 

However, the calculation does not take into account the requirements per DIN EN 50020 

(Instrinsic Safety).Therefore, the user should test the system to ensure that maximum values 

for external inductance and capacitance are not exceeded. 

U 

UO UAO UA URL URA Output characteristic 

E: Curve angle point (U E /I E ) 

Output characteristic 

I RA I AK I O I 

unpermissible area for valves 



E 



Notes 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4A-G5-V2-Ex 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 


G5 Ex module 

4 valve outputs 

Features 

Use in hazardous area 

Category, ignition protection category 

¬ II (1GD) 2G EEx em [ia] IIB/IIC T4 

Outputs EEx ia IIC 

Connection of 4 switch valves 

Function display for bus and outputs 

212 

Dimensions 

∅ 6.5 






EEx e 





184 

173 

Outputs 

EEx m 

1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 

129 

150 

11 

12 

21 

22 

31 

32 

41 

42 

EEx ia IIC 

46 

PWR 

CHK 







EC-Type Examination Certificate DMT 99 ATEX E 072 

Group, category, type of protection ¬ II (1GD) 2G EEx em [ia] IIB/IIC T4 

Intrinsically safe input and output circuits can be fed into areas 

in the categories 1G and 1D. 


LED PWR/CHK dual-LED green/red 





Safety maximum voltage Um 40 V 



Time delay before availability tv ≤ 1 s 

Output 

Number/Type 


certificate 

4 outputs EEx ia IIC for controlling intrinsically safe valves 

Voltage U0 ≤ 28 V DC 





External capacitance C0 ≤ 650 nF ≤ 83 nF 

External inductance L0 ≤ 10 mH ≤ 1 mH 

Nominal values (typically) 

Open loop voltage UA0 26 V 

Short-circuit current IAK 50 mA 

Internal resistor RI 270 Ω 

Curve angle pointsurve angle 

points((nominal values) UE /IE Programming instructions 

12.5 V DC, 50 mA 

Profile S-8.F 

IO code 8 

ID code F 


D0 IN4 O4 

D1 - OUT2 

D2 - OUT3 

D3 - OUT4 


P0/P1 (Output conditions on failure of the AS-Interface communication) 

0/0 Outputs old value 

0/1 outputs not controlled 

1/0 outputs controlled 

1/1 outputs not controlled 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-20 ... 85 °C (253 ... 358 K) 



Mass 1.5 kg 


Function 


The VAA-4A-G5-V2-Ex module can be 

installed in zone 1 hazardous areas. The 

module itself is encapsulated (EEx m), while 

the connection system of the AS-i cable is 

designed for use with increased safety. 

The VAA-4A-G5-V2-Ex can be connected to 

4 intrinsically safe switch valves, i. e. the control 

circuit is intrinsically safe. 

Note: 

If two channels are connected incorrectly, 

the output voltage might be reduced. To reset 

a module, it has to be disconnected from the 

supply. 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


214 

Notes 


Valve coupler: 

The block diagram at right illustrates the combined effect of the module and a valve switch. 

The module, with respect to the valve, provides a power source with internal resistance. The 

input circuit of the valve corresponds to the load resistance R A of this circuit. Minimum currents 

and voltages must be available on the valve in order for the valve to switch correctly. 

The voltage U RL drops across the cable resistance R L due to the current I RA, which is the 

same throughout. 

G 

R i 

U A/ I AK 

G: Generator 

R i : Internal resistor 

R L: Lead resistance 

R A: Load resistor 

U A0 : Quiescent voltage 

U A : Output voltage 

U RL : Voltage drop on 

lead resistance 

U RA : Voltage drop on load 

U 0: max. voltage 

I 0 : max. current 

I AK : Short-circuit current 

I RA : Load current 

R L 

U RL 

I RA 

R A URA 

The output characteristic diagram at right shows the generator characteristic and the resistance 

line of the valve. The difference between the U RA and the actual output voltage U A 

meets the maximum voltage drop across the cable. From that, the maximum cable length and 

resistance can be calculated. 

However, the calculation does not take into account the requirements per DIN EN 50020 

(Instrinsic Safety).Therefore, the user should test the system to ensure that maximum values 

for external inductance and capacitance are not exceeded. 

U 

UO UAO UA URL URA Output characteristic 

E: Curve angle point (U E/I E) 

Output characteristic 

I RA I AK I O I 

unpermissible area for valves 



E 



Notes 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface - AirBox 

216 

Model number VAA-2EA- 

G1-ZE/P-S 

5.5 AirBox (Pneumatic Module) 

Actuators are used in many parts of a system. On average, more than 40% 

of them are pneumatic cylinders, controlled by compressed air. Long pressure 

hoses, however, results in too-long response times, too-thick hoses, 

unnecessary pressure losses and high costs when pressure lines must be 

moved. So-called valve-island solutions are only appropriate when very 

many valves must be driven in very little space. However, this is not always 

the case, and here is where decentralized control with pneumatic modules 

over AS-Interface shows clear advantages: fast response times, small air 

volumes, simple installation, flexible extensibility, and low cost. Test operation 

can be performed using manual operation without a PLC connection, 

and very little space is required. Up to 2 valves can be connected to a pneumatic 

module with 2 or 4 feedback inputs (max. 100 mA sensor power consumption). 

Devices with sinter filters (IP65) and with stainless steel air outlets (IP67) for 

the food industry, both monostable or bistable, are available. 

These modules can only be driven over the yellow AS-Interface or with an 

optional 24 V auxiliary power supply over the black flat cable. 

These modules cover the use of two independent 3/2-way valves each 

(three pneumatic inputs/outputs and two connection paths). 

VAA-2EA- 

G1-ZE/P-V2A 

VAA-4E2A- 

G1-ZE/P-S 

VAA-4E2A- 

G1-ZE/PEXT-S 

Sensor inputs 2 2 4 4 

Logical outputs 2 2 2 2 

AS-Interface power supply (yellow cable) ✓ 

✓ ✓ ✓ 

Auxiliary power supply (black cable) – 

– – ✓ 

Valve function 3/2 NC 2 2 2 2 

Valve function 3/2 NO – – – – 

Valve function 4/2 1 1 1 1 

Valve function 5/2 – – – – 

Valve function 5/3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

Middle position open 1 1 1 1 

Middle position ventilated – – – – 

Middle position closed – – – – 

Air flow [Nl] 0/6 bar 550 550 550 550 

Air flow [Nl] 5/6 bar 350 350 350 350 

Pressure range [bar] 2 ... 8 2 ... 8 2 ... 8 2 ... 8 

Additional drive air supply – – – – 

Vacuum switchable – – – – 

Exhaust outlet, filtered ✓ – ✓ ✓ 

Exhaust outlet, contained – ✓ – – 

Manual actuation ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

tamper-proof ✩ 

– ✩ – 

Electrically bistable – – – – 

Protection class IP65 IP67 IP65 IP65 

✓ Standard 

– not available 

✩ on request 

On request, the 4E2A pneumatic module is also available with flexible conduit 

connector and in stainless steel. Model numbers:AirBox 32 S-GE-MO 

and AirBox 32 S-SW-MO (with ext. power supply). 





Model number AirBox K 

F-GE-MO 

AS-Interface - AirBox 

Pneumatic modules for 3/2-, 4/2, 5/2-, and 5/3-way valves are available as 

special versions (data sheets on request). The modules include two integrated 

pneumatic change-over contact outputs and are available in monostable 

and bistable versions. 

AirBox K 

F-SW-MO 

AirBox K 

F-GE-BI 

Selected technical data for AirBox K: 

Total current consumption < 270 mA, 

inputs: low < 1,5 mA / high > 6,5 mA or > 6 V, 

current loading 100 mA (200 mA with ext. power supply) 

short-circuit protected, max. switching frequency 5 Hz, 

pressure range 3 bar ... 8 bar, filtered compressed air (oiled or non-oiled), 

air flow 550 standard liter/min, 

auxiliary air supply pressure > 3 bar, 

protection class IP65, 

dimensions 152 mm x 60 mm x 45 mm (HxWxD), 

ambient temperature 0 °C ... 55 °C. 

All devices have UL, CSA, and AS-Interface approval. 

AirBox K 

F-SW-BI 

Sensor inputs 4 4 4 4 

Logical outputs 2 2 2 2 

AS-Interface power supply (yellow cable) ✓ 

✓ ✓ ✓ 

Auxiliary power supply (black cable) – 

✓ – ✓ 

Valve function 3/2 NC 2 2 2 2 

Valve function 3/2 NO 2 2 2 2 



Valve function 5/3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

Middle position open 1 1 1 1 

Middle position ventilated 1 1 1 1 

Middle position closed – – – – 

Air flow [Nl] 0/6 bar 700 700 700 700 

Air flow [Nl] 5/6 bar 500 500 500 500 

Pressure range [bar] 3 ... 8 3 ... 8 3 ... 8 3 ... 8 

Additional drive air supply ❍ 

❍ ❍ ❍ 

Vacuum switchable ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 

Exhaust outlet, filtered ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

Exhaust outlet, contained – – – – 

Manual actuation ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

tamper-proof ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

Electrically bistable – – ✓ ✓ 

Protection class IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 

Food industry ✩ 

✩ ✩ ✩ 

AS-Interface certification ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

Ident number 93.025 93.027 93.031 93.026 

3RK 1408-_ _ _ _ _ -0CA00 0MT00 1MT00 0CT00 1CT00 

✓ Standard 

– not available 

❍ optional 

✩ on request 

KM K-FK-SW Base for AirBox K module with external power supply over additional 

black flat cable, wall-mounted 

KM K-HS Tophat rail adaptor for AirBox K base 



217 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4E2A-G1-ZE/P-S 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface pneumatic module 

Features 









outputs 

Direct connection of pneumatic 

cylinders 

218 

U ® 

Order code 


Pneumatic module 

4 inputs/2 pneumatic outputs 

Dimensions 

52 








Manual operation 

for OUT3 

IN1 

IN2 

IN3 

IN4 


OUT3 OUT4 

Air supply 




80 

90 

102 

37 48 

45 

60 

OUT 3/OUT4 

Outgoing air 

Manual operation 

for OUT4 

IN- 

3 

1 

2 

4 

3 



IN+ 

IN2/IN4 

IN1/IN3 

IN- 

for 3-wire 

sensors 

2 pneumatic outputs OUT3 and OUT4 

OUT 

Air supply 

Outgoing air 

IN1 

4 

2 

IN2 

IN+ 

1 

IN- 

3 

IN3 

4 

2 

IN4 

IN+ 

1 













Rated operational current Ie ≤ 45 mA (without sensors) 

≤ 200 mA (complete) 

Input 

Number/Type 2x 2 inputs for 2- or 3-wire sensors (PNP), DC 


Current loading capacity ≤ 100 mA, short-circuit proof 

Switching point OFF: ≤ 1.5 mA 

ON: ≥ 5 mA, ≥ 10 V 

Output 

Number/Type 2 pneumatic outputs with separated 3/2-way valves 

Pneumatic output 

Venting guide Sinter filter 

Compressed air 2 ... 8 bar, filtered (5 µm), oiled or unoiled compressed air 

Air throughput 550 Nl/min at 6/0 bar 

350 Nl/min at 6/5 bar 

Valve cross-section 


5 mm 

Profile S-7.F 

IO code 7 

ID code F 

ID1 code F 

ID2 code F 


D0 IN1 - 

D1 IN2 - 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 


IN4 OUT4 

P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-20 ... 85 °C (253 ... 358 K) 



flat cable or standard round cable 

inputs: M12 x 1 round connector 

outputs: plug-in hose connector (8 mm) 



Function 


The VAA-4E2A-G1-ZE/P-S module features 

4 inputs for the connection of 2- or 3-wire 

sensors and 2 pneumatic outputs with a high 

air flow rate for direct control of pneumatic 

drives in the field. 2 separate 3/2-way valves 

are integrated in the module. Both the valve 

and the sensors connected to the module 

are supplied via the bus cable. 

The sensors are connected to the module via 

M12 x 1-circular connectors; the outputs are 

connected to the pneumatic drive via standard 

hose plug-in connectors (LEGRIS LF 

3000, 8 mm). 

Various bases are available for the module.The 

U-G1F (or U-G1FA) base provides 

the connection to the AS-Interface flat cable; 

the U-G1P base provides the connection to a 

round cable. 

It happens very frequently that output modules 

must be installed in series with the 

pneumatic module. If the outputs of the output 

modules are supplied with external 

power transferred via a flat cable, a suitable 

EEMS base (U-G1FF or U-G1FFA) must be 

used for the pneumatic module. In this case, 

VAA-4E2A-G1-ZE/P-S accesses the AS- 

Interface cable instead of the power supply 

cable. 

Note: 

The slave address must be programmed 

before commissioning (default setting 0). 

Medium: Filtered (5 µm), oiled or unoiled 

compressed air (2 ... 8 bars). 

Warning: 

Dangerous electric voltage can lead to electric 

shock and burns. The system must be 

disconnected from the power supply before 

the beginning of the works. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 



U-G1F 



U-G1P 


(EMS; 


U-G1FA 





Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


220 

Notes 

Examples for functions of the AS-Interface Airbox 

as 3/2-way valve 


as 5/2-way valvel 

ZU-Nr. Xxxxx 

IN1 

IN2 

Power 

OUT3 OUT4 


ZU-Nr. Xxxxx 

IN1 

IN2 

Power 

OUT3 OUT4 

ZU-Nr. Xxxxx 

IN1 

IN2 

Power 

OUT3 OUT4 


Unpressurized Pressurized Switched 

ZU-Nr. Xxxxx 

IN1 

IN2 

Power 

OUT3 OUT4 



ZU-Nr. Xxxxx 

IN1 

IN2 

Power 

OUT3 OUT4 

ZU-Nr. Xxxxx 

IN1 

IN2 

Power 

OUT3 OUT4 

ZU-Nr. Xxxxx 

IN1 

IN2 

Power 

OUT3 OUT4 

ZU-Nr. Xxxxx 

IN1 

IN2 

Power 

OUT3 OUT4 

ZU-Nr. Xxxxx 

IN1 

IN2 

Power 

OUT3 OUT4 

ZU-Nr. Xxxxx 

IN1 

IN2 

Power 

OUT3 OUT4 

ZU-Nr. Xxxxx 

IN1 

IN2 

Power 

OUT3 OUT4 

ZU-Nr. Xxxxx 

IN1 

IN2 

Power 

OUT3 OUT4 

OUT3 OUT4 

ZU-Nr. Xxxxx 

IN1 

IN2 

Power 



5.6 Display and control modules 


illuminated pushbutton modules are used for decentralised control and display 

of status. There are two designs available. 

The LT2 illuminated pushbutton module in the G1 design has two integrated 

buttons, to which 2 inputs and 2 outputs can be connected. The outputs 

must be set by the master, and the inputs can be assigned to functions 

stored in the master. Due to its high IP67 protection class, this illuminated 

pushbutton module can also be used in the field. 

Up to 6 illuminated pushbuttons can be installed in the LT3 modules in the 

F86 construction type. The 94 x 180 mm housing can be used with standard 

installation modules of 22 m diameter. The assignment to the AS-Interface 

connection integrated with ground proceeds over single wires on the 

built-in buttons. In the basic version, there are 4 inputs and 4 outputs available. 

An extension board allows the module to be extended to 8 inputs and 

8 outputs. 

5.7 Printed circuit board module 

To integrate AS-Interface into existing devices, we also carry circuit board 

solutions (type code CB). Standard boards with up to 4 inputs and 4 outputs 

are available, as well as special prefabricated solutions or build-in modules 

in a plastic housing. New customer-specific solutions are also simply and 

quickly implemented. Pins, single wires, or terminals may be selected as 

standard connection type. 

5.8 Engine starter 

Frequency converters for the speed regulation of motors and drives are being 

installed decentrally in the field more and more often. 

AS-Interface enables drives and motors to be decentrally controlled, too. 

The robust design of the VAA-1E3A-M18-ZE/E2-V1 module in an M18 

housing is also suitable for harsh industrial applications and is easy to 

screw into many devices and flexible for wiring. Since some motors also 

have M25 screwed connections, the module includes an M25 adaptor for 

mounting. The engine starter is externally connectable to the AS-Interface 

flat cable using an M12 connector. The engine starter provides one input 

and 3 outputs (for instance, for fast/slow/stop), which use an external power 

supply. For address configuration, the engine starter can simply be plugged 

into the VBP-HH1 handheld. 



221 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-LT2-G1 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface pushbutton module 

Order code 

Features 







2 integrated illuminated pushbuttons 

variable colours 

222 

U ® 

VAA-LT2-G1 

Luminous push-button module 

Dimensions 

52 





VAA-LT2-G1 



45 

37 

80 

Button 1 

LED 1 

Button 2 

LED 2 

30 

Button 1 

LED 1 

Button 2 

LED 2 

standard: green 

standard: red 



AS-Interface pushbutton module 





Button 2 integrated, 

protected against accidental activation, 

keys can be individually labelled, 

labeling field on the module 




Rated operational current Ie ≤ 55 mA (LEDs on) 


Profile S-3.F 

IO code 3 

ID code F 


D0 Button 2 red - 

D1 Button 1 green - 

D2 - LED 2 red 

D3 


- LED 1 green 

P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-40 ... 85 °C (233 ... 358 K) 




Function 

VAA-LT2-G1 

The illuminated pushbutton module VAA- 

LT2-G1 provides a link between the operating 

personnel and the AS-Interface master. 

The current status can be displayed by 

means of the LEDs integrated in the pushbuttons. 

The illuminated pushbutton has IP67 protection 

and is therefore suitable particularly for 

use in the field. 

Various bases are available for the module. 

Use the U-G1F base to connect to the AS- 

Interface flat cable, and use the U-G1P base 

to connect to the round cable. 

The output modules often have to be 

mounted in series with the illuminated pushbutton. 

The outputs of the output modules 

are supplied externally with power. If the 

power is supplied via a flat cable, the power 

supply lead has to be mounted in the base of 

the input module. The U-G1FF base should 

be used in this case. The VAA-LT2-G1 then 

uses the AS-Interface cable rather than the 

power cable. 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 



U-G1F 



U-G1FA 



U-G1P 


(EMS; 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-LT3-F86-V1 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface luminous push-button module 

Order code 


Luminous push-button module 

4 inputs/4outputs 

Features 

Empty housing for the installation of 

up to 6 built-in buttons, built-in lamps 

or similar with diameter 22 mm 

Connection of the illuminated 

pushbuttons via pluggable screw 

terminals 

Protection degree IP65 possible 

Integrated communication monitoring 

function 

Inputs and outputs short-circuit and 

overload proof 

No external power supply required 

M12 plug for simple connection to 


224 

Dimensions 

180 

165 

100 




1 

2 




IN1 

IN2 

IN3 

IN4 +- 

OUT1 

OUT2 

OUT3 

OUT4 

ø22,3 

(DN22 accord. to 

EN 60947-5-1) 




94 

79 

45 

1 

2 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

2 

8 

4 

5 

6 

7 

10 

11 

12 

13 

9 

+ 

80 

IN1 

IN2 

IN3 

IN4 

OUT1 

OUT2 

OUT3 

OUT4 

4 

Load 

Display 


1 

3 


2 



AS-Interface luminous push-button module 



Slave type 






Input 

Number/Type 4 inputs for mechanical contacts 




Switching point according to EN 61131-2 Typ 1 



Output 



Current ≤ 100 mA per output, ≤ 140 mA total 

Voltage 


21 ... 31 V 

Profile S-7.0 

IO code 7 

ID code 0 

ID1 code F 

ID2 code E 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 OUT4 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-40 ... 85 °C (233 ... 358 K) 

Protection degree IP65 according to EN 60529 (with compatible display and control 

elements) 

Connection M12 round connector 

Notes 

LED displays should be used preferably, in order to avoid an exceeding of the max. current. 

Function 


The VAA-LT3-F86-V1 light sensor module 

creates a connection between the operating 

personnel and the AS-Interface master. The 

housing is designed in combination with suitable 

display and control elements in protection 

type IP65. 

The internal AS-Interface I/O module is ideally 

suited to integrating customer-specific 

electronics, for example light sensors or LED 

lights. The printed circuit board is supplied 

entirely from the AS-Interface. The inputs 

and outputs are protected against short circuits 

and overload and the connection 

between the display and control elements 

and the AS-Interface circuit board can be 

plugged in with screw-on plug-in terminals. 

The connection to the AS-Interface is implemented 

by means of a V1 round plug 

(M12 x 1). 

An overloading of the outputs is signalled to 

the AS-Interface master via the "Peripheral 

fault" function. Communication via the AS- 

Interface remains intact. 

The luminous push-button module can be 

expanded to a total of 8 inputs/8 outputs by 

means of an additional printed circuit board 

module VAA-4E4A-CB1-Z/E2. 

Note: 

Communication monitoring is integrated. 

This switches the outputs to a currentless 

state if no communication is taking place 

over the AS-Interface cable. 

Accessories 

VAA-4E4A-CB1-Z/E2 

Printed circuit board module encapsulated 

in housing for expansion to 8 inputs/8 

outputs 

VAZ-T1-FK-V1 

Splitter box AS-Interface to 1x M12 round 

connector 

VAZ-T1-FK-1M-PUR-V1-W 

Splitter box AS-Interface to M12 round 

connector 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-4EA-CB-E/E2-S 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface printed circuit board 

Order code 


Printed circuit board module 

4 inputs/4 outputs 

Features 


function 




Connection via screw terminals 

226 

Dimensions 

7 

3.5 

R2 

3.2 




1 

2 





66 

4 

+ 

17 + 

16 

E1 

13 

E2 

10 

E3 

7 

E4 

15 

A1 

12 

A2 

9 

A3 

6 

A4 

5 

8 

11 

14 

0 

0 

0 

0 

3 

18 

(free) 

(free) 

18 NC 

17 + 

16 E1 

15 A1 

14 0 

13 E2 

12 A2 

11 0 

10 E3 

9 A3 

8 0 

7 E4 

6 A4 

5 0 

4 + 

3 PROG 

2 AS-i - 

1 AS-i + 

Load 

37.5 

for 3-wire 

sensors 






Slave type 






Input 








Output 




Voltage 


21 ... 31 V 

Profile S-7.0 

IO code 7 

ID code 0 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 OUT4 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-40 ... 70 °C (233 ... 343 K) 

Protection degree IP20 (completely fitted) according to EN 60529 

Connection screw terminal strip 

Function 


The VAA-4EA-CB-E/E2-S AS-Interface coupling 

module is the circuit board solution for 

an AS-Interface slave. The module is ideal 

for integration into customer-specific electronics, 

e. g. keypads, actuators, etc. The circuit 

board is supplied by the AS-Interface. 

The inputs and outputs are short-circuit and 

overload-proof. 

Note: 

In the case of communication errors on the 

bus, the outputs are de-energised via an 

integrated watchdog. 

Pepperl+Fuchs can customise connectors 

and circuit board sizes e. g. for 2EA, 2E1A, 

... models to meet your specific applications. 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-4E3A-CB-E/E2-P 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 




function 




Connection via pins 

228 

62 

Spec 2.1 

Order code 


Printed circuit board module 4 inputs / 

3 outputs 

Dimensions 

7 

3.5 

R2 

3.2 




1 

2 





66 

4 

+ 

17 + 

16 

E1 

13 

E2 

10 

E3 

7 

E4 

15 

A1 

12 

A2 

9 

A3 

6 

A4 

5 

8 

11 

14 

0 

0 

0 

0 

3 

18 

(free) 

(free) 

18 NC 

17 + 

16 E1 

15 A1 

14 0 

13 E2 

12 A2 

11 0 

10 E3 

9 A3 

8 0 

7 E4 

6 A4 

5 0 

4 + 

3 PROG 



Load 

37.5 

for 3-wire 

sensors 






Slave type 


A/B slave 




Input 








Output 




Voltage 


21 ... 31 V 

Profile S-7.A.E 

IO code 7 

ID code A 

ID2 code E 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 - 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




Length of housing 

Housing width 

Height of housing 

Diameter of housing 

-40 ... 70 °C (233 ... 343 K) 


Connection plug connector (pins) 

Function 


The VBA-4E3A-CB-E/E2-P AS-Interface 

coupling module is the circuit board solution 

for an AS-Interface slave. The module is 

ideal for integration into customer-specific 

electronics, e. g. keypads, actuators, etc. 

The circuit board is supplied by the AS-Interface. 

The inputs and outputs are short-circuit 

and overload-proof. 

Note: 









Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface printed circuit board module 

Order code 


Printed circuit board module encapsulated 

in housing for expansion to 8 inputs/8 

outputs 

Features 


function 




Connection via removable screw 

terminals 

230 

Dimensions 

76 




1 

2 




IN1 

IN2 

IN3 

IN4 +- 

OUT1 

OUT2 

OUT3 

OUT4 

1 

2 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 




1 

2 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

51 

27 

13 

8 

4 

5 

6 

7 

10 

11 

12 

13 

9 

+ 

IN1 

IN2 

IN3 

IN4 

OUT1 

OUT2 

OUT3 

OUT4 

Load 



AS-Interface printed circuit board module 



Slave type 






Input 





Switching point according to EN 61131-2 Typ 1 



Output 




Voltage 


21 ... 31 V 

Profile S-7.0 

IO code 7 

ID code 0 

ID1 code F 

ID2 code E 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 OUT4 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-40 ... 85 °C (233 ... 358 K) 

Connection screw terminals, removable 

Notes 

The AS-Interface I/O module is ideally suited to integrating customer-specific electronics, for 

example light sensors or LED lights. The printed circuit board is supplied entirely from the AS- 

Interface. The inputs and outputs are protected against short circuits and overload and the 

connection between the display and control elements and the AS-Interface circuit board can 

be plugged in with screw-on plug-in terminals. The connection to the AS-Interface is implemented 

by means removable screw terminals. 

Note: 

Communication monitoring is integrated. This switches the outputs to a currentless state if no 

communication is taking place over the AS-Interface cable. 

Function 


The internal AS-Interface I/O module is ideally 

suited to integrating customer-specific 

electronics, for example light sensors or LED 

lights. The printed circuit board is supplied 

entirely from the AS-Interface. The inputs 

and outputs are protected against short circuits 

and overload and the connection 

between the display and control elements 

and the AS-Interface circuit board can be 

plugged in with screw-on plug-in terminals. 

The connection to the AS-Interface is implemented 

by means of plug-in screw terminals. 

An overloading of the outputs is signalled to 

the AS-Interface master via the "Peripheral 

fault" function. Communication via the AS- 

Interface remains intact. 

Note: 

Communication monitoring is integrated. 

This switches the outputs to a currentless 

state if no communication is taking place 

over the AS-Interface cable. 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBA-4E3A-CB-E/E2-S 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Features 




function 




Connection via screw terminals 

232 

62 

Spec 2.1 

Order code 


Printed circuit board module 4 inputs / 

3 outputs 

Dimensions 

7 

3.5 

R2 

3.2 




1 

2 





66 

4 

+ 

17 + 

16 

E1 

13 

E2 

10 

E3 

7 

E4 

15 

A1 

12 

A2 

9 

A3 

6 

A4 

5 

8 

11 

14 

0 

0 

0 

0 

3 

18 

(free) 

(free) 

18 NC 

17 + 

16 E1 

15 A1 

14 0 

13 E2 

12 A2 

11 0 

10 E3 

9 A3 

8 0 

7 E4 

6 A4 

5 0 

4 + 

3 PROG 



Load 

37.5 

for 3-wire 

sensors 






Slave type 


A/B slave 




Input 








Output 




Voltage 


21 ... 31 V 

Profile S-7.A.E 

IO code 7 

ID code A 

ID2 code E 


D0 IN1 OUT1 

D1 IN2 OUT2 

D2 IN3 OUT3 

D3 IN4 - 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-40 ... 70 °C (233 ... 343 K) 


Connection screw terminal strip 

Function 


The VBA-4E3A-CB-E/E2-S AS-Interface 

coupling module is the circuit board solution 

for an AS-Interface slave. The module is 

ideal for integration into customer-specific 

electronics, e. g. keypads, actuators, etc. 

The circuit board is supplied by the AS-Interface. 

The inputs and outputs are short-circuit 

and overload-proof. 

Note: 









Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAA-1E3A-M18-ZE/E2-V1 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 


AS-Interface module in M18 stainless 

steel head ferrule 

1 input/3 outputs 

Features 

Input for 2-wire sensor 

Function display for bus 

For screwing in almost all metric 

threads and PGs 

Unlimited addressing! 

Power supply of the inputs and 

outputs from the external auxiliary 

voltage 

Including M25 adapter to M18 x 1 for 

connection to MOVIMOT 

234 

Dimensions 


M12 quick 

disconnect 


of U AUX 



4 AUX + 

2 AUX - 

PWR 

FAULT 





1 

2 4 

3 

M12x1 

M18x1 

50 

60 

FAULT 

PWR 

Cable 

green 

yellow 

orange 

brown 

red 

black 

IN1 

OUT1 

OUT2 

OUT3 

Load 

AUX + 

AUX - 








LED FAULT communication error / address is 0; LED red 







Input 

Number/Type 1 Input for 2-wire sensor 


Switching point OFF ≤ 0.8 mA 

ON ≥ 5 mA 

Output 



Current 20 mA per output 


Profile S-9.F 

IO code 9 

ID code F 

ID2 code 0 


D0 IN4 O4 

D1 - OUT2 

D2 - OUT3 

D3 IN1 - 


P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 


not used 




-40 ... 70 °C (233 ... 343 K) 


The protection class appplies only for installation of the module 

in a connection housing for parts of the module located outside 

of the connection housing (external M12 connection, inside 

cable connection). 

The housing duct must be sealed with a suitable adhesive. 

Connection AS-Interface and auxiliary voltage: M12x1 round connector 

auxiliary voltage, input and outputs: 20 cm connection cable 

Mass 110 g 


Function 

The cylindrical AS-Interface module permits 

an easy connection of standard actuators to 

the AS-Interface. The input/output combination 

of 1:3 makes it particularly suitable for 

operation with motors (start/stop, forward/reverse, 

rotational speed 1/2, alarm 

indication); this means that all other actuators 

can also be easily connected to the AS- 

Interface. By means of mechanical adaptor 

nuts, the AS-Interface slave attaches to PG 

cable glands as well as metric cable glands. 

MOVIMOT ® from SEW-Eurodrive requires an 

M25 adaptor with M18 x 1 quick disconnects 

which is included in the delivery package. 

The mechanically strong and short design is 

an advantage of the stainless steel head ferrule 

in well-tried and tested Pepperl+Fuchs 

quality. 

The M12 plug establishes a connection to 

AS-Interface and to the auxiliary supply. Two 

LEDs show the voltage supply and AS-Interface 

communication errors. Using additional 

auxiliary power does not overload the AS- 

Interface power supply. Therefore, up to 

31 cylinder modules can be connected to the 

AS-Interface line. 

Accessories 

VAZ-2T5-G2 








Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface - Inductive Sensors 

236 





6 Inductive AS-Interface Sensors 

In previous system concepts with conventional wiring, 

the detection of sensor defects was difficult and would 

often lead to prolonged machine downtimes. 

In a modern system concept, integrated chips provide 

sensors with "intelligence" and extend their functionality. 

The sensors have an independent self-monitoring 

and cable monitoring function, and can output data 

messages to a higher-level unit, e.g. to a PLC. 

Pre-fault indication 

In practice, inductive sensors are set so that the distance 

between the object and the sensor corresponds 

to approximately 50% of the maximum operating 

range. The pre-fault indication is activated if the object 

is only active in an area between 80% and 100% of the 

maximum operating range. It indicates that the sensor 

is out of range. The advantage of this is that the message 

is made available before the sensor fails. 

Oscillator monitoring 

During oscillator monitoring, the oscillator coil is monitored 

in order that a fault in the coil, such as an open 

circuit, can be detected and indicated. 

The 4 data bits in the messages also contain information 

about the status of the N.C/N.O. contacts of the 

sensor, which can be modified if required by transferring 

the appropriate parameter: 

Parameter 

N.C. contact N.O. contact 

31 or 62 of these intelligent sensors can be connected 

in a single AS-Interface network per master. Various 

types of sensors are available from Pepperl+Fuchs. 

Types 

Embeddable and built in flush cylindrical sensors are 

available in diameters M12 to M30. Conventional sensors 

in stainless steel head ferrules with 2 mm round 

cable or V1 plug connection with multiple LED display 

are available as standard. 

VariKont ® 

AS-Interface - Inductive Sensors 

Rectangular sensors are available as surface-mounting 

sensors or in VariKont ® , VariKont M ® and VariKont 

L ® housings. The VariKont L ® housing is of particular 

interest. 

The sensor head is convertible and may be rotated in 

15° steps. It is fastened using 2 screws, which are also 

used to mount the sensor. This sensor has been developed 

specifically for conveying applications. 

The VariKont ® and VariKont M ® housings correspond 

to the mounting slot requirements of EN 60947 for mechanical 

roller rocker end switches. They also permit 

the rotation of the sensor heads. The VariKont ® housing 

permits the head to be rotated in 90° steps, the VariKont 

M ® housing in 15° steps. A special base (U9A) 

is available for the VariKont ® housing, which enables 

direct connection to the AS-Interface flat cable using 

the cable-piercing technique. 



237 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

Inductive proximity switches 

Order code 

NCB4-12GM60-B3B-V1 

Features 

Cylindrical type 

Comfort series 

4 mm embeddable 

A/B slave with extended 

addressing possibility for 

up to 62 slaves 

Cylindrical 

NO/NC selectable 

ON/Off delay (disconnectable) 


Rated operating distance s n 4 mm 

Installation embeddable 

NO/NC programmable NCB4-12GM60-B3B-V1 

Assured operating distance sa 0 ... 3.24 mm 

Reduction factor rAl 0.23 

Reduction factor rCu 0.21 

Reduction factor rV2A 0.7 

Operating voltage UB 26.5 ... 31.9 V via AS-i 

bus system 

Operating current Ie 25 mA 

Switching frequency f 0 ... 500 Hz 

Hysteresis H 1 ... 15 typ. 5 % 

Time delay before availability tv ≤ 1000 ms 

Indication of the switching 

state 

dual-LED, yellow 

Fault indication dual-LED, red 

EMC in accordance with EN 60947-5-2 

Standards EN 60947-5-2 

Ambient temperature -25 ... 70 °C 

Connection type V1-connector 

Housing material high grade steel 

Sensing face PBT 


Electrical connection: 

B3B 

I 

238 

2 

A S-i 

1/BN 

3/BU 

+ 

- 

4 

17 

LED 

M12x1 

M12x1 

6 

60 

65 

75 

Programming Instructions 

Adress 00 preset, alterable 

via Busmaster 

or programming units 

IO-Code 0 

ID-Code A 

Data bit 

Bit Function 

D0 Switching state 

D1 not used 

D2 not used 

D3 not used 


Parameter bit 

Bit Function 

P0 ON / Off delay 

activated* / deactivated 

P1 Switching element function 

NO* / NC 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 

*Standard setting 






Order code 

NCN4-12GM60-B3B-C2-V1 

Features 



4 mm not embeddable 




Cylindrical 





Installation not embeddable 

NO/NC programmable NCN4-12GM60-B3B- 

C2-V1 






bus system 





Alternating magnetic field B 100 mT 


state 

dual-LED, yellow 










B3B 

I 

2 

A S-i 

1/BN 

3/BU 

+ 

- 

4 

17 

LED 

M12x1 

M12x1 

6 5 

60 

65 

75 

NCN4-12GM60-B3B-C2-V1 



via Busmaster 


IO-Code 0 

ID-Code A 

Data bit 

Bit Function 


D1 not used 

D2 not used 

D3 not used 

Parameter bit 

Bit Function 




NO* / NC 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 




239 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 


Features 







Cylindrical 


Stability control warning 

Installation help 






NO/NC programmable NCB5-18GM60-B3B-V1 






bus system 





Operating voltage display dual-LED, green 


state 

dual-LED, yellow/red 









B3B 

I 

240 

2 

A S-i 

1/BN 

3/BU 

+ 

- 

4 

24 

M18x1 

M12x1 

44 

6 

60 

70 



via Busmaster 


IO-Code 0 

ID-Code A 

Data bit 

Bit Function 


D1 Prefailure message (dynamic) 

D2 Oscillator monitoring 

D3 Object too close 

Parameter bit 

Bit Function 




NO* / NC 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 


Indicators 

LED red 

UAI 

LED red 

FAULT 


LED yellow 

OUT 

LED green 

POWER 






Order code 

NCN8-18GM60-B3B-V1 

Features 







Cylindrical 



Installation help 






NO/NC programmable NCN8-18GM60-B3B-V1 






bus system 





Operating voltage display dual-LED, green 


state 

dual-LED, yellow/red 









B3B 

I 

2 

A S-i 

1/BN 

3/BU 

+ 

- 

4 

24 

M18x1 

M12x1 

6 10 

44 

60 

70 



via Busmaster 


IO-Code 0 

ID-Code A 

Data bit 

Bit Function 


D1 Prefailure message (dynamic) 


D3 Object too close 

Parameter bit 

Bit Function 




NO* / NC 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 


Indicators 

LED red 

UAI 

LED red 

FAULT 

NCN8-18GM60-B3B-V1 

LED yellow 

OUT 

LED green 

POWER 



241 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

NCB10-30GM70-B3-V1 

NCN15-30GM70-B3-V1 

Features 






Prefailure message and 

indicator 



Rated operating distance s n 10 mm 15 mm 

Installation embeddable not embeddable 

NO/NC programmable NCB10-30GM70-B3-V1 NCN15-30GM70-B3-V1 

Assured operating distance sa 0 ... 8.1 mm 0 ... 12.1 mm 

Reduction factor rAl 0.32 0.38 

Reduction factor rCu 0.32 0.36 

Reduction factor rV2A 0.72 0.72 

Reduction factor rMs 0.43 0.45 

Operating voltage UB 26.5 ... 31.9 V via AS-i 26.5 ... 31.9 V via AS-i 

bus system 

bus system 

Operating current Ie 25 mA 25 mA 

Current consumption - 

Measuring plate not 

detected 

≥ 3 mA - 

Measuring plate detected ≤ 1 mA - 

Switching frequency f 0 ... 70 Hz 0 ... 50 Hz 

Hysteresis H 1 ... 10 typ. 5 % typ. 5 % 

Time delay before availability tv ≤ 1000 ms ≤ 1000 ms 


state 

Multihole-LED, yellow Multihole-LED, yellow 

Standards EN 60947-5-2 EN 60947-5-2 

Ambient temperature -25 ... 70 °C -25 ... 70 °C 

Connection type V1-connector V1-connector 

Core cross-section - 

Housing material high grade steel high grade steel 

Sensing face PBT PBT 

Protection degree IP67 IP67 


B3 

I 

242 


1/BN 

3/BU 

+ 

- 

5 

36 

LED 

M30x1,5 

M12x1 

70 

75 

6 

85 

5 

36 

LED 

M30x1,5 

M12x1 



18 

70 

75 

6 

85 


Address 00 preset , alterable 

via Busmaster or 

programming units 

IO-code 1 

ID-code 1 

Data bit 

Parameter bit 

NC*1*-30GM70-B3-V1 

Bit function 

D0 switching state 

D1 pre-fault signal (dynamic) 

D2 ready for operation 

D3 not used 

Bit function 

P0 not used 

P1 switching element function 

NO* / NC 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 

* Standard setting 




Order code 

NBB6-F-B3 



12 

30 



NO/NC programmable NBB6-F-B3 






bus system 


Hysteresis H typ. 5 % 


Operating voltage display LED, green 


state 

LED, yellow 



Connection type 2 m, PVC cable 

Core cross-section 0.34 mm2 Housing material PBT 


Mass 90 g 

B3 

Features 

Rectangular type 

Basic series 





I 


1/BN 

3/BU 

+ 

- 

45 

3,2 

9,5 



18 

LED 





IO-code 1 

ID-code 1 

Data bit 

Parameter bit 

Bit function 

D0 switching state 

D1 not used 

D2 oscillator monitoring 

D3 not used 

Bit function 

P0 not used 

P1 switching element function 

NO* / NC 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 

� Standard setting 

NBB6-F-B3 

243 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

NBB20-L2-B3B-V1 

Features 

VariKont L ® 

Basic series 





Sensor head bi-directional 

and rotatable 







244 

40 

40,5 

46,5 

55,5 


NO/NC programmable NBB20-L2-B3B-V1 






bus system 







state 

LED, yellow 

Fault indication LED, red 




Housing material PBT 



Mass 210 g 

B3B 

I 

2 

A S-i 

1/BN 

3/BU 

+ 

- 

67 

LEDs 

1 

Ø 5,4 

M12x1 

30 



via Busmaster 


IO-Code 0 

ID-Code A 

Data bit 

Bit Function 


D1 not used 


D3 not used 

Parameter bit 

Bit Function 




NO* / NC 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 

Indicators 


NBB20-L2-B3B-V1 

LED yellow 

OUT 

LED green 

POWER 

LED red 

FAULT 






Order code 

NBN30-L2-B3B-V1 

Features 

VariKont L ® 

Basic series 






and rotatable 







40 

40,5 

46,5 

55,5 


NO/NC programmable NBN30-L2-B3B-V1 






bus system 





Operating voltage display LED green 


state 

LED yellow 

Fault indication LED red 







Mass 210 g 

B3B 

I 

2 

A S-i 

1/BN 

3/BU 

+ 

- 

67 



LEDs 

1 

Ø 5,4 

M12x1 

30 



via Busmaster 


IO-Code 0 

ID-Code A 

Data bit 

Bit Function 


D1 not used 


D3 not used 

Parameter bit 

Bit Function 




NO* / NC 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 

Indicators 



LED yellow 

OUT 

LED green 

POWER 

LED red 

FAULT 

245 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 


Features 

VariKont L ® 

Basic series 






and rotatable 







246 

40 

40,5 

46,5 

55,5 


NO/NC programmable NBN40-L2-B3B-V1 






bus system 







state 

LED, yellow 



Standards EN 50295 






Mass 210 g 

B3B 

I 

2 

A S-i 

1/BN 

3/BU 

+ 

- 

67 

LEDs 

1 

Ø 5,4 

M12x1 

30 



via Busmaster 


IO-Code 0 

ID-Code A 

Data bit 

Bit Function 


D1 not used 


D3 not used 

Parameter bit 

Bit Function 




NO* / NC 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 

Indicators 



LED yellow 

OUT 

LED green 

POWER 

LED red 

FAULT 






Order code 

NBB20+U1+B3B 

Features 

VariKont ® 

Basic series 


NO/NC programmable 

Position of the sensor 

head adjustable 









NO/NC programmable NBB20+U1+B3B 






bus system 







state 

LED, yellow 





Connection type terminal compartment 

Core cross-section up to 2.5 mm2 Housing material PBT 




B3B 

I 

2 

A S-i 

1/BN 

3/BU 

+ 

- 



via Busmaster 


IO-Code 0 

ID-Code A 

Data bit 

Bit Function 


D1 not used 


D3 not used 

Parameter bit 

Bit Function 




NO* / NC 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 


NBB20+U1+B3B 



247 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

NBN30+U1+B3B 

Features 

VariKont ® 

Basic series 













NO/NC programmable NBN30+U1+B3B 






bus system 







state 

LED, yellow 










B3B 

I 

248 

2 

A S-i 

1/BN 

3/BU 

+ 

- 



via Busmaster 


IO-Code 0 

ID-Code A 

Data bit 

Bit Function 


D1 not used 


D3 not used 

Parameter bit 

Bit Function 




NO* / NC 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 


NBN30+U1+B3B 






Order code 

NBN40+U1+B3B 

Features 

VariKont ® 

Basic series 













NO/NC programmable NBN40+U1+B3B 






bus system 







state 

LED, yellow 










B3B 

I 

2 

A S-i 

1/BN 

3/BU 

+ 

- 



via Busmaster 


IO-Code 0 

ID-Code A 

Data bit 

Bit Function 


D1 not used 


D3 not used 

Parameter bit 

Bit Function 




NO* / NC 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 


NBN40+U1+B3B 



249 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

NBB40-FP-B3B-P1 

Features 


Basic series 











250 

40 

80 

7 

65 

M20 x 1,5 


NO/NC programmable NBB40-FP-B3B-P1 






bus system 





Operating voltage display LED green 


state 

LED yellow 

Fault indication LED red 







B3B 

I 

2 

A S-i 

1/BN 

3/BU 

+ 

- 

65 

LEDs 

11 

LEDs 

Ø5,3 



via Busmaster 


IO-Code 0 

ID-Code A 

Data bit 

Bit Function 


D1 not used 


D3 not used 

Parameter bit 

Bit Function 




NO* / NC 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 








Order code 


NBN50-FP-B3B-P1 

Features 








Basic series 





40 

80 

7 

65 

M20 x 1,5 

65 

11 

LEDs 

Rated operating distance s n 50 mm 50 mm 

Installation embeddable not embeddable 

NO/NC programmable NBB50-FP-B3B-P1 NBN50-FP-B3B-P1 

Assured operating distance sa 0 ... 40.5 mm 0 ... 40.5 mm 

Reduction factor rAl 0.38 0.4 

Reduction factor rCu 0.35 0.3 

Reduction factor rV2A 0.83 0.85 

Operating voltage UB 26.5 ... 31.9 V via AS-i 26.5 ... 31.9 V via AS-i 

bus system 

bus system 

Operating current Ie 25 mA 25 mA 

Switching frequency f 0 ... 80 Hz 0 ... 80 Hz 

Hysteresis H 1 ... 15 typ. 5 % 1 ... 15 typ. 5 % 

Time delay before availability tv ≤ 1000 ms ≤ 1000 ms 

Operating voltage display LED green LED green 


state 

LED yellow LED yellow 

Fault indication LED red LED red 

Standards EN 60947-5-2 EN 60947-5-2 

Ambient temperature -25 ... 70 °C -25 ... 70 °C 

Connection type terminal compartment terminal compartment 

Core cross-section up to 2.5 mm2 up to 2.5 mm2 Housing material PBT PBT 

Sensing face PBT PBT 

Protection degree IP67 IP67 

B3B 

I 

2 

A S-i 

1/BN 

3/BU 

+ 

- 



LEDs 

Ø5,3 



via Busmaster 


IO-Code 0 

ID-Code A 

Data bit 

Bit Function 


D1 not used 


D3 not used 

Parameter bit 

Bit Function 




NO* / NC 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 


NB*50-FP-B3B-P1 

251 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface sensor 

Order code 

PL1-F25-B3-K 

Features 

Pcb version 

For installation in housing 

Pluggable cage clamp terminals 

PL1... with valve connection 

4-way LED indicator 

Satisfies machinery directive 




252 

Sensor2 

45 

30 

R20,8 

15 

45˚ 

1 2 3 4 

58 

LED 

0 

S 

67 

15 

45˚ 


30 

45 

LED 

V 

PROG 1 2 


programmable PL1-F25-B3-K 



Reduction factor rV2A 1 

Reduction factor rSt37 1.1 

Rated operational voltage Ue 26.5 ... 31.6 V from 


Rated operational current Ie 100 mA 


LED ENERGY AS-i voltage; LED 

green 

LED IN switching state (input); 

LED yellow 

LED OUT switching state (output); 

LED yellow 


Ambient temperature 

Material 

-25 ... 70 °C 

Housing PBT 

Connection (system side) 4-pin CombiCon connector 

Connection (valve side) 2-pin CombiCon connector 


81 

92 7 

11,5 

21,5 




34 

29 


PL1-F25-B3-K 



AS-Interface sensor 

Order code 

NCN3-F31-B3B-V1-K 

Features 





Direct mounting on standard 

actuators 

Nominal sensing range 3 

mm by V2A target 

Mode of operation, programmable 

Lead breakage and shortcircuit 

monitoring of the 

valve 




programmable NCN3-F31-B3B-V1-K 




Reduction factor rV2A 1 

Reduction factor rSt37 1.2 

Rated operational voltage Ue 26.5 ... 31.6 V from 


Rated operational current Ie 100 mA 


No-load supply current I0 ≤ 35 mA 

LED PWR AS-i voltage; LED 

green 

LED IN switching state (input); 

LED yellow 

LED OUT binary LED yellow/red 

yellow: switching state 

red: lead breakage/ 

short-circuit 

Ambient temperature 

Material 

-25 ... 70 °C 

Housing PBT 

Connection (system side) V1-connector 

Connection (valve side) 0.5 m, PVC cable 

Core cross-section (valve side) 0.75 mm2 Protection degree IP67 

Note valve voltage limited to 

26,4 V max.; valve 

power 2,5 W max. 


B3B-V1-K 

I 

II 

I 

2 

AS-I 

1 

S 

V 

3 

2 / RD 

4 / YE 

+ 

- 

V+ 

V- 

33,5 

5 

36 

V 

7 

5,4 

9 

LED 

65 

30 

I 

II 

M12x1 



14 

25 

S 





IO-code D 

ID-code A 

Data bit 

Bit function 

D0 valve status 

(0=valve OFF; 1=valve ON) 

1) 

D1 valve fault 

(0=lead breakage/short circuit; 

1=no fault) 

2) 

D2 switch output sensor 1 

(0=damped; 1=undamped) 

2) 

D3 switch output sensor 2 

(0=damped; 1=undamped) 

Parameter bit 

Bit function 

P0 Watchdog (0= inactive; 1=active) 

P1 

P2 switching element function sensor I 

(0=NO; 1=NC) 

P3 not used 

1) 

Verification only with actuated valve (D0=1) 

2) 

Applies to NC function (P2/P3=1; preset), 

with NO function (P2/P3=0) reversed characteristics 

3) 

4) 

switching element function sensor II 

(0=NO; 1=NC) 

4) 

Default setting: NC 

NCN3-F31-B3B-V1-K 

Watchdog active: valve voltage drops 

with the occurrence of an AS-I communication fault 

3) 

253 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface - Photoelectric sensors 

254 





7 Photoelectric AS-Interface Sensors 

AS-Interface - Photoelectric sensors 

Photoelectric sensors play a central role today when the goal is to detect or monitor objects without touching them. 

They are used wherever various objects must be positioned, classified, or counted. 

The applications range from the automobile industry, machine design, and assembly automation to warehousing 

and conveyor systems, packaging machines, the printing and paper industries, the textile industry, and safety systems. 

Various versions of the photoelectric sensors with AS-Interface interface are available. These include rectangular 

housings with terminal box or M12 connectors, and also VariKont M housings. 

One particular feature is the support of the new specification 2.1 of the bus protocol. For the first time, there is a 

line of photoelectric sensors for this extended standard. One of the most important changes is the doubling of the 

number of AS-Interface slaves which one master can control, from 31 to 62, which significantly increases the attraction 

of the AS-Interface. 

Operating principle 

Through-beam sensor 

Type code Series Feature Page 

Retro-reflective sensor 

Retro-reflective sensors with 

foreground suppression 

Reflective sensors 

LDL28/LV28-LAS-F1-B3B/73c Series 28 Laser light, Spec. 2.1 264 

RL28-55-B3B/73c Series 28 Polarization filter, Spec. 2.1 256 

OCS3000-M1A-B3 VariKont M Polarization filter 270 

OCS3000-M1A-B3-V1 VariKont M Polarization filter 270 

RL28-55-V-B3B/73c Series 28 

Polarization filter and foreground 

supression, Spec. 2.1 

OCT500-M1A-B3 VariKont M 266 

OCT500-M1A-B3-V1 VariKont M 266 

Reflective sensors with background 

suppression RL28-8-H-400-RT-B3B/73c Series 28 Background suppression 262 

RL28-8-H-700-RT-B3B/73c Series 28 Background suppression 262 



256 

255 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

RL28-55-B3B/73c 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

Reflection light beam switch with polarisation filter 

Order code 

RL28-55-B3B/73c 

Reflection light beam switch with polarisation 

filter 

Features 

Sensor with AS interface according to 

Spec. 2.11 

Ultra bright LEDs for power on, stability 

control and switching state 

Not sensitive to ambient light, even 

with switched energy saving lamps 

Waterproof, protection class IP67 

Protection class II 


Option AS-Interface 

1 

3 - 

256 

+ 

U ® 

Dimensions 

Print 

Type code 

Connection diagram 

4 

10 

Technische Technical data Daten 

LED indicator: switching state 

LED indicator: 

operation/error 

Sensitivity adjuster 

RL28-55-B3B/73c 



M12 x 1 

88 

1 

2 3 

54.3 

14.8 

SW 8 

ø5 

5 

51.8 

10 

4 

11 62 

6 

Connector view 

16 

17.8 

25 

2 


switching state 

25.8 

9.8 

Emitter 

Receiver 

Dovetail mount 

Effective detection range 0 ... 12 m ! 

Threshold detection range 16 m ! 

Reflector distance 0.05 ... 12 m ! 

Reference target H85 reflector ! 

Light type red, alternating light ! 

Light source LED, 660 nm ! 

Diameter of the light spot approx. 270 mm at a distance of 16 m ! 

Angle of divergence emitter 1.2° 

receiver 2° 

! 

Ambient light limit 80000 Lux ! 

Approvals CE ! 

USA UL ! 

Kanada UL ! 

Operating display dual-LED green/red 



red/green flashing: Peripherie fault 

! 

Function display LED yellow: 

1. LED lits constantly: signal > 2 x switching point (function reserve) 

2. LED flashes: signal between 1 x switching point and 2 x switching point 

3. LED off: signal < switching point 

! 

Operating elements sensitivity adjuster (Adjustment to < 25% of the effective operating range) ! 

Operating voltage 26.5 ... 31.6 V via AS-Interface network , min. 18.5 V ! 

No-load supply current ≤ 40 mA ! 

Protection class II, rated insulation voltage ¡Ü 230 V AC with degree of pollution 1-2 according to IEC 

60664-1 

! 

Signal output AS-Interface ! 

Switching type Light/dark ON, switchable via AS-i bus system ! 

Switching frequency 1000 Hz ! 

Response time 0.5 ms ! 

Timer function Impulsed off-delay IAB, 50 ms, switchable via AS-Interface ! 

Output of the pre-fault indication 

data bit D1: 

0: stability control is falling for for approx. 10 s (LED yellow is flashing) or at once 0 after 

the 4. light beam interruptionch during the flashtimet 

1: sufficient stability control 

Test input Data bit D2: 

0: emitter on 

1: emitter off 

! 

Standards EN 60947-5-2 EN 50295 AS-i Complete Spec 2.11 ! 

Ambient temperature -40 ... 60 °C (233 ... 333 K) ! 

Storage temperature -40 ... 75 °C (233 ... 348 K) ! 

Protection degree IP67 ! 

Connection Plastic connector M12 x 1, 4-pin ! 

Housing Plastic ABS ! 

Optical face plastic ! 

Mass 70 g ! 

RL28-55-B3B/73c 

! 



RL28-55-B3B/73c 

Characteristic response curve 

Offset Y [mm] 

180 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

y 

RL28-55; RLK28-55 

0 

0 5 10 15 20 

H85 

Distance X [m] 

x 

C110-2 

H60 

H160 

F2000 

Relative received light strength 

Stability control > 3 

Stability control < 3 

x 

Reflector type: 

H85 (80 mm x 80 mm) 

C110_2 (ø = 84 mm) 

H60 (60 mm x 40 mm) 

F2000 (Foil, 100 mm x 100 mm) 

H160 (60 mm x 18 mm) 

1000 

100 

10 

3 

50 mm 

50 mm 

50 mm 

250 mm 

50 mm 

Stability control 

5 m 

Diagrams/notes 

RL28-55; RLK28-55 



H85 

C110-2 

H60 

H160 

F2000 

1 

0 5 10 15 20 

AS-Interface programming 

Address preset to 00, can be changed via Busmaster or programming devices 

IO-Code 3 

ID-Code A 

ID2 1 

Data bit 

Bitfunction 

D0 Switch output (0=light beam free, 1=light beam interrupted) applies to P1=0 

D1 Pre-fault indicator (0=alarm, 1=no alarm) 

D2 Test function (0=emitter ON, 1=emitter OFF) 

D3 not used 

Parameter bit 

Bitfunction (1/0) 

P0 not used 

P1 Light/dark-changeover switch (0=DS, 1=HS) 

P2 Time function IAB, 50 ms (0=time ON, 1=time OFF) 

P3not used 

10 m 

12 m 

14 m 

16 m 


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

RL28-55-V-B3B/73c 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

RL28-55-V-B3B/73c 


filter with foreground suppression 

Features 


Spec. 2.11 

Foreground suppression, suited to 

recording of sheet-shrink-wrapped 

objects 









1 

3 - 

258 

+ 

U ® 

Dimensions 

Print 

Type code 


4 

10 






RL28-55-V-B3B/73c 



M12 x 1 

88 

1 

2 3 

54.3 

14.8 

SW 8 

ø5 

5 

51.8 

10 

4 

11 62 

6 


16 

17.8 

25 

2 



25.8 

9.8 

Emitter 

Receiver 




Reflector distance 0.5 ... 9 m (blind range 0 ... 0.2 m faded out) ! 

Reference target H85 reflector ! 


Light source LED, 660 nm ! 

Diameter of the light spot approx. 200 mm at a distance of 12 m ! 

Angle of divergence emitter 1.2° 

receiver 2° 

! 



USA UL ! 

Kanada UL ! 





! 





! 




Protection class II, rated voltage ≤ 250 V AC with degree of pollution 1-2 according to IEC 60664-1 ! 







data bit D1: 





0: emitter on 


! 







Optical face plastic ! 

Mass 70 g ! 

RL28-55-V-B3B/73c 

! 



RL28-55-V-B3B/73c 


Offset Y [mm] 

180 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

y 

RL28-55-V 

0 

0 2 4 6 8 10 

H85 


x 

C110-2 

H60 

H160 

F2000 




x 


H85 (80 mm x 80 mm) 

C110_2 (ø = 84 mm) 

H60 (60 mm x 40 mm) 

F2000 (Foil, 100 mm x 100 mm) 

H160 (60 mm x 18 mm) 

100 

10 

3 

500 mm 

500 mm 

600 mm 

900 mm 

500 mm 


4,5 m 




6,0 m 

9,0 m 

11,0 m 

12,0 m 

H85 

C110-2 

H60 

H160 

F2000 

RL28-55-V 

1 

0 5 10 15 




IO-Code 3 

ID-Code A 

ID2 1 

Data bit 

Bitfunction 




D3 not used 

Parameter bit 


P0 not used 



P3not used 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 

RL28-55-LAS-B3B/73c 


Accessories 


Order code 



filter 

Features 


Spec. 2.11 



Visible red light, pulsed LASER light 






1 

3 - 

260 

+ 

Laser Class II 

Dimensions 

Print 

Type code 


4 

10 









M12 x 1 

88 

1 

2 3 

54.3 

14.8 

SW 8 

ø5 

5 

51.8 

10 

4 

11 62 

6 


16 

17.8 

25 

2 



25.8 

9.8 

Emitter 

Receiver 



Threshold detection range 42 m (with reflector MH82) ! 

Reflector distance 0.3 ... 30 m ! 

Reference target MH82 reflector ! 


Light source laser diode , 650 nm ! 

Optical power output < 1 mW ! 

Laser class 2 ! 

Diameter of the light spot approx. 45 mm at 30 m ! 

Angle of divergence emitter: < 0.1 ° Receiver: < 2 ° ! 

Transmitter frequency approx. 6 kHz ... 20 kHz ! 







! 





! 




Protection class II, rated insulation voltage ¡Ü 230 V AC with degree of pollution 1-2 according to IEC 

60664-1 

! 







data bit D1: 





0: emitter on 


! 







Optical face Plastic lens ! 

Mass 80 g ! 


! 




Light spot diameter = f (Distance) 

Diameter in mm 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

0 

x 

10 20 30 40 50 

Distance in m 




x 


MH82 

MH78 

H60 


20 

15 

10 

5 

2 

0.3 0,3 mm 

0.3 0,3 mm 

0.3 0,3 mm 

RL(K)28-55-LAS 


RL(K)28-55-LAS... 

0 

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 




IO-Code 3 

ID-Code A 

ID2 1 

Data bit 

Bitfunction 




D3 not used 

Parameter bit 


P0 not used 



P3not used 



MH82 

MH78 

H60 

42 m 

42 m 

42 m 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

RL28-8-H-400-RT-B3B/73c 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

Reflection light scanner with background suppression 

Order code 

RL28-8-H-...-RT-B3B/73c 

Reflection light scanner with background 

suppression 

Features 


Spec. 2.11 

Ultra bright LEDs for power on and 


Good alignability due to red transmission 

LED 







1 

3 - 

262 

+ 

U ® 

Dimensions 

Print 

Type code 


10 4 





Sensing range adjuster 

RL28-8-H-...-RT-B3B/73c 



M12 x 1 

88 

1 

2 3 

54.3 

14.8 

SW 8 

ø5 

5 

51.8 

10 

4 

11 62 

6 


16 

26.5 

25 

2 



25.8 

9.8 

Emitter 

Receiver 


Detection range 20 ... 400 mm ! 

20 ... 700 mm 

! 

Detection range min. 20 ... 150 mm ! 

20 ... 200 mm 

! 

Sensor range max. 20 ... 400 mm ! 

20 ... 700 mm 

! 

Black/White difference (6 

%/90 %) 

< 10 % 

! 

< 20 % 

! 

Background suppression max. + 10 % of the upper limit of the detection range ! ! 

Light type red, alternating light ! ! 

Light source LED, 660 nm ! ! 

Diameter of the light spot approx. 12 mm at a distance of 400 mm ! 

approx. 15 mm at a distance of 700 mm 

! 

Angle of divergence Emitter 1.2°, 

Receiver 2° 

! ! 

Ambient light limit 50000 Lux ! ! 

Approvals CE ! ! 

USA UL ! ! 

Kanada UL ! ! 





! ! 

Function display 2 LEDs yellow 

on: object inside the scanning range 

off: object outside the scanning range 

! ! 

Operating elements sensing range adjuster ! 

Operating voltage 26.5 ... 31.6 V via AS-Interface network , min. 18.5 V ! ! 

No-load supply current ≤ 40 mA ! ! 

Protection class II, rated voltage ≤ 250 V AC with degree of pollution 1-2 according to IEC 60664-1 

Caution! 

The protection class 2 is only valid when the terminal compartment is closed. 

! ! 

Signal output AS-Interface ! ! 

Switching type Light/dark ON, switchable via AS-i bus system ! ! 

Switching frequency 250 Hz ! ! 

Response time 2 ms ! ! 

Timer function Impulsed off-delay IAB, 50 ms, switchable via AS-Interface ! ! 

Test input Data bit D2: 0: emitter on, 1: emitter off ! ! 

Standards EN 60947-5-2 EN 50295 AS-i Complete Spec 2.11 ! ! 

Ambient temperature -40 ... 60 °C (233 ... 333 K) ! ! 

Storage temperature -40 ... 75 °C (233 ... 348 K) ! ! 

Protection degree IP67 ! ! 

Connection Plastic connector M12 x 1, 4-pin ! ! 

Housing Plastic ABS ! ! 

Optical face plastic ! ! 

Mass 70 g ! ! 

RL28-8-H-400-RT-B3B/73c 

RL28-8-H-700-RT-B3B/73c 



RL28-8-H-...-RT-B3B/73c 

Difference in detection distance 

Measured detection distance X [mm] 

450 

400 

350 

300 

250 

x 

white 90 % 

grey 18 % 

black 6 % 

RL(K)28-8-H-400-RT 

200 

150 

100 

50 

0 

0 100 200 300 400 500 

Adjusted detection distance X [mm] 


Offset Y [mm] 

6 

4 

2 

0 

-2 

-4 

y 

RL(K)28-8-H-400-RT 

-6 

0 100 200 300 400 500 

Distance X [mm] 

x 

white 90 % 

grey 18 % 

black 6 % 

Measured detection distance X [mm] 

800 


Difference in detection distance 



700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

200 

100 

x 

RL(K)28-8-H-700-RT 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 

Adjusted detection distance X [mm] 

Offset Y [mm] 

8 


Addresspreset to 00, can be changed via Busmaster or programming devices 

IO-Code 3 

ID-Code A 

ID2 1 

Data bit 

Bitfunction 

D0 Switch output (0=object detected, 1=no object detected) applies to P1=0 

D1 not used 


D3 not used 

Parameter bit 


P0not used 



P3 not used 


6 

4 

2 

0 

-2 

-4 

-6 

x 

y 

white 90 % 

grey 18 % 

black 6 % 

RL(K)28-8-H-700-RT 

-8 

0 200 400 600 800 

white 90 % 

grey 18 % 

black 6 % 


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 

LD28/LV28-LAS-F1-B3B/73c 


Accessories 

Single path light beam switch 

Order code 


Single path light beam switch 

Features 


Spec. 2.11 



Very clearly visible LED as alignment 

aid in receiver optics 

Visible red light, pulsed LASER light 







1 

3 - 

264 

+ 

Laser Class II 

Dimensions 


Emitter Receiver 

54.3 




Laserstrahlung 

nicht in den Strahl blicken 

Leser Klasse 2 

Additional label only 

at version -LAS (2x) 9.6 





88 

14.8 

SW8 

ø5 

5 

10 

51.8 

"Z" 

6 

62 

11 

2 


"Z" 

1 

2 25 

24 16 

3 

M12x1 



4 

25.8 

4 

LED-indicator red 

alignment aid 




Light type red, alternating light, < 1 mW ! 

Light source laser diode , 650 nm ! 

Laser class 2 ! 

Diameter of the light spot approx. 1 mm x 4.5 mm at 0.1 m approx. 6 mm at 5 m, approx. 75 x 300 mm at 300 m vertical 

to housing axis 

! 

Beam divergence ≤ 1 mrad ! 

Angle of divergence emitter: 0.06 ° 

Receiver: 5 ° 

! 

Transmitter frequency F1 = 25 kHz ! 


Alignment aid LED red (in receiver lens) 

illuminated constantly: beam is interrupted, 

flashes: reaching switching point, 

off: sufficient stability control 

! 


Operating display LED green ! 





! 



No-load supply current emitter: ≤ 55 mA 

Receiver: ≤ 45 mA 

! 

Protection class II , rated voltage ≤ 250 V AC with degree of pollution 1-2 according to IEC 60664-1 ! 







data bit D1: 





0: emitter on 


! 







Optical face Plastic lens ! 

Mass 140 g (emitter and receiver) ! 

10 


! 





Offset Y [mm] 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

-10 

-20 

-30 

-40 

-50 

-60 

0 100 200 300 400 

x 

y 

Permissible distance (offset) 

between the optical axis of 

the emitter and receiver. 

Light spot diameter = f (Distance) 

Diameter in mm 

100 

10 

LD28/LV28-LAS; 

LA28/LK28-LAS 




1 

0 100 200 300 400 

Distance in m 

x 


1000 


Addresspreset to 00, can be changed via Busmaster or programming devices 

IO-Code 3 

ID-Code A 

ID2 1 

Receiver: 

Data bit 

Bitfunction 


D1 Pre-fault output (0=alarm, 1=no alarm) 

D2 not used 

D3 not used 

Parameter bit 

Bitfunction 

P0 not used 



P3 not used 

Emitter 

Data bit 

Bitfunction 

D0 not used 

D1 not used 


D3 not used 

Parameter bit 

Bitfunction 

P0 not used 

P1 not used 

P2 not used 

P3 not used 





100 

10 

x 



1 

0 100 200 300 400 


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

OCT500-M1A-B3 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

Reflection light scanner 

Order code 

OCT500-M1A-B3-.. 


Features 

Light/dark ON parameterisable 


Pre-fault indication (dynamic, static) 

Protected against mutual interference 

Removable terminal compartment 

Position of the sensor head adjustable 

For glass fibre light guide 



1 

3 - 

266 

+ 

Dimensions 

30 

ø25.5 


30 

30 

20 


41 

6 

59 

Terminal compartment 


Optical axis 

OCT500-M1A-B3-.. 

Plug design V1 

(M12 x 1) 



20/22 

100 

91 

4.3 x 5.3 

3 

4 

10 

4 

LED 

1 

2 

Detection range without light guide : 0 ... 500 mm , with light guide see selection table for fibre optics ! ! 

Detection range min. 0 ... 40 mm ! ! 

Sensor range max. 0 ... 500 mm ! ! 

Reference target standard white 200 mm x 200 mm ! ! 

Light type infrared, alternating light ! ! 

Light source LED ! ! 



Operating display LED green ! ! 

Function display LED yellow: switching state 

LED red: stability control (flashing) 

! ! 

Operating elements sensing range adjuster ! 

Operating voltage via AS-Interface network ! ! 

Ripple 10 % ! ! 


Time delay before availability ≤ 20 ms ! ! 


Switching type light/dark switching ! ! 

Switching frequency ≤ 1.5 kHz / 200 Hz switchable ! ! 

Response time ≤ 0.3 ms at 1.5 kHz ≤ 2.5 ms at 200 Hz ! ! 

Timer function pulse extension 20 ms, configurable ! ! 


data bit D1 (not at 1.5 kHz) ! ! 

Standards EN 60947-5-2 ! ! 




Connection connector M12 x 1, 4-pin ! 

Material 

terminal compartment M16, core cross-section ≤ 2,5 mm2 

! 

Housing PBT ! ! 

Optical face Scratch resistant mineral glass lens ! ! 

Mass 100 g ! ! 

15 

M16 

15 

111 

15 

2 

M12 x 1 

3 

1 

OCT500-M1A-B3 

4 

OCT500-M1A-B3-V1 



OCT500-M1A-B3-.. 


Offset Y [mm] 

20 

10 

-10 

-20 

-30 

-40 

-50 

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 


X 

Y 

-Y 

Permissible distance (offset) 

between optical axis and object. 

Object colour 




White 



IO code 1 

ID code 

Data bit 

1 

Bit Function 

D0 switch output 

D1 pre-fault indication (0=ON, 1=OFF) 

D2 ready to operate 

D3 switching frequency 200 Hz*/1.5 kHz 3) 

Parameter bit 

Bit Function (1/2) 

P0 pulse frequency 1*/2 

P1 switch output, light*/dark ON 

P2 pulse extension (20 ms) OFF*/ON 

P3 pre-fault indication 3) dynamic*/static 

* Default setting 

3) No activation of pre-fault signal at 1.5 kHz. 

Detection ranges 

Black 

Grey 

x 

OCT 500-M1K 

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Selection table for fibre 

Other lengths and end pieces available on request 

268 

fibre optic, 

single path with 

PVC coating 

fibre optic, 

single path with 

metal coating 

Glass fibre optics, 

single path with silicon 

coating 

fibre optic, 

reflex with 

PVC coating 

Glass fibre optics, reflex 

with metal coating 

fibre optic, 

reflex with 

silicon coating 

OCT500-M1A-B3-.. 

Model number Range in mm Detection range in mm Fig. 

LCE 18-2,3-0,5-K2 600 1 

LCE 18-2,3-0,5-K9 600 4 

LME 18-1,9-0,5-K9 500 4 

LME 18-2,3-0,5-K10 600 5 

LME 18-2,3-0,5-K2 600 1 

LME 18-2,3-0,5-K3 600 2 

LME 18-2,3-0,5-K4 600 3 

LME 18-2,3-1,0-K2 600 1 

LME 18-2,3-2,0-K2 600 1 

LSE 18-1,1-0,5-K9 100 4 

LCR 18-2,7-1,0-K9 75 12 

LCR 18-3,2-0,5-K1 100 6 

LCR 18-3,2-0,5-K2 100 7 

LCR 18-3,2-2,0-K2 100 7 

LMR 18-1,1-0,5-K3 10 8 

LMR 18-2,3-0,25-K3 45 8 

LMR 18-2,3-0,5-K2 45 7 

LMR 18-2,3-0,5-K3 45 8 

LMR 18-2,3-0,5-K7 45 11 

LMR 18-2,7-0,5-K9 75 12 

LMR 18-3,2-0,5-K1 100 6 

LMR 18-3,2-0,5-K5 100 10 

LMR 18-3,2-1,0-K1 100 6 

LMR 18-3,2-1,0-K5 100 10 

LMR 18-3,2-2,0-K1 100 6 

LMR 18-3,2-2,0-K4 100 9 

LMR 18-3,2-3,0-K1 100 6 

LSR 18-2,3-0,5-K12 45 13 

LSR 18-3,2-0,5-K1 100 6 






ø 4.5 

M4 

M10 x 1 

ø8 

10 

ø8 

10 

ø4.5 

ø4.5 

Fig. 1 

Fig. 2 

Fig. 3 

Fig. 4 

Fig. 5 

Fig. 6 

Fig. 7 

M8 x 1 

20 

35 

ø8 

20 

35 

35 

14 500 

ø4 

20 500 

ø6 

ø8 

20 

35 

M8 x 1 

20 

35 

500/1000/2000 

Covering: P/M 

500 

Covering: M 

500 

Covering: M 

Covering: S/M/P 

Covering: M 

500/1000/2000/3000 

Covering: P/S/M 

500/2000 

Covering: P/M 

OCT500-M1A-B3-.. 

Covering: M 

Covering: M 

Covering: P 

Covering: M 

Covering: P/M 

Covering: P/M 



M4 

M10 x 1 

M8 x 1 

ø6 

ø8 

10 

32 

Fig. 8 

Fig. 9 

Fig. 10 

Fig. 11 

Fig. 12 

Fig. 13 

Adapter 

ø8 

20 

35 

35 

35 

35 

250/500 

2000 

500/1000 

500 

14 500/1000 

ø4 

32 500 

15 

ø4 

4.7 

ø13 

21 

5 

65 

2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

OCS3000-M1A-B3 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

OCS3000-M1A-B3-.. 


filter 

Features 

Light/dark ON parameterisable 


Visible red light 

Glare protected with polarisation filter 

Pre-fault indication (dynamic, static) 

Protected against mutual interference 

Position of the sensor head adjustable 



1 

3 - 

270 

+ 

Dimensions 

30 

30 


30 

52 

59 



OCS3000-M1A-B3-.. 

Optical axis 

receiver 

Optical axis 

emitter 

Plug design V1 

(M12 x 1) 



20/22 

102 

4.3 x 5.3 

3 

4 

10 

4 

LED 

1 

2 

Effective detection range 0 ... 3000 mm ! ! 

Threshold detection range 6 m ! ! 

Reflector distance 200 ... 3000 mm ! ! 

Reference target reflector C110_2 ! ! 

Light type red, alternating light ! ! 

Light source LED ! ! 



Operating display LED green ! ! 

Function display LED yellow: switching state 

LED red: stability control (flashing) 

! ! 

Operating voltage via AS-Interface network ! ! 

Ripple 10 % ! ! 


Time delay before availability ≤ 20 ms ! ! 


Switching type Light/dark ON, switchable ! ! 

Switching frequency ≤ 1.5 kHz / 200 Hz parameterisable with ULTRA 2001 ! ! 

Response time ≤ 0.3 ms at 1.5 kHz , ≤ 2.5 ms at 200 Hz ! ! 

Timer function pulse extension 20 ms, configurable ! ! 


data bit D1 (not at 1.5 kHz) ! ! 

Standards EN 60947-5-2 ! ! 




Connection connector M12 x 1, 4-pin ! 

Material 

terminal compartment M16, core cross-section ≤ 2,5 mm2 

! 

Housing PBT ! ! 

Optical face Scratch resistant mineral glass lens ! ! 

Mass 100 g ! ! 

15 

M16 

21 

9 

111 

15 

2 

M12 x 1 

3 

1 

OCS3000-M1A-B3 

4 

OCS3000-M1A-B3-V1 



OCS3000-M1A-B3-.. 


Offset Y [mm] 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

y 

OJ3000-M1K... 

OCS3000-M1A... 

0 1 2 3 4 5 

H85 


x 

C110-2 

H60 

H160 

F2000 




x 


H85 (80 mm x 80 mm) 

C110_2 (ø = 84 mm) 

H60 (60 mm x 40 mm) 

F2000 (foil, 100 mm x 100 mm) 

H160 (60 mm x 18 mm) 

100 

10 

3 

200 mm 

200 mm 

200 mm 

200 mm 

200 mm 



OJ3000-M1K... 

OCS3000-M1A... 



3.0 m 

3.5 m 

4.0 m 

H85 

C110-2 

H60 

H160 

F2000 

1 

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 




IO code 1 

ID code 

Data bit 

1 

Bit Function 

D0 switch output 

D1 pre-fault indication (0=ON, 1=OFF) 

D2 ready to operate 

D3 switching frequency 200 Hz*/1.5 kHz 3) 

Parameter bit 

Bit Function (1/2) 

P0 pulse frequency 1*/2 

P1 switch output, light*/dark ON 

P2 pulse extension (20 ms) OFF*/ON 

P3 pre-fault indication 3) dynamic*/static 

* Default setting 

3) No activation of pre-fault signal at 1.5 kHz. 

6.0 m 

6.0 m 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface - Rotary Encoder 

272 





8 AS-Interface Rotary Encoder 

In modern machines and systems, binary sensors and 

actuators are networked extensively with AS-Interface. 

In the past, conventional and expensive wiring techniques 

have had to be used for absolute encoders, because 

handshake operation with the PLC in accordance 

with the analogue profile proved too slow for positioning 

tasks. 

In order to meet the real-time demands of many applications, 

a multi-slave solution using AS-Interface rotary 

encoders was created. In this solution, 4 AS-Interface 

slaves are integrated in a single rotary encoder. 

These are preset and allocated to addresses 1 to 4. 

This means that a maximum of 16 bits are available for 

position coding. 

AS-Interface rotary encoders are available as: 

Singleturn absolute encoders 

Multiturn absolute encoders 

Singleturn absolute encoders have a resolution of 13 

bits. This results in a resolution of 8192 steps per rotation. 

The multiturn absolute encoders use all 16 bits. Various 

combinations of steps per rotation are available to 

make up the total number of turns, from 8192 steps 

per rotation with a maximum of 8 rotations (13 bits or 

3 bits) to 16 steps per rotation with a maximum of 4096 

rotations (4 bits or 12 bits). 

Independent of whether a singleturn or multiturn absolute 

encoder is used, the position value is transmitted 

to the master and made available to the PLC within a 

single AS-Interface cycle. A type of bit known as a flag 

bit can be transmitted and evaluated to ensure that the 

values are from the same cycle. 

The type of coding applied to the position value can be 

configured as desired. Binary or gray code can be 

used. 

AS-Interface - Rotary Encoder 

Rotary encoders are available in the following versions: 

Clamping flange 

Servo flange 

Blind hole shaft 

Various types of shaft or flange are available for both 

solid shaft and blind hole shaft encoders. 

An extensive range of accessories is available to facilitate 

installation and integration into individual applications. 



273 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

BVS58 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

Singleturn absolute encoder 

Order code 

Series BVS58 

See type key code for correct order code 

Features 

Industrial standard housing Ø58 mm 

13 Bit singleturn 

Output code: Gray and binary 

Transfer of position data with 4 AS- 

Interface slaves 

Parameterisation and addressing via 


Servo or clamping flange 

274 

Dimensions 

ø58 

ø52 

ø36f8 

ø10h7 

ø58 

0.05 A 

0.05 A 

ø50h7 

0.5 + 0.1 

Function 

15 


ø6h7 

0.5 + 0.1 

Servo flange 

20 10 3 3 

0.2 A 

0.2 A 

Connector V1, radial 

10 4 3 3 


BVS58 

In modern machines and systems, binary sensors and actuators are connected 

together via AS-Interface. 

Until now it was necessary to go back to the use of costly conventional wiring when 

wanting to use absolute encoders. The reason for this was that the handshake 

mode with the control module of the analogue profile proved to be too slow for positioning 

tasks. 

In order to meet the real-time demands of many applications, a multi-slave solution 

using the BVS58 

AS-Interface rotary encoders was created. The position value of 13 Bits in length is 

transferred within a single cycle via the 4 integrated AS-Interface chips to the master 

and made available to the PLC. 

This singleturn absolute encoder is available either in clamping flange design with a 

shaft 10 mm in diameter x 20 mm or in servo flange design with a shaft 6 mm in 

diameter x 10 mm. 



(93.5) 

A 

A 

(83.5) 

69.5 

63.5 

17.5 

17.5 

52.9 

52.9 

3 x 120˚ 

3 x M3 

7 deep 

3 x 120˚ 

3 x M4 

10 deep 

ø48 ± 0.1 

ø42 ± 0.1 





BVS58 


Operating voltage 29.5 ... 31.6 V DC 

No-load supply current max. starting current 155 mA , operational current max. 65 mA 

Linearity ± 1 LSB 

Output code parameterisable, Gray code, binary code 

Code course (counting direction) parameterisable, 

cw ascending (clockwise rotation, code course ascending) 

cw descending (clockwise rotation, code course descending) 


Interface type AS-Interface 

Transfer rate max. 0.167 MBit/s 

Resolution 

Singleturn 13 Bit 

Standard conformity AS-Interface 

Connection 

Connector type V1, M12, 4-pin 


Protection degree DIN EN 60529, IP65 

Climatic testing DIN EN 60068-2-3, no moisture condensation 

Emitted interference DIN EN 50081-1 

Interference rejection DIN EN 61000-6-2 

Shock resistance DIN EN 60068-2-27, 100 g, 6 ms 

Vibration resistance DIN EN 60068-2-6, 10 g, 10 ... 2000 Hz 


Operating temperature -20 ... 70 °C (253 ... 343 K) 



Material 

Combination 1 housing: aluminium, powder coated 

flange: aluminium 3.1645 

shaft: stainless steel 1.4305 

Combination 2 (Inox) housing: stainless steel 1.4305 

flange: stainless steel 1.4305 


Mass approx. 330 g (combination 1) 

approx. 750 g (combination 2) 

Rotational speed max. 12000 min -1 

Moment of inertia 30 gcm2 Starting torque ≤ 1.5 Ncm 

Shaft load 

Axial 40 N at max. 6000 min-1 10 N at max. 12000 min -1 

Radial 60 N at max. 6000 min-1 20 N at max. 12000 min -1 


Signal V1 connector, 4-pin Explanation 

AS-Interface + 1 

Reserved 2 Not wired 

AS-Interface - 3 


1 4 3 2 

BVS58 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Addresses 

Slave A Slave B Slave C Slave D 

Preset address 1 2 3 4 

IO code 7 0 0 0 

ID code F F F F 

276 

BVS58 

When readdressing by means of a bus master or a programming device, it is absolutely essential to assign different 

addresses to the four integrated AS-Interface chips. 

Parameter bits 

The four parameter bits of slave A are used to set the parameters of the rotary encoder. 

The parameter bits of slave B, C and D are not used. 

Status of 

Slave A 

parameter bit P0 P1 P2 P3 

0 Gray code Transfer with flag bits Descending counting direction for clockwise rotation Not used 

1 Binary code Transfer without flag bits Ascending counting direction for clockwise rotation Not used 

Data bits 

From the AS-Interface master to the rotary encoder 

Data from the AS-Interface master are transferred to the rotary encoder via slave A, which works bidirectionally. Slaves B, C 

and D work unidirectionally, i.e. they are incapable of receiving data. 

Status of 

Slave A 

D0/D1 or D2/D3 

D0/D1 D2/D3 

00 Normal mode Position data are not saved! 

01 Rotary encoder is set to ¼ of the singleturn resolution. Position data are saved! 

10 Rotary encoder is set to 0. Position data are saved! 


When a change is made in data bits D2 and D3 from 01 to 10 or vice-versa, position data are resaved in the rotary encoder. 

From the rotary encoder to the AS-Interface master 

Depending on the value of parameter bit P1 of slave A, data transfer to the AS-Interface master takes place with or without flag 

bits. 

P1 = 1: Transfer without flag bits 


D0 D1 D2 D3 D0 D1 D2 D3 D0 D1 D2 D3 D0 D1 D2 D3 

Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Not used! 

P1 = 0: Transfer with flag bits MA, MB, MC, MD 



Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 MA Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 MB Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 MC Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 MD 

Operating modes 

Address assignments for the four slaves 

The AS-Interface master accesses all slaves one after the other within an AS-Interface cycle in order to transfer output data to 

slave A or to read in input data from the slaves. The singleturn absolute encoder uses only four AS-Interface chips to transfer 

the position data that are 13 bits wide, i. e. four slave addresses are assigned. 

Since these four slaves are queried one after the other, the data may originate from any one of four different sampling times. To 

minimise the influence of this effect, sequential addresses (n, n+1, n+2 and n+3) should be assigned to slaves A, B, C and D. 

Furthermore, it should be noted that slave A is responsible for controlling the functions of the absolute encoder. If the order of 

the slaves is changed (D = n, C = n+1, B = n+2, A = n+3), the output word, which is supposed to be transmitted by the function 

control module of the absolute encoder, will not be transmitted until slaves D, C and B have been read in. 






BVS58 

A memory command would thus only take effect for slave A. The command would not take effect for slaves that were already 

read until the next read cycle. Data consistency would be lost because of the change of order. 

Temporary storage and transfer with flag bits 

If individual telegrams of the four slaves to the AS-Interface master suffer interference, it may happen in spite of temporary storage 

in the rotary encoder that the data that are transferred to the control module do not all originate from the same position data 

set. 

Transferring one flag bit for each slave makes it possible for the control module to check which position data set an individual 

data set belongs to by comparing the four flag bits. Data bit D2 is used for this purpose. 

Example: 

Slave A 

Position data 

Cycle Data bit D2 Slave A Slave B Slave C Slave D 

1 0 XXX0 XXX0 XXX0 XXX0 



4 

etc. 

1 XXX1 XXX1 XXX1 XXX1 

Bit D2 is influenced by the control module. Bit 4 of the input data corresponds to the value of this bit for each slave. 

D2 is set to 0 in cycle 1. If the value of bit 4 of a slave were "1", that value would be derived from another cycle. This is a simple 

way to recognise data consistency. 

Transferring the flag bits, however, reduces the usable position data from 13 bits to 12. Masking out the fourth bit of each slave 

increases slightly the effort of putting together the position data set in the control module. 

Accessories 

For type Accessories Name/defining feature Order code 

BVS58*-011 

BVS58*-032 

Couplings 

Measurement wheels with circumference 

of 500 mm 


of 200 mm 

Mounting aids 

Couplings 

D1: Ø10 mm, D2: Ø10 mm 9401 

D1: Ø10 mm, D2: Ø10 mm 9404 

D1: Ø10 mm, D2: Ø10 mm 9409 

D1: Ø10 mm, D2: Ø10 mm KW 

For additional information on the accessories, please see the "Accessories" section. 

Plastic 9101, 10 

Pimpled rubber 9102, 10 

Knurled aluminium 9103, 10 

Knurled plastic 9112, 10 





Mounting bracket 9203 


D1: Ø6 mm, D2: Ø6 mm 9401 

D1: Ø6 mm, D2: Ø6 mm 9402 

D1: Ø6 mm, D2: Ø6 mm 9404 

D1: Ø6 mm, D2: Ø6 mm 9409 

D1: Ø6 mm, D2: Ø6 mm KW 

Mounting aids 

Mounting bracket and set 

Eccentric clamping elements 

9300 and 9311-3 

9310-3 

All Connector Cable socket V1 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

278 

B V S 5 8 – A V R 0 N N – 0 0 1 3 

BVS58 

Number of bits singleturn 

13 8192 

Number of bits multiturn 

00 None 

Option 2 

N Not expanded 

Output code 

N 

Option 1 

Selectable, binary/Gray 

0 No option 

Exit position 

R Radial 

Connection type 

AV Plug connector type V1, 4-pin 

Shaft dimension/flange version 

011 Shaft Ø10 mm x 20 mm with clamping flange 

032 

Housing material 

Shaft Ø6 mm x 10 mm with servo flange 

N Aluminium, powder coated 

I Inox* 

Principle of operation 

S Singleturn 

Shaft version 

V Solid shaft 

Data format 

B AS-Interface *Housing material I only available with axial exit position. 






BVS58 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

BSS58 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

Series BSS58 


Features 








Recessed hollow shaft 

280 

Dimensions 

Straight pin 

DIN 7- 4 x 20 

Set screw 

DIN 913 

M3 SW1.5 

2.5 7 

Minimum insertion depth 20 

21 

(9.5) 41 

Function 

ø4 

ø12h7 

10 

11 

12 

8 

1.5 


BSS58 







tasks. 


using the BSS58 


transferred within a single cycle via the 4 integrated AS-Interface chips to the master 


The absolute encoder is mounted directly onto the application shaft, without any 

coupling. Rotation of the absolute encoder is prevented by a torque rest. This may 

simply be a slide-in pin that locks in the plastic receptacle integrated into the flange. 



R22 

67 

52.9 

ø12.01H7 

ø58 ± 0.1 

ø19.8 

60˚ 





BSS58 






Code course (counting direction) 


parameterisable, 




Transfer rate 

Resolution 

max. 0.167 MBit/s 



Connection 


Connector 


type V1, M12, 4-pin 






Vibration resistance 


DIN EN 60068-2-6, 10 g, 10 ... 2000 Hz 




Material 

-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 










Moment of inertia 30 gcm2 Starting torque ≤ 1.5 Ncm 

Tightening torque, fixing screws 

Shaft load 

max. 1.8 Nm 

Angle offset 1 ° 

Axial offset max. 1 mm 







1 4 3 2 

BSS58 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Addresses 



IO code 7 0 0 0 


282 

BSS58 






Status of 

Slave A 




Data bits 




Status of 

Slave A 


D0/D1 D2/D3 








bits. 
























BSS58 






set. 



Example: 

Slave A 

Position data 





4 

etc. 







Accessories 

Accessories Name/defining feature Order code 

Connector Cable socket V1 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

284 

B S S 5 8 – A V R 0 N N – 0 0 1 3 

BSS58 

Number of bits singleturn 

13 8192 

Option 2 


Output code 

N 

Option 1 


0 No option 

Exit position 

R Radial 




01A Recessed hollow shaft Ø10 mm x 21 mm 

02A 


Recessed hollow shaft Ø12 mm x 21 mm 


I Inox* 


S Singleturn 

Shaft version 

S Recessed hollow shaft 

Data format 







BSS58 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

BVE14 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

Series BVE14 


286 

0102 

Features 


ATEX approval 

Flameproof enclosure 






Dimensions 

ø80 

ø40 

4 

Function 

25 510 

(175) 

92 43 

ø12 


BVE14 






tasks. 


using the BVE14 


transferred within a single cycle with the 4 integrated AS-Interface chips to the master 


The shaft is specially equipped with a feather key groove for receiving a belt pulley 

or similar device. The permissible radial force is 80 N, while the permissible axial 

force is 60 N. 

One special feature is the mechanical versatility of the flange. The absolute 

encoder has one centering shoulder with a diameter of 40 mm and one with a 

diameter of 80 mm. Three M6 holes are available for fastening. 



ø44 

ø11.2 

ø116 

ø60 

2.5 

3 x 120˚ 

3 x M6 





BVE14 












Transfer rate 

Resolution 




Connection 


Cable 


Ø11.2 mm, 9-core, 2 m 








DIN EN 60068-2-6, 10 g, 10 ... 2000 Hz 




Material 

-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 

Housing aluminium 3.1645 

Flange aluminium 3.1645 

Shaft stainless steel 1.4305 



Moment of inertia 400 gcm2 Starting torque 

Shaft load 

≤ 1.5 Ncm 

Axial 40 N 

Radial 

Data for application in conjunction 

with hazardous areas 

60 N 

EC-Type Examination Certificate ZELM 02 ATEX 0078 

Group, category, type of protection ¬ II 2 G EEx d IIC T6 

¬ II 2 D IP66 T80°C 

Directive conformity 

Directive 94/9 EC EN 50014, EN 50018 


Signal Cable Ø11.2 mm, 9-core 

Protective conductor Green/Yellow 

AS-Interface (+) 1 

AS-Interface (-) 2 

Reserved 3 

Reserved 4 

Reserved 5 

Reserved 6 

Reserved 7 

Reserved 8 

BVE14 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Addresses 



IO code 7 0 0 0 


288 

BVE14 






Status of 

Slave A 




Data bits 




Status of 

Slave A 


D0/D1 D2/D3 








bits. 
























BVE14 






set. 



Example: 

Slave A 

Position data 





4 

etc. 







Order code 

B V E 1 4 – 1 2 3 B – 8 1 9 2 


E Singleturn 

Shaft version 

V Solid shaft 

Data format 

B AS-Interface 

Steps per revolution 


3 Cable Ø11.2 mm, 8-core and protective conductor, 2 m 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

BVM58 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

Multiturn absolute encoder 

Order code 

Series BVM58 


Features 


16 Bit multiturn 






Servo or clamping flange 

290 

Dimensions 

ø58 

ø52 

ø36f8 

ø10h7 

ø58 

0.05 A 

0.05 A 

ø50h7 

0.5 + 0.1 

Function 

15 


ø6h7 

0.5 + 0.1 

Servo flange 

20 10 3 3 

0.2 A 

10 4 3 3 

0.2 A 


BVM58 






tasks. 


using the BVM58 AS-Interface rotary encoders was created. The position value of 

16 Bits in length is transferred within a single cycle via the 4 integrated AS-Interface 

chips to the master and made available to the PLC. 

This multiturn absolute encoder is available either in clamping flange design with a 

shaft 10 mm in diameter x 20 mm or in servo flange design with a shaft 6 mm in 

diameter x 10 mm. 



A 

(107) 

A 

(97) 

83 


77 

52.9 

17.5 

17.5 

52.9 

3 x 120˚ 

3 x M3 

7 deep 

3 x 120˚ 

3 x M4 

10 deep 

ø48 ± 0.1 

ø42 ± 0.1 





BVM58 












Transfer rate 

Resolution 


Singleturn max. 13 Bit 

Multiturn max. 12 Bit 

Overall resolution 16 Bit 


Connection 


Connector 










DIN EN 60068-2-6, 10 g, 10 ... 2000 Hz 




Material 

-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 










Moment of inertia 30 gcm 2 

Starting torque 

Shaft load 

≤ 1.5 Ncm 

Axial 40 N 

Radial 60 N 







1 4 3 2 

BVM58 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Addresses 



IO code 7 0 0 0 


292 

BVM58 






Status of 

Slave A 




Data bits 




Status of 

Slave A 


D0/D1 D2/D3 








bits. 




Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 








slave A or to read in input data from the slaves. The multiturn absolute encoder uses only four AS-Interface chips to transfer the 

position data that are 16 bits wide, i. e. four slave addresses are assigned. 











BVM58 






set. 



Example: 

Slave A 

Position data 





4 

etc. 







Resolution of the rotary encoder 

Possible 

combinations of 

steps per 

revolution and 

number of rotations 

Without flag bits With flag bits 

Number of 

rotations 

Bits 

Steps per 

revolution 

Bits 

Number of 

rotations 

Bits 

Steps per 

revolution 

Bits 

8 03 8192 13 not allowed 

16 04 4096 12 2 01 2048 11 

32 05 2048 11 4 02 1024 10 

64 06 1024 10 8 03 512 09 

128 07 512 09 16 04 256 08 

256 08 256 08 32 05 128 07 

512 09 128 07 64 06 64 06 

1024 10 64 06 128 07 32 05 

2048 11 32 05 256 08 16 04 

4096 12 16 04 512 09 8 03 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Accessories 

For type Accessories Name/defining feature Order code 

BVM58*-011 

BVM58*-032 


294 

Couplings 


of 500 mm 


of 200 mm 

Mounting aids 

Couplings 

D1: Ø10 mm, D2: Ø10 mm 9401 

D1: Ø10 mm, D2: Ø10 mm 9404 

D1: Ø10 mm, D2: Ø10 mm 9409 

D1: Ø10 mm, D2: Ø10 mm KW 











D1: Ø6 mm, D2: Ø6 mm 9401 

D1: Ø6 mm, D2: Ø6 mm 9402 

D1: Ø6 mm, D2: Ø6 mm 9404 

D1: Ø6 mm, D2: Ø6 mm 9409 

D1: Ø6 mm, D2: Ø6 mm KW 

Mounting aids 

Mounting bracket and set 

Eccentric clamping elements 

9300 and 9311-3 

9310-3 

All Connector Cable socket V1 

Order code 

B V M 5 8 – A V R 0 N N – 

BVM58 

Bit combinations 

multiturn/singleturn (see table) 

Option 2 


Output code 

N 

Option 1 


0 No option 

Exit position 

R Radial 




011 Shaft Ø10 mm x 20 mm with clamping flange 

032 


Shaft Ø6 mm x 10 mm with servo flange 


I Inox* 


M Multiturn 

Shaft version 

V Solid shaft 

Data format 







BVM58 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

BSM58 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

Series BSM58 


Features 









296 

Dimensions 

Straight pin 

DIN 7- 4 x 20 

ø4 

ø12h7 

Set screw 

DIN 913 

M3 SW1.5 

2.5 7 

Minimum insertion depth 20 

21 

(9.5) 68 


Function 

10 

11 

12 

8 

1.5 

BSM58 







tasks. 


using the BSM58 AS-Interface rotary encoders was created. The position value of 



The absolute encoder is mounted directly onto the application shaft, without any 

coupling. Rotation of the absolute encoder is prevented by a torque rest. This may 

simply be a slide-in pin that locks in the plastic receptacle integrated into the flange. 



R22 

94 

52.9 

ø12.01H7 

ø58 ± 0.1 

ø19.8 

60˚ 





BSM58 












Transfer rate 

Resolution 


Singleturn max. 13 Bit 

Multiturn max. 12 Bit 



Connection 


Connector 










DIN EN 60068-2-6, 10 g, 10 ... 2000 Hz 




Material 

-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 











Starting torque ≤ 1.5 Ncm 

Tightening torque, fixing screws 

Shaft load 

max. 1.8 Nm 

Angle offset 1 ° 

Axial offset max. 1 mm 







1 4 3 2 

BSM58 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Addresses 



IO code 7 0 0 0 


298 

BSM58 






Status of 

Slave A 




Data bits 




Status of 

Slave A 


D0/D1 D2/D3 








bits. 
























BSM58 






set. 



Example: 

Slave A 

Position data 





4 

etc. 








Possible 


steps per 



Accessories 


Number of 

rotations 

Bits 

Steps per 

revolution 

Bits 

Number of 

rotations 

Bits 

Steps per 

revolution 

Bits 


16 04 4096 12 2 01 2048 11 

32 05 2048 11 4 02 1024 10 

64 06 1024 10 8 03 512 09 

128 07 512 09 16 04 256 08 

256 08 256 08 32 05 128 07 

512 09 128 07 64 06 64 06 

1024 10 64 06 128 07 32 05 

2048 11 32 05 256 08 16 04 

4096 12 16 04 512 09 8 03 

Accessories Name/defining feature Order code 

Connector Cable socket V1 




Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

300 

B S M 5 8 – A V R 0 N N – 

BSM58 

Bit combinations 

multiturn/singleturn (see table) 

Option 2 


Output code 

N 

Option 1 


0 No option 

Exit position 

R Radial 




01A Recessed hollow shaft Ø10 mm x 21 mm 

02A 


Recessed hollow shaft Ø12 mm x 21 mm 


I Inox* 


M Multiturn 

Shaft version 

S Recessed hollow shaft 

Data format 







BSM58 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

BVM14 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

Series BVM14 


302 

0102 

Features 


ATEX approval 

Flameproof enclosure 






Dimensions 

ø80f7 

0.5 

ø40f7 

A 

ø12g6 

25 

Function 

5 

0.2 

A 

10 

4 


BVM14 






tasks. 


using the BVM14 AS-Interface rotary encoders was created. The position value of 



The shaft is specially equipped with a feather key groove for receiving a belt pulley 

or similar device. The permissible radial force is 80 N, while the permissible axial 

force is 60 N. 

One special feature is the mechanical versatility of the flange. The absolute 

encoder has one centering shoulder with a diameter of 40 mm and one with a 

diameter of 80 mm. Three M6 holes are available for fastening. 



ø116 

207 

124 

A 

ø44 

43 

R150 

ø11.2 

3 x M6 

2.5 

ø60 

3 x 120˚ 





BVM14 












Transfer rate 

Resolution 



Multiturn 12 Bit 



Connection 


Cable 


Ø11.2 mm, 9-core, 2 m 








DIN EN 60068-2-6, 10 g, 10 ... 2000 Hz 




Material 

-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 

Housing aluminium 3.1645 

Flange aluminium 3.1645 

Shaft stainless steel 1.4305 




Starting torque 

Shaft load 

≤ 1.5 Ncm 

Axial 40 N 

Radial 

Data for application in conjunction 

with hazardous areas 

60 N 

EC-Type Examination Certificate ZELM 02 ATEX 0078 

Group, category, type of protection ¬ II 2 G EEx d IIC T6 

¬ II 2 D IP66 T80°C 

Directive conformity 

Directive 94/9 EC EN 50014, EN 50018 


Signal Cable Ø11.2 mm, 9-core 

Protective conductor Green/Yellow 

AS-Interface (+) 1 

AS-Interface (-) 2 

Reserved 3 

Reserved 4 

Reserved 5 

Reserved 6 

Reserved 7 

Reserved 8 

BVM14 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Addresses 



IO code 7 0 0 0 


304 

BVM14 






Status of 

Slave A 




Data bits 




Status of 

Slave A 


D0/D1 D2/D3 








bits. 
























BVM14 






set. 



Example: 

Slave A 

Position data 





4 

etc. 








Possible 


steps per 



Order code 


Number of 

rotations 

Bits 

Steps per 

revolution 

Bits 

Number of 

rotations 

Bits 

Steps per 

revolution 

Bits 


16 04 4096 12 2 01 2048 11 

32 05 2048 11 4 02 1024 10 

64 06 1024 10 8 03 512 09 

128 07 512 09 16 04 256 08 

256 08 256 08 32 05 128 07 

512 09 128 07 64 06 64 06 

1024 10 64 06 128 07 32 05 

2048 11 32 05 256 08 16 04 

4096 12 16 04 512 09 8 03 

B V M 1 4 – 1 2 3 B – – 


M Multiturn 

Shaft version 

V Solid shaft 

Data format 

B AS-Interface 

Number of revolutions 

(Combinations see table) 

Steps per revolution 

(Combinations see table) 


3 Cable Ø11.2 mm, 8-core and protective conductor, 2 m 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface - Accessories 

306 





9 Accessories 

AS-Interface - Accessories 

This chapter includes all accessories which are necessary for the problemfree 

installation and commissioning of an AS-Interface system. 

AS-Interface hand-held programming unit 

The AS-Interface System is very simple to commission. Address configuration 

and first commissioning tests are performed using the VBP-HH1 AS-Interface 

hand-held. The slaves can be directly connected over the plug interface, 

over a programming cable, or over an M12 connector cable. The onehanded 

operation of the hand-held makes the address configuration of individual 

modules or of an entire network particularly easy. AS-Interface outputs 

can also be directly controlled from the hand-held for testing purposes. 

The power supply of the hand-held is from batteries or using the included 

power pack. 

AS-Interface flat cable 

In most AS-Interface installations, profiled flat cable is used. Flat cable 

comes with a rubber sheathing and in an oil-resistant TPE version, in yellow 

or black. If you are implementing intrinsically safe applications over AS-Interface, 

you can also select our flat cable labeled in red with "+++SAFE- 

TY+++". 

Converters 

Converters serve to connect different AS-Interface gateways to the RS 232 

interface of a PC. This allows the gateways to be configured using the ASi 

Control Tools software. 

Bases 

Bases for AS-Interface modules enable the simplified laying of AS-Interface 

flat cable Mechanical coding prevents incorrect installation Pepperl+Fuchs 

offers various bases with and without addressing jacks, for flat and round 

cable, and for different housing sizes. 

Adapters and splitter boxes 

Adapters and splitter boxes are available for any application: Screw-on 

adapters in housings, cable exits for round cable, adapters to M12 connectors, 

freely adjustable solutions, cable exits from yellow/black cable to 4-pin 

M12 connector, splitter boxes for a second flat cable spur line, or mounting 

clips for installation of flat cable. 

Power Rail 

The Power Rail is an insert component into DIN standard rail. Devices in the 

KF series can be snapped onto the rail to connect them to the AS-Interface 

network. 

Plugs and cable sockets 

Pepperl+Fuchs, as your system supplier for AS-Interface, offers all components 

necessary in practice. 



307 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VBP-HH1 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface handheld 

Order code 

VBP-HH1 


Features 

Determining the slave address 

Readdressing with checking 

The slave connection is short-circuit 

and overload proof 

Addressing or programming up to a 

maximum of 62 slaves (A/B slaves) 

Operation on the bus possible 

MODE key for switching between the 

different operating modes 

Optional optical interface 

Battery charger included with delivery 

308 

Dimensions 



VBP-HH1 


Operating mode plug-in charging unit, 230 V AC, included in the delivery package 


Display LC display 

Keyboard membrane keys, 5 keys 


Operating duration 8 h or ≥ 250 read/write procedures for fully charged battery 

Power supply battery mode, please use only battery charger included with 

delivery to charge (charging time about 14 h) 


Interface type AS-Interface, short-circuit proof and overload-proof, or optical 









80 

42.5 

155 5 54 

Display 

214 

34 

30 

„↑“ button ==> Increments slave address 

„MODE“ button ==> 

Einstellen des Betriebsmodus 

„↓“ button ==> Dencrements slave address 

„PRG“ button ==> 

Programs new slave address 

„ADR“ button ==> 

Reads slave address/switches on device 

ATTENTION! 

Charge accumulator prior to initial commissioning. 



AS-Interface handheld 

Operating 

Press "ADR“-key to switch on the device. It switches off again independently, if not operated 

within about one minute. 

Pressing the "ADR“ key causes the current slave address to be displayed. 

The two keys „↑“ and „↓“ can be used to select the programmable address from the 

address ring (i.e. 31B, 0 ... 31, 0 ... 31A, 0 ... 31B, 0,1). 

A short key stroke causes the pages to turn stepwise, whereas holding down the key 

causes the pages to scroll continuously (0.5 s per address). 

Pressing the "PRG“-key causes the new address to be loaded in the slave. 

The correctly programmed address is automatically displayed after about 0.5 s. 

When „ADR“ and „PRG“ are held down simultaneously, the address of zero is programmed 

in the slave 

Other key combinations do not trigger any actions. 

Notes 

The VBP-HH1 is a compact tool for address configuration of AS-Interface slaves (sensors, actuators 

and coupling modules). 

The mechanical connection is accomplished by means of a universal adaptor connector. The 

following devices or types can be plugged-on without any difficulties: 

- V1 plug connection (M12) 

- VariKont-M system 

- VariKont system 

- FP design 

- AS-Interface coupling module 

(Series... -G1, G4.) 

The VAZ-PK-1,5M-V1-G programming cable is used as interconnecting cable for devices of 

the KF, KF2, G2, K2 and K3 series. 

Display 

The LCD display indicates the address, the mode or an error code. 

Error signals: 

F1: AS-Interface overload 

F2: Slave not found 

F3: Programming error 

F4: Destination address busy 

F5: Address of zero busy 

F6: Found standard slave instead of extended slave 

F7: Found extended slave instead of standard slave 

F8: Reception error 

LOBAT= Load accumulator battery! 

After the first indication approx. 30 reading and addressing procedures are still possible. 

Load the accumulator battery using the battery charger . 

Documentation 

VBP-HH1-MAN-D 

Manual, german 

VBP-HH1-MAN-E 

Manual, english 

Accessories 

VBP-HH1 



device 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAZ-FK-*-** 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

VAZ-FK-*-** 


Features 

Cable piercing technique 

Resistant to environmental influence 

Resistant to bending 

Reverse polarity protected due to the 

shape of the cable 

Halogen-free (PVC-free) 

Does not give off silicone 

Graduations in metres 

310 

Dimensions 


1.5 1.5 

* +++ SAFETY +++ 

is also available with SAFETY printed on in red 

(order designation VAZ-FK-S-YE-SAFETY) 

blue brown 

VAZ-FK-*-** 


Nominal voltage Uo 300 V 

Current loading capacity According to DIN VDE 0298 Part 4, Table 6, Column 4 


Conductor temperature Operating mode: 90 °C (363 K) 

Short-circuit: 200 °C (473 K) 

Ambient temperature -40 ... 85 °C (233 ... 358 K) inactive, 

-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) active 


Core cross-section Copper tin-plated, extra-fine wire, class 6 in accordance with 

DIN VDE 0295 

cross-section 1.5 mm 2 

Bend radius min. permissible bend radii in accordance with DIN VDE 0298 

Part 3, Table 2 

Bending stress only permitted on the wide side of the cable 

Tension loading max. 50 N/mm 2 on laying acc. to DIN VDE 0298 Part 3 

Cable length 100 m 

Note The cable is intended for use as a bus power line in inside 

areas. Only cable with a black sheathing is suitable for outside 

use. 

Model number VAZ-FK-S-YE* VAZ-FK-S-BK VAZ-FK-R-YE VAZ-FK-R-BK 

Version Standard Resistent to oil 

AS Interface Ext. Auxiliary AS Interface ext. Auxiliary 

power up to 24 V 

power up to 24 V 


Materials Rubber mixture EM3 

in keeping with German standard 

DIN VDE 0207 part 2 

Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE) 

Leadisolation Rubber mixture in keeping with German standard 

DIN VDE 0207 part 20 

Cable colour yellow black yellow black 

(similar to (similar to (similar to (similar to 

RAL 1012) RAL 9005) RAL 1012) RAL 9005) 



3.6 

6.5 

10 

2 

4 


VAZ-PB-SIM 



Order code 

VAZ-PB-SIM 


Features 

The PROFIBUS master simulator is a 

simple universal tool for data 

exchange with PROFIBUS slaves 

Complete solution with hardware 

(UART) and software 

Description 


Sub-D connector 

RS 485 

RxD/TxD-P 

TxD/TxD-N 

+5 V 

GND 



3 

8 

6 

5 

VAZ-PB-SIM 

Sub-D socket 

RS 232 

RxD 


Power supply draws its 5 V power supply from the RS 485 interface of the 

PROFIBUS slave 


Protocol PROFIBUS DP V0 

Interface type standard PC RS-232 interface with 9-pin D-SUB connector 

(female) 

RS 485 interface with 9-pin Sub-D connector (male) 

Transfer rate 19200 Bit/s 

Cable length for RS 232 and RS 485 each max. 2 m 





Dimensions 63, 34, 17 mm (L, W, H) 

The PROFIBUS master simulator is a simple universal machine tool 

for data exchange with PROFIBUS slaves of almost all manufacturers 

via PROFIBUS DP. The PROFIBUS master simulator can exchange 

data with many PROFIBUS slaves even without GSD file, type file and 

without PROFIBUS master. The PROFIBUS slaves with default I/O 

width can be put into operation without additional input or additional 

data files. Input data can be read and output data can be written. In 

addition, the PROFIBUS DP master simulator allows the use of GSD 

files as well as the input of special configurations to start data 

exchange with PROFIBUS slaves. Address configuration of PROFI- 

BUS slaves - especially IP 67 modules without address switch - is also 

possible. 

The follow-on PROFIBUS master simulator allows the user to search a 

complete PROFIBUS and to find all connected participants. In this 

case however, the VAZ-PB-SIM must be plugged directly on a PROFI- 

BUS slave. In addition the data, in particular the diagnostic function, is 

meanwhile displayed not only in hexadecimal and binary format but 

also in ASCII format. Output data can be transmitted consistently. 

The PROFIBUS master simulator is supplied with the VAZ-PB-SIM, 

which is an ideal interface converter between the RS 232 interface of the PC and the PROFIBUS. This UART has a highly compact design and 

does not require an additional external voltage supply. Therefore, it is ideal for mobile use with a laptop or a notebook. The VAZ-PB-SIM is simply 

plugged on, between the PROFIBUS and the RS 232 connection cable. 

In addition to the actual monitor and configuration program, DLL drivers for Windows as well as simple sample programs in C are now also 

included in the delivery package enabling you to adapt your own applications to PROFIBUS-UART. However, the VAZ-PB-SIM is only a test 

equipment or a start-up aid for PROFIBUS slaves and is therefore not suitable for controlling automation processes. 



µP 

3 

2 

5 

4 

8 

TxD 

GND 

DTR 

CTS 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAZ-DN-SIM-USB 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 



Features 

The DeviceNet master simulator is a 

simple universal tool for data 

exchange with DeviceNet slaves 

Complete solution with hardware 

(UART) and software 

Description 

312 



DeviceNet 

1 2 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 




Power supply draws its 5 V power from USB of the PC 


CAN-H 

CAN-L 


Interface type USB-PC-interface (USB-connector Serie A) 

DeviceNet-interface with 9-pin sub-D connector (male) 

Transfer rate 125, 250 und 500 kBit/s 

Cable length max. 2 m 


7 

2 



USB connector 

PC 

The DeviceNet master simulator is a simple universal tool for data 

exchange with DeviceNet slaves of almost all manufacturers. Without 

any additional inputs or additional files, the input data can be read and 

the output data can be written, and diagnostic functions can be displayed. 

In addition, the DeviceNet master simulator can of course read and 

write attributes. Moreover, there is also the possibility to search a complete 

DeviceNet branch for subscribers connected. 

The addresses and the Baud rate of the DeviceNet slaves can also be 

set. The E/A data are displayed hexadecimally as well as in binary 

mode 

In single bit mode, it is possible to keep the outputs set for as long as 

the mouse key is pressed. The device identification is read out from 

the DeviceNet slave and is displayed with the I/O data. 

The scope of delivery of the DeviceNet master simulator comprises the 

DeviceNet dongle. The DeviceNet dongle is the ideal interface converter 

between a USB port (the parallel interface of the PCs) and 

DeviceNet. The dongle is very compact and is provided with energy by 

the USB (from the keyboard interface of the PC). For this reason, it is 

highly suitable for mobile use on a laptop computer or notebook. 

The requirements are an 80486 processor PC or higher; all Microsoft Windows versions are supported. The scope of delivery comprises the 

DeviceNet Master Simulator software. 

Note: 

A terminator (120 Ohm) has to be connected to the end of the DeviceNet line. 



µP 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 V 

D+ 

D- 

+5 V 

1234 


VAZ-R4-R2 


Converter 

Order code 

VAZ-R4-R2 

RS 232C/RS 485 converter 

Features 

Direct connection to a PC (RS 232) 

Point to point connection only 

Description 



RS 485 

1 2 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 

A 

B 



3 

8 

VAZ-R4-R2 

Sub-D socket 

RS 232C 

GND 

Power supply draws its power supply from RS 232 interface of the PC 

Pin 4 (DTR) must be permanently high. 


Interface type standard PC RS-232 interface with 9-pin D-SUB connector 

(female) 

RS 485 interface with 9-pin Sub-D connector (male) 

Transfer rate up to 57600 Bit/s 

Cable length for RS 232 and RS 485 each max. 2 m 





Connection RS 232 , RS 485 

Dimensions 63, 54, 17 mm (L, W, H) 



µP 

5 

4 

3 

2 

8 

7 

DTR 

TxD 

RxD 

CTS 

RTS 

5 4 3 2 1 

The interface converter VAZ-R4-R2 is the ideal interface converter between the RS 232C interface of the PC and the RS 485 interface of the 

AS-Interface Gateway. 

The converter requires no additional external power supply. For this reason, it is highly suitable for mobile use on a laptop computer or notebook. 

The RS 232C/RS 485 converter is simply plugged between the AS-Interface Gateway and the RS 232 connection cable. Only one device with 

an RS 485 interface can be connected up to the interface converter. 

The RS 232C/RS 485 converter can be used on various operating systems. By means of the AS-i Control Tools for Windows an AS-Interface 

Master with an RS 485 interface can be operated as well as an AS-Interface Master with an RS 232 interface. The RS 232C/RS 485 converter 

supports all transmission rates up to 57600 Bit/s. 

9 8 7 6 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

U-G1F 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface base 

Order code 

U-G1F 

Base for connection to flat cable 

(EMS; AS-Interface only) 

Function 

The U-G1F base allows slaves in the normal 

design to be connected to AS-Interface without 

additional supply (EMS). It has two connection 

types for AS-Interface, which are 

linterconnected. Thus it can be used as distributor 

from one AS-Interface segment to 

another. For the mounting of an upper part 

(module or cover VAZ-DK-G1) the flat cable 

will be pressed into the contact prongs and 

are thereby connected. 

Accessories 

VAZ-DK-G1 

cover for bases -G1F- and -G1P- 

314 

Dimensions 



18.5 18.5 

+ 


- 

+ 


- 





-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 


(only in connection with module or cover) 

Connection 2 AS-Interface flat cables 

Dimensions about 80, 45, 20 mm (L, W, H) 


U-G1F 



Ø 9.6 

36 

26 

80 

66 

26 

36 

+ - 

Contacts to module 

31 

Ø 5.3 

45 


U-G1FA 



Order code 

U-G1FA 


to flat cable 


Function 

The U-G1FA base allows slaves in the normal 

design to be connected to AS-Interface 

without additional supply (EMS). It has two 

connections to AS-Interface, which are interconnected. 

Thus it can also be used as distributor 

from one AS-Interface segment to 

another. When mounting the upper part 

(module or cover VAZ-DK-G1) the flat cable 

are pressed in the contact prongs and 

thereby connected. 

Moreover, an integrated addressing jack can 

configure the upper part in the wired AS- 

Interface network. In this case the controller 

indicates "Alarm Config", since the slave is 

disconnected from the supply. After removing 

the addressing plug, the controller restarts 

independently. 

Accessories 

VAZ-DK-G1 


Dimensions 




Addressing 


via addressing jack 




-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 



Connection 2 AS-Interface flat cables 



U-G1FA 



18.5 18.5 

+ 


- 

+ 


- 

Ø 9.6 

ADDR 

36 

26 

80 

66 

26 

36 

+ - 


31 

Ø 5.3 

45 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

U-G1FF 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

U-G1FF 

Base for connection to flat cable 

(EEMS; AS-Interface and external auxiliary 

power) 

Function 

The U-G1FF base allows to connect slaves 

with additional supply (EEMS) to AS-Interface. 

It has one connection type for AS-Interface 

and an other for the auxiliary power, 

which are not interconnected. For the mounting 

of an upper part (module or lid VAZ-DK- 

G1) the flat cable will be pressed in the contact 

prongs and so connected. 

Accessories 

VAZ-DK-G1 


316 

Dimensions 



18.5 18.5 

+ 


- 

External 

auxiliary 

power 

+ 

- 





-40 ... 85 °C (233 ... 358 K) 



Connection Flat cable for AS-Interface and external power supply 



U-G1FF 



Ø 9.6 

36 

26 

80 

66 

26 

36 

+ - 

+ - 


31 

45 

Ø 5.3 


U-G1FFA 



Order code 

U-G1FFA 


to flat cable (EEMS; AS-Interface 

and external auxiliary power) 

Function 

The U-G1FFA base allows slaves to be connected 

to AS-Interface with additional supply 

(EEMS). It has one connection type to AS- 

Interface and an other one to auxiliary power, 

which are not interconnected. When mounting 

the upper part (module or cover VAZ-DK- 

G1) the flat cable will be pressed in the contact 

prongs and are thereby connected. 

Moreover, an integrated addressing jack can 

be used to configure the upper part in the 

wired AS-Interface network. In this case, the 

controller indicates "Alarm Config", since the 

slave is disconnected from the supply. After 

removing the addressing plug, the controller 

restarts independently. 

Accessories 

VAZ-DK-G1 


Dimensions 



U-G1FFA 


Addressing 


via addressing jack 




-40 ... 85 °C (233 ... 358 K) 



Connection Flat cable for AS-Interface and external power supply 





18.5 18.5 

+ 


- 

External 

auxiliary 

power 

+ 

- 

Ø 9.6 

ADDR 

36 

26 

80 

66 

26 

36 

+ - + - 


31 

Ø 5.3 

45 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

U-G1P 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Function 

The base U-G1P allows to connect slaves in 

the normal design without additional supply 

(EMS) to AS-Interface. It has two connection 

types for AS-Interface, which are linked with 

each other. Thus it can be used as distributor 

from one AS-Interface segment to another. 

The cable bushings are designed for round 

cables, they can be connected by screw terminals. 

Accessories 

VAZ-DK-G1 


318 

U® 

Order code 

U-G1P 



Dimensions 



45 


37 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 







Connection round cable PG11 for AS-Interface 

core cross-section ≤ 2.5 mm 



U-G1P 



Ø 9.6 

80 

62 

22 

66 

+ - 


21 

Ø 5.3 

31 


U-G1PP 



Function 

U® 

Order code 

U-G1PP 


(EEMS; AS-Interface and external auxiliary 

voltage) 

The base U-G1PP allows to connect slaves 

with additional supply (EEMS) to AS-Interface. 

It has one connection type to AS-Interface 

and an other to the auxiliary power, 

which are not interconnected. The cable 

bushings are designed for round cables, they 

can be connected by screw terminals. 

Accessories 

VAZ-DK-G1 


Dimensions 



45 


U-G1PP 







Connection round cable PG11 for AS-Interface and external power supply 

core cross-section ≤ 2.5 mm 





37 

External 

auxiliary power 

+ 

- 

+ 

- 

Ø 9.6 

80 

62 

22 

66 

21 

+ - + - 


Ø 5.3 

31 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

U-G2FF 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Order code 

U-G2FF 



power) 

Function 

The U-G2FF base is used for the connection 

of the G2 modules with long design to AS- 

Interface. In case of mounting the module the 

inserted flat cables are pressed into the contact 

prongs of the module and connected. 

For some modules this upper part establishes 

the connection to earth. 

320 

Dimensions 

48 

PE 

12 


+ 


- 

External 

auxiliary 

power 


+ 

- 

4 





-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 



Connection AS-Interface flat cable 


U-G2FF 



77.5 

112 

+ - 

+ - 



U-G3FF 



Order code 

U-G3FF 



power) 

Function 

The U-G3FF base is used for the connection 

of the G2 modules with small design to AS- 

Interface. In case of mounting the module the 

inserted flat cables are pressed into the contact 

prongs of the module and connected. 

For some modules this upper part establishes 

the connection to earth. 

Dimensions 

48 

PE 

12 


+ 


- 

External 

auxiliary 

power 






-40 ... 85 °C (233 ... 358 K) 





U-G3FF 



+ 

- 

4 

77.5 

112 

+ - 

+ - 


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAZ-DK-G1 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


322 

Order code 

VAZ-DK-G1 




Order code 

VAZ-FK-ED-G2 




Order code 

VAZ-FK-ST1 

AS-Interface-flat cable sleeve, expandable hose 



Order code 

VAZ-FK-CL1 

Fixing clip for AS-Interface flat cable 


Mounting Adhesive or screw mounting 

Accessories 




VAZ-T1-FK-1M-PUR-V1-W 



Order code 

VAZ-T1-FK-*M-PUR-V1-W 

Splitter box AS-Interface to M12 round connector 

Accessories 


Construction type Socket, angled 

flat cable terminal AS-Interface 





Connection AS-Interface flat cable: cable piercing method 

Connector: M12 x 1 (V1) 

Material 

Contacts CuZn 

Contact surface Au / Sn 

Housing PUR, black 

Handle PUR, black 

Cable PUR 

Cable 

Sheath diameter Ø6.8 mm 

Cores 2 x 1.5 mm2 Length L VAZ-T1-FK-1M-PUR-V1-W: 1 m 

VAZ-T1-FK-2M-PUR-V1-W: 2 m 

Order code 

VAZ-T1-FK-*M-PUR-V1-G 

Splitter box AS-Interface to M12 round connector 


Construction type Socket, straight 

Flat cable terminal AS-Interface 





Connection AS-Interface flat cable: cable piercing method 

Connector: M12 x 1 (V1) 

Material 

Contacts CuZn 

Contact surface Au / Sn 

Housing PUR, black 

Handle PUR, black 

Cable PUR 

Cable 

Sheath diameter Ø6.8 mm 

Cores 2 x 1.5 mm2 Length L VAZ-T1-FK-0,3M-PUR-V1-G: 0.3 m 

VAZ-T1-FK-1M-PUR-V1-G: 1 m 

VAZ-T1-FK-2M-PUR-V1-G: 2 m 



323 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories


Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


324 

Order code 

Accessories 

VAZ-2T1-FK-*M-PUR-V1-W 

Splitter box AS-Interface and auxiliary voltage to 1 x M12 round connector 


Construction type Socket, angled 

Flat cable terminals AS-Interface/ext. auxiliary voltage 


Rated operational voltage Ue ≤ 40 V 

Rated operational current Ie ≤ 4 A 





Protection degree IP65/IP67 in accordance with DIN 40050 

Connection AS-Interface flat cable: Insulation penetration technology 

Flat cable ext. auxiliary voltage UAUX: Insulation penetration 

technology 

Plug connection: M12 socket x 1 (V1) 

Material 

Housing PA 6-GF-FR, blue 

Cable PUR 

Cable 

Cores 4 x 0.34 mm 2 

Length L VAZ-2T1-FK-1M-PUR-V1-W: 1 m 

VAZ-2T1-FK-2M-PUR-V1-W: 2 m 

Mass approx. 50 g without cable 

Order code 

VAZ-2T1-FK-2M-PUR-V1-G 

Splitter box AS-Interface and auxiliary voltage to 1 x M12 round connector 


Construction type Socket, straight 

Flat cable terminals AS-Interface/ext. auxiliary voltage 


Rated operational voltage Ue ≤ 40 V 

Rated operational current Ie ≤ 4 A 





Protection degree IP65/IP67 in accordance with DIN 40050 

Connection AS-Interface flat cable: Insulation penetration technology 

Flat cable ext. auxiliary voltage UAUX: Insulation penetration 

technology 

Plug connection: M12 socket x 1 (V1) 

Material 

Housing PA 6-GF-FR, blue 

Cable PUR 

Cable 


Length L 2 m 

Mass approx. 50 g without cable 




VAZ-T1-G2F 



Order code 

VAZ-T1-G2F 

Distributor from flat cable to round cable 







round cable 0.14 ... 0.34 mm; 

Ø 5 ... 6 mm 


Order code 

VAZ-G6F-V1 

Splitter box AS-Interface to 1x M12 round connector 



Connection AS-Interface-flat cable, 

M12 round connector 

Order code 

VAZ-G6F-W2M 

Adapter flat cable to round cable including 2 m round cable 


Core cross-section 2 x 1.5 mm 2 


Connection AS-Interface-flat cable, 

2 m standard round cable 

Accessories 



325 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAZ-T1-FK-V1 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


326 

Order code 

VAZ-T1-FK-V1 

Splitter box AS-Interface to 1x M12 round connector 






Connection AS-Interface flat cable, 

connector M12 x 1 

Pin 1 AS-Interface+, Pin 3 AS-Interface- 


Order code 

Accessories 

VAZ-T1-FK-V1-V4A 

Splitter box AS-Interface to 1x M12 round connector(high grade steel V4A) 






Connection AS-Interface flat cable, 

connector M12 x 1 

Pin 1 AS-Interface+, Pin 3 AS-Interface- 


Order code 

VAZ-T1-FK-V1-DIG 

Rubber seal for AS-Interface passive distributor VAZ-T1-FK-V1 

Order code 

VAZ-T1-FK-W-PG7 

AS-Interface splitter box 









VAZ-T1-FK-M20 



Order code 

VAZ-T1-FK-M20 

Screw adapter M20 x 1.5 with metal housing 





-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 


Connection 

Cable 


Cores 2 x 0.25 mm2 Length L Lead length approx. 200 mm 

Order code 

VAZ-T1-FK-PG9 

Screw adapter PG9 





-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 


Connection 

Cable 



Length L Lead length approx. 200 mm 

Order code 

VAZ-T1-FK-PG11 

Screw adapter PG11 





-25 ... 85 °C (248 ... 358 K) 


Connection 

Cable 


Cores 2 x 0.25 mm2 Length L Lead length approx. 200 mm 

Order code 

VAZ-PG11-FKD 

Seal for AS-Interface-flat cable in PG11 screwed connection 



Accessories 



327 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAZ-T1-FK-CLAMP 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


328 

Order code 

VAZ-T1-FK-CLAMP 

Non pre-wired cable socket 

Accessories 


Rated operational voltage Ue 31.6 V DC 

Current loading capacity ≤ 3 A 





Connection Connection terminals, max. conductor cross-section 

flexible: 0.5 ... 0.75 mm 2 (AWG20 ... AWG18) 

fixed: 0.5 ... 1.5 mm2 (AWG20 ... AWG16) 

Stripped length 6 ... 8 mm, 

Connector sleeve for flexible ends with 0.75 mm 2 recommended 


Order code 

VAZ-2FK-B1 

Distributor for 2 AS-Interface-flat cable 





-40 ... 85 °C (233 ... 358 K) 



Order code 


Connection cable module/hand-held programming device 


Connection M12 for programming device and connector for 

addressing socket on module 




VAZ-V1-B 



Order code 

VAZ-V1-B 

Blind plug for M12 sockets 


Connection M12 x 1 

Order code 

VAZ-V1-B1 

Blanking plug for M12 addressing socket 



Order code 

VAZ-V3-B 

Blind plug for M8 sockets 



Order code 

VAZ-G4-B 



Connection PG7 

Accessories 



329 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAZ-SW-ACT32 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


330 

Order code 

VAZ-SW-ACT32 


Accessories 


Description Operating software for configuration, programming, AS- 

Interface diagnosis and AS-Interface safety diagnosis 

Order code 

VAZ-SW-SIMON 

Software for configuration of safety monitors, connecting cable VAZ-SIMON-R2 


Description Software on CD-ROM and connection cable 

Order code 

VAZ-SIMON-R2 

Interface cable for connecting the safety monitor to a PC 


Connection RS 232 interface, 2 m 

Order code 


Interface cable for connecting two safety monitors 


Connection 2 x RJ45, 0.1 m 




VAZ-TERM 



Illustration similarly 

Order code 

VAZ-TERM 

passive bus termination 

Accessories 

Input 


Input current ≤ 10 mA 



Connection M12 connector, 4-pin 

Note Purpose: improvement of signal quality and voltage 

monitoring; operation on the most remote AS-Interface 

strand (up to 200 m). 

Maximum 1 repeater in line possible. When use of 

repeater for each strand required. 

Order code 

VAZ-TUNER 

Active bus terminal resistor 

Input 


Input current ≤ 60 mA 





Note Purpose: improvement of signal quality and voltage 

monitoring; operation on the most remote AS-Interface 

strand (up to 300 m). 

When use of repeater for each strand required. 

Order code 

VAZ-FK-R-STRIPPER 

Stripping pliers for AS-Interface flat cable 


Material Body of tongs: Glass fibre-reinforced PA (Polyamide) 


Dimensions Tool length: approx. 160 mm 

Order code 

VAZ-FK-S-STRIPPER 

Cable stripper for standard AS-Interface flat cable 



Dimensions Tool length: approx. 125 mm 

Note not suitable for PUR or TPE AS-Interface flat cable. 



331 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

VAZ-2T5-G2 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

AS-Interface splitter box 

Order code 

VAZ-2T5-G2 



Features 

Less space required 

Field housing with protection class 

IP67 

Simple and fast mounting 

Distribution to 5 V1 connectors (M12) 

Function display with 2 LEDs 

Function 

The VAZ-2T5-G2 splitter box is used to 

distribute the AS-i connection and the 

external auxiliary power to five M12x1 quick 

disconnects. Due to its passivity the 

distributor does not require an own address 

on the AS-Interface. It is ideal for 

applications in the field owing to the 

protection class IP67. Two LEDs indicate 

correct polarity of the AS-i cable or the 

external auxiliary power. 

Note: 

The mounting plate for the module is sold 

separately. 


U-G3FF 



power) 

332 

Dimensions 




AUX + 

AUX - 


29 

60 


LED AS-i AS-Interface voltage; dual LED green/red 


red: reversed voltage 

LED AUX ext. auxiliary voltage UAUX; dual LED green/red 


red: reverse voltage 









Mass 100 g 

Dimensions 80, 44, 24 mm 

VAZ-2T5-G2 



1 

3 

4 

2 

5 

66 

5 quick 

disconnectors M12x1 



AUX + 

AUX - 

(nc) 

1 

4 2 

3 

5 



Notes 



Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

PR-05 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

Power Rail 

Order code 

PR-05 

Power Rail with grid, 5 leads 

Features 

Alternative power supply 

Nominal current 4 A 

Simple installation 

Standard length 50 cm, can be 

shortened to any length in 4 cm steps 

Terminating insulation by end cap, 

included in the delivery package 

with 2 leads for power supply, 2 leads 

for bus connections and 1 lead for 

centralised error messages or HART 

signal transfer (with RPI-system) 

Accessories 

VE-PR 

Linking connector element for PR-03 and 

PR-05 

334 

Mechanischer Aufbau 

End cap 



Rated voltage 24 V DC 

Rated current 4 A 



Function 

2 leads for bus connection 

Power Rail 

DIN rail 

1 lead for 

collective 

error message 

2 leads for 

power supply 

PR-05 

Connectors for coupling the 

VE-PR power rail. 

The Power Rail is a simple plastic insert for the standard rail in accordance with 

EN 50022. It solves all of the power supply wiring problems involved when mounting 

terminal blocks. 

A wide range of interface modules is available. These are supplied with auxiliary power 

by simply snapping them onto the Power Rail. The supply of power to the 2 Power 

Rail leads is achieved either by means of a power supply module, or via the 

terminal strip of a motherboard. 

By comparison, the interface module power supply connections are only suitable for 

the supply of the individual modules. They are not suitable for the supply of the Power 

Rail or to further conduct the Power Rail voltage. 

On the PR-05 Power Rail, 2 additional poles are available for the bus connection of 

the interface modules. 

The Power Rail is supplied in 50 cm sections. It can be cut every 4 cm along its 

length, at the positions indicated, to suit individual requirements. Gold plated contacts 

are provided to ensure secure electrical contact. 

Please use the standard item UPR-05 for new systems. 




UPR-05 


Universal Power Rail 

Order code 

UPR-05 



Features 

Alternative power supply 

Nominal current 4 A 

Standard length 2 m, can be 

shortened to any length 

with 2 leads for power supply, 2 leads 

for bus connections and 1 lead for 

centralised error messages or HART 

signal transfer (with RPI-system) 

Accessories 

UPR-E 


Mechanischer Aufbau 

End cap UPR-E 



Rated voltage 24 V DC 

Rated current 4 A 



Function 

Cover 

Slot mounted Power Rail 

2 leads for power supply 

1 lead for 

collective 

error message 

2 leads for bus 

connection 

Universal Power Rail 

Mount using M4 

screws with 

washers per 

DIN 125 

DIN rail 

35 mm x 15 mm 



UPR-05 

The universal Power Rail is a plastic insert that has been specifically designed to 

seat into the DIN rail. Devices that can be mounted on a standard rail in accordance 

with EN 50022, can easily be mounted on the DIN rail. 

The Power Rail has 2 leads for supplying the modules with power, 1 lead for centralised 

error messages and 2 leads for bus connection. These 2 leads are used on 

Remote Process Interface, for the internal bus system, for the transfer of digital information. 

The KF-series and Remote Process Interface devices are supplied with 

power via the 2 leads. Gold plated contacts are provided to ensure secure electrical 

contact. The UPR-05 do not feature "segmental" construction. Modules of any width 

can be mounted on these rails. This ensures that it will be possible to mount future 

component designs on the same rail. The TS35 type 12 end terminal is used as a 

termination when the devices are mounted vertically. The cover serves as a means 

of mechanical and electrical protection for exposed leads. It is possible to remove 

the installed Power Rail from the DIN rail using the UPR-E end cap. 

The universal Power Rail, the cover and the DIN rail are delivered in a standard 

length of 2 m and can be cut with a saw to any required length. 

Delivery package: 

Universal Power Rail, aluminium DIN rail, cover, 2 UPR-E end caps. The UPR-E 

end caps can be ordered separately (in packs of 10). 

Please use this standard type for new systems. 

335 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 

Notes 

336 





10 Mating connectors and cable 

Screw terminal connectors in M8, M12, M18 and Rd24 x 1/8: 

V... screw terminal connectors 

Design 

M8 

M12 

Rd24 x 1/8 

M18 

With central screw 

Model number Design Connector type 

Y distributors in M12 

Design 

M12 

AS-Interface - Mating, connectors and cable 

Number of 

pins 

Strand size 

(mm 2 ) 

V3-GM Socket, straight Insulation piercing 3-pin 0.25 ... 0.34 1 

V3-WM Socket, angled Insulation piercing 3-pin 0.25 ... 0.34 2 

V3S-GM Connector, straight Insulation piercing 3-pin 0.25 ... 0.34 - 

V1-G Socket, straight 

4-pin max. 0.75 3 

V1-W Socket, angled 4-pin max. 0.75 4 

V1-WV2A Socket, angled Screw terminal, PG7 screw 

4-pin max. 0.75 - 

V1S-G Connector, straight 4-pin max. 0.75 - 

V1S-W Connector, angled 4-pin max. 0.75 - 

V1-E/E2-LED 

LED board 

(NPN/PNP in one board) 

suitable for installation in 

V1-G and V1-W 



Fig. 

- - - 

V1-G-Q2 Socket, straight Insulation piercing 4-pin 0.34 ... 0.75 5 

V1S-G-Q2 Connector, straight Insulation piercing 4-pin 0.34 ... 0.75 - 

V15-W-PG9 Socket, straight Screw terminal 5-pin max. 0.75 - 

V1S-G-DUO-PG11 Connector, straight Screw terminal 4-pin max. 0.75 - 

V16-G Socket Rd24 x 1/8, straight Screw terminal 6-pin + PE max. 0.75 6 

V16-W Socket Rd24 x 1/8, angled Screw terminal 6-pin + PE max. 0.75 - 

V16S-G Connector Rd24 x 1/8, straight Screw terminal 6-pin + PE max. 0.75 - 

V18-G Socket, straight Screw terminal 4-pin max. 1.5 7 

V18-W Socket, angled Screw terminal 4-pin max. 1.5 8 

V-W Socket with central screw, angled Screw terminal 5-pin max. 2.5 - 

V-W-E2 Socket with central screw, angled 

Screw terminal, with integrated 

LED 

5-pin max. 2.5 - 

V-W-N Socket with central screw, angled Screw terminal 5-pin max. 2.5 - 

Model number Design Connector type 

V1S-T-V1 

V1S-T-V1 

V15S-T-V15 

V15S-T-V15 

1 x M12 connector, straight 

2 x M12 socket, straight 

1 x M12 connector, straight 

2 x M12 socket, straight 

Number of 

pins 

Strand size 

(mm 2 ) 

M12 connector 3-pin - 9 

M12 connector 

5-pin 

(Pins 2 and 4 

bridged) 

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4 

Fig. 5 

Fig. 6 Fig. 7 Fig. 8 

Fig. 9 

Fig. 

- 9 

337 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Technical data for connectors with sprayed cables 

Connectors and sockets 

Number of pins 2-, 3-, 4- or 5-pin 

Locking Screw lock 

Self-locking via O-ring in cap nut 

Grip color green 

Grip material PUR 

Contact material CuSn/Au 

Contact surface material Au 

Cap nut material CuSn/Ni 

Gasket material NBR 

DIN 40050 protection class IP68 when screwed down 

Max. operating voltage 60 V DC or 250 V AC (for V13-... types) 

Max. operating current 4A 

Volume resistance < 5 mΩ 

Insulation resistance as specified in VDE 0295 

Test voltage 1500 Veff. AC, 50 Hz 

Cable 

Cable structure fine wire, flexible 

Wire size Cables for M12 connection: 0.34 mm2 

Cables for M8 connection: 0.25 mm2 

gray 

Temperature range for PVC cables moving: -5 °C ... +70 °C 

non-moving: -30 °C ... +80 °C 

Temperature range for PUR cables 1) 

moving: -5 °C ... +70 °C 

non-moving: -30 °C ... +105 °C 

Minimum permissible bending radius > 10 x cable diameter, drag line suitable 

Sheath diameter ∅4,6 mm for M8 and ∅4,8 mm for M12, 

but ∅5,2 mm for 5-pin version 

Strand insulation material PVC or polyester-type plastic for halogen-free cables 

Wire colours as specified in VDE 293 2-pin BN, BU 

3-pin BN, BU, BK 

4-pin BN, BU, BK, WH 

5-pin BN, BU, BK, WH, GY (GN/YE for PE) 

1) Please note reduced mechanical values for PUR cables at temperatures over +80 °C. 

Socket dimensions 

V1... 

straight 

338 

48,2 

L 

ø14,5 

V1... V3... 

V3... 

angled 

straight 

angled 

38 

L 

27 



33 

L 

ø10 

28 

L 

20 



Cable sockets in M8 style with metallic cap nuts 1) 

V3-... cable sockets 


Suitable for 2-, 3-, and 

4-wire sensors 

Cable 

sheath 

PUR, gray 

PVC, gray 

PUR, gray 

PVC, gray 

1) M8 cable sockets with ratchet lock upon request. 

Cable sockets in M12 style for NAMUR sensors 


Length 

Suitable for NAMUR sensors 

Grips and cable sheaths 

in blue 

Cable 

sheath 

PVC, blue 

PUR, blue 

PUR, blue 

4 (BK) 

3 1 

(BU) (BN) 

1(BN) 

Number 

of 

strands 

Ø 

(mm 2 ) 


Design 

straight 

Design 

angled 

Design 

angled 

with 2 LEDs 

2 m 3 0,25 V3-GM-2M-PUR V3-WM-2M-PUR V3-WM-E2-2M-PUR 



2 m 3 0,25 V3-GM-2M-PVC V3-WM-2M-PVC 

5 m 3 0,25 V3-GM-5M-PVC V3-WM-5M-PVC V3-WM-E2-5M-PVC 


2 m 4 0,25 V31-GM-2M-PUR V31-WM-2M-PUR 






2(BU) 

Length 

4 2 

(BK) (WH) 

3 1 

(BU) (BN) 

1(BN) 

4 2 

(BK) 

(WH) 

3(BU) 

Number 

of 

strands 

Ø 

(mm2 ) 

Design 

straight 

Design 

angled 

2 m 4 0,34 V1-W-N4-2M-PVC 

5 m 4 0,34 V1-W-N4-5M-PVC 

10 m 4 0,34 V1-W-N4-10M-PVC 

2 m 2 0,34 V1-G-N-2M-PUR V1-W-N-2M-PUR 



5 m 4 0,34 V1-G-N4-5M-PUR 

10 m 4 0,34 V1-G-N4-10M-PUR 



339 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Cable sockets in M12 style for DC sensors 



Suitable for 2-, 3-, and 

4-wire DC sensors 

Cable 

sheath 

PVC, gray 

PVC, gray 

PVC, gray 

PUR, gray 

PUR, gray 

PUR, gray 

Cable sockets in M12 style with radiation-crosslinked cable 

All connector cables and cable connector versions are also available with radiation-crosslinked cables. 

340 

1(BN) 

4 2 4 2 

(BK) 

(WH) (BK) (WH) 

3 (BU) 

5 

(GR) 

Length 

3(BU) 

Number 

of 

strands 

Ø 

(mm 2 ) 

Design 

straight 

Design 

angled 

2 m 3 0,34 V11-G-2M-PVC V11-W-2M-PVC 









Design 

angled 

with LEDs 

2 m 3 0,34 V11-W-2M-PUR V1-W-E2-2M-PUR 


V1-W-E-5M-PUR 


2 m 4 0,34 V1-G-2M-PUR V1-W-2M-PUR V1-W-A2-2M-PUR 


V1-A0-5M-PUR 

V1-W-E2/E3-5M-PUR 


2 m 5 0,25 V15-W-2M-PUR 

5 m 5 0,25 V15-W-5M-PUR V1-W-A2-5M-PUR 

Suitable for 2-, 3-, and 4-wire DC sensors, 

radiation-crosslinked cable in halogen-free 

version or with PE 

1(BN) 

Cable sheath Length 

PUR, halogenfree,radiationcrosslinked, 

orange 

PUR, radiationcrosslinked 

with PE, 

orange 

1(BN) 

1(BN) 

4 2 4 2 

(BK) 

(WH) (BK) (WH) 

3 (BU) 

3(BU) 

5 

(GN/YE) 

Number 

of 

strands 

Ø 

(mm 2 ) 

Design 

straight 

Design 

angled 

Design 

angled 

with LEDs 

2 m 4 0,34 V1-G-2M-PUR H/S V1-W-2M-PUR H/S V1-W-A2-2M-PUR H/S 

5 m 4 0,34 V1-G-5M-PUR H/S V1-W-5M-PUR H/S V1-W-A2-5M-PUR H/S 

10 m 4 0,34 V1-G-10M-PUR H/S V1-W-10M-PUR H/S 

2 m 4+1 0,34 V15-G-2M-PUR S/PE V15-W-2M-PUR S/PE V15-G-A2-2M-PUR S/PE 

5 m 4+1 0,34 V15-G-5M-PUR S/PE V15-W-5M-PUR S/PE V15-G-A2-5M-PUR S/PE 





Cable sockets in M12 style for AC sensors 


Suitable for 2-wire 

AC sensors 

Cable sheath Length 

Cable sockets in Rd24 x 1/8 style, suitable for F31 double sensors 


Number 

of 

strands 

Ø 

(mm 2 ) 


Design 

straight 

Design 

angled 

PUR, black 5 m 3 0,34 V13-G-5M-PUR V13-W-5M-PUR 

Suitable for connection to 

F31 line with V16 system connectors 

Cable 

sheath 

1(GN/YE) 

3 

2 

(BN) (BU) 

PVC, blue 

5 

6 

4 

Length 

3 

2 

1 

Number 

of 

strands 

Ø 

(mm2 ) 

Design 

straight 

5 m 6 0,75 V16-G-N4-5M-PVC 

10 m 6 0,75 V16-G-N4-10M-PVC 



341 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories 


Cable connectors in M8 style 

V3S-... cable connector 


Suitable for 2-, 3-, and 4-wire DC sensors with 

terminal compartment for connection to a 

junction box 

Cable 

sheath 

PUR 

PUR 

Cable connectors in M12 style 


342 

Length 

Number 

of 

strands 

Ø 

(mm 2 ) 

Design 

straight 

Design 

angled 

2 m 3 0,25 V3S-GM-2M-PUR V3S-WM-2M-PUR 




Suitable for all DC sensors with terminal 

compartment for connection to a junction box 

1 BN 

Cable 

sheath 

1 BN 

PVC, gray 

PUR, gray 

4 BK 

2 WH 

3 BU 

3 BU 

Length 

2 WH 

1 BN 

4 BK 

Number 

of 

strands 

4 BK 

3 BU 

Ø 

(mm 2 ) 

Design 

angled 

Design 

straight 

2 m 4 0,34 V1S-W-2M-PVC V1S-G-2M-PVC 



2 m 4 0,34 V1S-W-2M-PUR V1S-G-2M-PUR 







M12 connection cable from M12 to M12, sheath colour gray 

Suitable for 

all 2-, 3-, and 4-wire DC sensors 

These connector cables can be used together with 2-, 3-, and 4-wire DC proximity switches. 

V11-... connection cable 

V1-... connection cable 

Connector, 

straight 

Connector, 

straight, 

with LED 

Length 


M12 connection cable from M12 to M12, three-stranded, sheath colour gray 

Pin 2 is unused in these connector cables. 

Numbe 

r of 

strands 

Ø 

(mm 2 ) 

Suitable for 

connection of 4-strand sensors to AS Interface modules for 

prevention of short circuits on signal inputs 

Connector, 

straight 

Socket, straight Socket, angled 

0,6 m 4 0,34 V1-G-0,6M-PUR-V1-G xV1-W-0,6M-PUR-V1-G 

0,6 m 4 0,34 V1-G-0,6M-PVC-V1-G V1-W-0,6M-PVC-V1-G 

1 m 4 0,34 V1-G-1M-PUR-V1-G V1-W-1M-PUR-V1-G 

1 m 4 0,34 V1-G-1M-PVC-V1-G V1-W-1M-PVC-V1-G 





1 m 4 0,34 V1-W-E2-1M-PUR-V1-G 

2 m 4 0,34 V1-W-E2-2M-PUR-V1-G 

5 m 4 0,34 V1-W-E2-5M-PUR-V1-G 

Length 

Numbe 

r of 

strands 

Ø 

(mm 2 ) 

Socket, straight Socket, angled 









343 

Masters and 

Gateways 




I/O Modules 


I/O Modules 



Other modules 


Photoelectric 

sensors 


Accessories

Notes 

344 





Items Description 

AS-Interface - Training Kit 

11 AS-Interface Training Kit 

The AS-Interface training kit imparts the basics of topics relevant to the 

bus system, such as the master/slave principle, addressing topics, behavior 

of the system with failing nodes, and so on. Of course, more in-depth AS- 

Interface knowledge is also included. 

The core of the training kit is an AS-Interface master with enhanced control 

and PLC functionality (max. 16 kB command memory, with 8 kB registers, 

1024 timers, and 1024 counters), with which control programs can be processed 

over the AS-Intervace as a stand-alone. 

Along with the AS-Interface training kit, the trainee has a set of equipment 

available with which the functionality and possibilities of the AS-Interface 

can be explored. The complete training kit includes a task collection comprising 

some 50 tasks, which increase in difficulty as the user progresses. 

It provides trainees with a step-by-step introduction to AS-Interface. For further 

support of the training, about 45 overhead slides are included, covering 

a range of topics. The commissioning software, along with the slides in 

PowerPoint ® format on CD, are included in the training kit. 

Order # with snap-in 

fasteners 

The AS-Interface training kit has been designed to be compatible with the 

SENSORIK training package. This means that either the kit or the breadboard 

can be used as work area. The sensors from the SENSORIK training 

package are compatible with the 2EA module. 

The training kit can be extended on request with gateways for connection 

to higher-level systems. This provides an opportunity to drive the AS-Interface 

and the SENSORIK training kits directly from a bus system. Gateways 

for the PROFIBUS DP, InterBus, CANopen, DeviceNet, Modbus, and 

other bus systems are available on request. Included in the training kit is a 

professional commissioning software package including a converter. Using 

the commissioning software and the converter, any gateway can be addressed 

over the RS 232 interface of any PC. The gateways can also be 

driven as slaves from the corresponding field bus systems. 

For AS-Interface specification 2.1, there is a separate training kit. Using this 

training packages AS-Interface per specification 2.1, the particular features 

of the new AS-Interface geenration (for instance, A/B addressing, analogue 

value transmission) can be learned. 



Order # with 

plugs 

AS-Interface training kit with standard master, without case 1 827 003 632 1 827 003 198 

1 AS-Interface Control Master with RS232 interface 1 827 003 672 1 827 003 972 

1 Power Extender (replaces the AS-Interface power supply 1 827 003 066 1 827 003 066 

2 Inductive AS-Interface Sensors 1 827 003 071 1 827 003 971 

1 2EA module [for connection of two non-AS-Interface-ready sensors (E) 

and actuators (A)] 

1 827 003 644 1 827 003 644 

2 inductive two-wire sensors 1 827 003 532 1 827 003 932 

2 Test leads, yellow 1 827 003 523 1 827 003 523 

2 Test leads, black 1 827 003 143 1 827 003 143 

1 AS-Interface flat cable, yellow 1 827 003 068 1 827 003 068 

1 AS-Interface flat cable, black 1 827 003 069 1 827 003 069 

2 

Option 

Connector for connection of sensors/actuators to the 2EA module 1 827 003 070 1 827 003 070 

1 Bus monitor (hardware checker) including connector cables 1 827 003 658 1 827 003 658 

AS-Interface training kit with 

PROFIBUS DP gateway and 

PROFIBUS simulator 

AS-Interface training kit 

per specification 2.1 

with PROFIBUS DP gateway 

and PROFIBUS simulator 

345

AS-Interface - Additional Information 

12 Additional Information 

12.1 Glossary 

Address 

Identifies a slave. On AS-Interface slaves, the factory 

setting is 0. The address is automatically set to the required 

value (between 1 and 31) in the system. It can 

be changed at any time. 

Actuator 

A device which is externally controled and executes a 

simple movement. For example: Magnetic switch, 

valve. Sensor (antonym). One sometimes also sees 

the word "actor", for instance in the AS-Interface brand 

name. 

Analogue module 

A module for connecting analogue I/O signals, e.g. 

voltage, current, temperature resistance detector. Data 

transfer is obtained from Profile 7.3. 

Coupling module 

A device which, on the bus side, behaves like an AS- 

Interface slave. On the other side it can supply power 

to four binary actuators or sensors which are not buscompatible. 

There is one sensor/actuator per message 

bit. 

APM 

Alternating pulse modulation. Representation of the 

bits on the AS-Interface cable. Each bit corresponds to 

one sin² pulse. Each positive pulse is followed by a 

negative pulse, and vice versa. Extremely resistant 

against noise. 


According to Specification 2.04, a maximum of 31 binary 

I/O modules can be connected. Specification 

2.11 states that up to 62 binary modules can be connected. 

These are denoted as A/B slaves. Profile 7.3 

defined in Specification 2.11 permits the connection 

and data transfer of up to 31 analogue modules. 

Bit error rate (BER) 

Specifies the average number of transmission errors. 

Operational current 

Current Ie, required by the device for correct operation. 

The AS-Interface current consumption on modules is 

calculated by adding together the operational current 

and the output current Iout. Data integrity 

In accordance with DIN 19244, a measure for data 

transfer error protection. The lowest data integrity 

class is I1, the highest is I3. 

I/O configuration 

For four-way I/O modules for example, specifies which 

of the 4 data bits of the message are inputs and which 

are outputs. Cannot be modified. 

346 

Gateway 

A master, which also manages the connection to a 

higher-level bus. In this sense, it functions as a slave. 

ID code 

Identifies the slave type. The ID code is specified by 

the slave manufacturer and cannot be modified. 

Hamming distance (HD) 

The HD specifies how many errors (e) a code can detect 

depending on its error detection algorithm (HD = e 

+ 1). The HD only relates to error detection in messages. 

Usually, fieldbus HD = 4. 

Configuration data 

Image of an actual slave on AS-Interface 

(= actual status of an AS-Interface network). The configuration 

data (I/O, ID) is stored in the list of detected 

slaves (LDS). 

Master 

Higher-level control unit on bus systems. 

Master/slave access principle 

A higher-level master polls the slaves in sequence (i.e. 

in accordance with their addresses). Each slave addressed 

responds with its data. 


These specify how the individual parameters of a 

slave are set. For example, open/close, absolute/relative 

distance in US sensors, bright/dark switching for 

photoelectric sensors. They can be modified if required. 

Parity check 

Simple error check. On AS-Interface, the sum of the 

user bits within a message (address, data, control bits, 

parity bit) must be even. The parity bit is selected by 

the transmitter. 

Project data 

Setpoint status of an AS-Interface network. The configuration 

data of all slaves (I/O, ID) is stored in nonvolatile 

memory in the master (list of projected slaves, 

LPS). 

By comparing the setpoint and actual configuration, 

the master can detect slaves that have been connected 

incorrectly or are missing. 

Residual error probability 

Specifies the average number of transmission errors 

that remain once all error detection strategies have 

been applied. 






A device which detects and relays a status or a measured 

quantity, e.g. sensors for distance measurement 

(inductive, capacitive, photoelectric, ultrasonic, etc.). 

Safety category (as defined in EN 954-1) 

Classification of safety-related components with respect 

to their resistance to error and behavior in case 

of error, which is achieved based on the structural arrangement 

of parts and/or their reliability. 

Slave 

Passive participant on the bus. It will only respond 

when addressed. Slaves are identified by their addresses. 

The factory setting for AS-Interface slaves is 

address 0. 

Message 

A message sent by the master, or a message sent in 

reply by a slave. 

Transfer rate 

Transfer speed of the bits on the bus line. Measured in 

bit/s = Baud (Bd). 

Cycle time 

Period of time until an addressed slave is addressed 

again. The cycle time is more significant than the 

transfer rate. The fewer slaves there are, the shorter 

the cycle time. 

AS-Interface - Additional Information 

Additional information: 

AS-Interface - The Solution for Automation 

A Compendium of Technology, Function, and Applications 

© 2002 AS-International Association 


Fail-Safe Technology in Automation 

Introduction and Application Examples 

© 2003 AS-International Association 



347

AS-Interface - type codes 

12.2 AS-Interface type codes (without modules and accessories) 

VAG - PB - K5 - R4 - DM 

348 

Product group 

M 

G 

N 

R 

E 

S 

A 

P 

Z 

Housing type 

KE 

KE1 

KE2 

KF 

K5 

K6 

K7 

K8 

K13 

K14 

K16 

K17 

K20 

G4 

G4F 

Master/gateway interface 

PB 

MOD 

MOD+ 

CCL 

CAN 

DN 

IBS 

IP 

CTR 

Further functions 

SW 

HH 

Master 

Gateway 

Power pack 

Repeater 

Extender 

Safety monitor 

I/O module / analogue module 

Programming unit 

Accessories 


VA 

VB 

U 

Further extensions 

D 

DM 

DMD 

CTR 

EFD 

DN 

PE 

SIM 

Master/gateway interface type 

R2 

R3 

R4 

PCI 

RS 232 

RS 422 

RS 485 

PCI interface for PC 

Master with graphical display 

Dual master 

Dual master with graphical display 

Gateway with control function 

Ground fault detection 

Dual power supply 

Power Extender 

Simulator 

Terminal housing (22 mm wide, 105 mm high) 



Terminal housing Power Rail 

Terminal housing Gateway 

Terminal housing (3 A power supply, 50 mm wide) 

Terminal housing (2x4 A power supply, 120 mm wide) 

Terminal housing (2.8 A power supply, 140 mm wide) 





Terminal housing Gateway 

G4 housing 

G4 housing with base for flat cable 

Profibus 

Modbus 

Modbus-Plus 

CC-Link 

CANopen 

DeviceNet 

Interbus-S 

Ethernet TCP/IP 

Master with control function (integrated PLC functionality) 

Software 

Handheld 

Product designed to AS-Interface specification 2.04 

Product designed to AS-Interface specification 2.11 

Base for module 





12.3 Type code for I/O modules / analogue modules 

VAA - 2EA - G2 - ZE/E2 - 

Module type 

VAA 

VBA 

Housing type 

CB 

CB1 

G1 

G2 

G4 

G5 

G6 

KF 

KF2 

KE 

KE1 

KE2 

K3 

F85 

F86 

Number of inputs/outputs 

4EA 

4E3A 

4E2A 

2E2A 

2EA 

1E3A 

2*EA 

2E 

2A 

4E 

4A 

etc. 

Input/output type 

Z 

ZA 

ZA0 

ZA0/EA0 

ZA/EA2 

ZE 

ZE/E2 

ZE0 

ZE0/E0 

ZE/P-S 

ZE/R 

ZE/T 

EA0 

E2 

E0 

N 

N/V2 

R 

SN 

WS 

WS/R 

WS/T 

I 

U 

Extensions 

Ex Device certified for use in hazardous areas 

DK Data coupler for two AS-Interface circuits 


Input for 2-wire sensors, PNP, DC 

Input for 2 or 3-wire sensors, PNP, DC, two inputs on sockets 1 and 3 

Input for 2 or 3-wire sensors, NPN, DC, two inputs on sockets 1 and 3 

Input for 2 or 3-wire sensors, NPN, DC, two inputs on sockets 1 and 3/ 

transistor output, NPN, two outputs on sockets 1 and 3 

Input for 2 or 3-wire sensors, PNP, DC, two inputs on sockets 1 and 3/ 

transistor output, PNP, DC, two outputs on sockets 1 and 3 

Input for 2 or 3-wire sensors, PNP, DC 

Input for 2 or 3-wire sensors, PNP, DC/transistor output PNP 

Input for 2 or 3-wire sensors, NPN, DC 

Input for 2 or 3-wire sensors, NPN, DC/transistor output, NPN 

Input for 2 or 3-wire sensors, PNP, DC/pneumatic output 

Input for 2 or 3-wire sensors, PNP, DC/relay output 

Input for 2 or 3-wire sensors, PNP, DC/triac output 

Transistor output, NPN, two outputs on sockets 1 and 3 

Transistor output, PNP 

Transistor output, NPN 

Input for NAMUR sensors 

Input for NAMUR sensors/output for valve control 

Relay output 

Input for safety sensors 

Input for 2 or 3-wire sensors, AC 

Input for 2 or 3-wire sensors, AC/relay output 

Input for 2 or 3-wire sensors, AC/triac output 

Input or output analogue current 

Input or output analogue voltage 

Circuit board, board with solder connection 

Circuit board, board with solder connection 

G1 standard module 


G4 module 

G5 Ex module 


Terminal housing, removable terminals, power rail 

Terminal housing, removable terminals, power rail, 3 terminal blocks 




Terminal housing (71 mm wide) 

Emergency shutoff switch 

Illuminated pushbutton 






1 input and 3 outputs 

2 inputs and 2 outputs, 2 sockets with commonly assigned inputs and outputs 

2 inputs 

2 outputs 

4 inputs 

4 outputs 

etc. 

Standard module in accordance with AS-Interface Specification 2.04 

A/B I/O module in accordance with AS-Interface Specification 2.11 or analogue module in 

accordance with Profile 7.3 



349


12.4 Type code for cable sockets 

350 

V1-W-E2/E3-2M-PVC 

12.5 Type codes for connector cables 

V1-G-5M-PUR-V1-G 

– Cable material 

– Cable length 

–LED 

–Design 

– Connection 

type 

–straight 

– PVC 

–PUR 

– PUR H/S, halogen-free, radiation-crosslinked 

– PUR S/PE, radiation-crosslinked, with PE 

–2 m 

–5 m 

– other lengths on request 

– E2 (for 3-wire PNP) 

– E0 (for 3-wire NPN) 

– E2/E3 (contact 2 + 4 jumpers) 

– A0 (2 LED for 4-wire NPN) 

– A2 (2 LED for 4-wire PNP) 

– No code = without LED 

– W angled 

–G straight 

– WM angled, cap nut 

– WR angled, ratchet lock 

– GR straight, ratchet lock 

– V1 connector M12 x 1, 4-pin, DC 

– V1 M12 x 1, 4-pin, DC 

– V1S M12 x 1, 4-pin, DC, connector 

– V13 M12 x 1, 3-pin, AC 

– V15 M12 x 1, 5-pin, DC 

– V3 M8 x 1, 3-pin, DC 

– V3S M8 x 1, 3-pin, DC, connector 

– V16 Rd24 x 1/8, 7-pin, AC/DC 

– V18 M18 x 1, 4-pin, AC/DC 

– V31 M8 x 1, 4-pin, DC 

– V31SM8 x 1, 4-pin, DC, connector 

– V with central screw, 4-pin 







Notes 

351

Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH worldwide 

12.6 Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH worldwide 

352 

Zentrale weltweit 

Worldwide Head Office 

Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH 

Königsberger Allee 87 

68307 Mannheim 

Telephone +49 621 776-0 

Telefax +49 621 776-1000 

info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Austria 

Pepperl+Fuchs Ges.m.b.H. 

Industriestraße B 13 

2345 BRUNN/GEB. 

Telephone +43 2236 33441 

Telefax +43 2236 31682 

info@at.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Bahrain 

Texas Technical Services 

P.O. Box: 11302 

Manama 

Telephone +973 789555 

Telefax +973 789666 

textech@batelco.com.bh 

Baltic States 

ELEKOMS Ltd. 

Turaidas Str. 10 

LV-1039 RIGA, Latvija 

Telephone +371 7336444 

Telefax +371 7336448 

elekoms@apollo.lv 

Belgium 

Pepperl+Fuchs N.V./S.A. 

Metropoolstraat 11 

2900 SCHOTEN 

Telephone +32 3 6442500 

Telefax +32 3 6442441 

sales@be.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Bulgaria 

Process Control 

(PA Representation) 

Tzarichina Str. 1 

1505 SOFIA 

Telephone +359 2 703549 

Telefax +359 2 703549 

processcontrol@bulmail.net 

Croatia 

El-Pro d.o.o. 

(Distributor FA + PA) 

Fallerovo Setaliste 22 

10000 Zagreb 

Telephone +385 1 3667428 

Telefax +385 1 3667428 

el-pro@zg.tel.hr 

Czech Republic 

FCC PRUMYSLOVE SYSTEMY 

S.R.O. 

SNP 8 

400 11 USTI NAD LABEM 

Telephone +420 47 2774173 

Telefax +420 47 2772115 

usti@fccps.cz 


S.R.O. 

U Slovanky 3 

182 00 PRAHA 8 

Telephone +420 2 66052099 

Telefax +420 2 86890252 

info@fccps.cz 


S.R.O. 

Vinarská 3 

603 00 BRNO 

Telephone +420 5 43215654 

Telefax +420 5 43215655 

brno@fccps.cz 

Denmark 

Pepperl+Fuchs A/S 

Stamholmen 173 

2650 HVIDOVRE 

Telephone +45 70104210 

Telefax +45 70104211 

Egypt 

Pepperl+Fuchs Egypt (LLC) 

9 Abd Al Hamied Lotfy Street, Zone 8 

Nasr City 

Telephone +20 2 2721097 

Telefax +20 2 2756096 

mesmat@pepperl-fuchs.com.eg 

Finland 

SensoNor Oy 

Kartanontie 20 

00330 HELSINKI 

Telephone +358 9 4777200 

Telefax +358 9 47772020 

joel.patrikka@sensonor.fi 

France 

Pepperl+Fuchs SARL 

12 Avenue des Tropiques 

91955 COURTABOEUF CEDEX 

Telephone +33 1 60921313 

Telefax +33 1 60921325 

commercial@fr.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Germany 

Pepperl+Fuchs Drehgeber GmbH 

Föhrenstraße 33 

78532 Tuttlingen 

Telephone +49 7461 9298-0 

Telefax +49 7461 9298-22 

Visolux, Zweigniederlassung 

der Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH 

Prinzenstraße 85 

10969 BERLIN 

Telephone +49 30 61672-0 

Telefax +49 30 61672-468 

Great Britain 

Pepperl+Fuchs (GB) Ltd. 

77 Ripponden Road 

OLDHAM OL1 4EL, Lancashire 

Telephone +44 161 6336431 

Telefax +44 161 6246537 

sales@gb.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Greece 

Uteco A.B.E.E. 

16 Mavrogenous Street 

185 42 PIRAEUS 

Telephone +30 210 4210050 

Telefax +30 210 4212033 

uteco@uteco.gr 

Hungary 

Pepperl+Fuchs Kft. 

(FA) 

Kisto Utca 16-18 

8200 VESZPREM 

Telephone +36 88 590100 

Telefax +36 88 590132 

kmikola@hu.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Iceland 

Tölvusalan ehf. 

Suourlandsbraut 20 

P.O. Box 8960 

128 REYKJAVIK 

Telephone +354 5 500450 

Telephone +354 5 500454 

Telefax +354 5 500402 

agusta@islandia.is 

Iran 

Asan Sazan Farayand 

(PA + FA Representation) 

Unit No. 17, No. 7, Taghavi St. 

Soherevardi Shomali Ave. 

15686 TEHRAN 

Telephone +98 21 8440915 

Telefax +98 21 8440915 

n_atai@dpimail.net 

Ireland 

Insteco Ltd. 

The Coach House 

Slane 

Co Meath 

Telephone +353 41 9884288 

Telefax +353 41 9884292 



Date of issue 2004-19-11 – Catalogue AS-Interface 2004/2005

Date of issue 2004-19-11 – Catalogue AS-Interface 2004/2005 

Israel 

Kama Ltd. 

20 Hametsuda St. 

58 190 AZOR 

Telephone +972 3 5567747 

Telefax +972 3 5567548 

Kama@netvision.net.il 

MAYSAF N. H. Ltd. 

(FA Representation) 

Electrical & Control Systems 

Mirza Kadesh 5 

P.O. Box 85 

26272 KIRIAT HAIM 

Telephone +972 4 8409002 

Telefax +972 4 8409001 

maysaf@netvision.net.il 

Italy 

Pepperl+Fuchs ELCON srl 

Via delle Industrie, 4 

20050 MEZZAGO (Milano) 

Telephone +39 039 62921 

Telefax +39 039 6292240 

info@it.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Kenia 

Shankan Enterprises Ltd. 

P. O. Box 44432 

NAIROBI 

Telephone +254 2 440093 

Telefax +254 2 441820 

dks@kenyaonline.com 

Kuwait 

Almeer Technical 

Services Co. W.L.L. 

P.O. Box: 9240 

61003 AHMDAI 

Kuwait 

Telephone +965 3986594 

Telefax +965 3980682 

talal@almeer.com 

Netherlands 

Pepperl+Fuchs B.V. 

Het Wielsem 10 

5231 BW‘s-HERTOGENBOSCH 

Telephone +31 73 6409388 

Telefax +31 73 6444749 

sales@nl.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Nigeria 

Equipment & Controls Nigeria Ltd. 

Plot 181 Kofo Abayomi Street, 

No. 3 C 

Victoria Islands, LAGOS 

Telephone +234 1 2615023 

Telefax +234 1 2615169 

sanjeev@linkserve.com.ng 

Norway 

Elteco A/S 

Postboks 96 

Floodmyrveien 24 

N-3900 PORSGRUNN 

Telephone +47 35 573800 

Telefax +47 35 573849 

firmapost@elteco.no 

Oman 

Riyam Engineering & Services L.L.C. 

(FA + PA Representative) 

P.O. Box: 1931 

112 Ruwi 

Telephone +968 594960 

Telefax +968 595536 

res@omzest.com 

Pakistan 

Techno-Commercial 

Engineers-Representatives 

18-24, Farid Plaza/65-Shadman 65 

G.P.O. Box 937 

54000 LAHORE 

Telephone +92 42 7584390 

Telefax +92 42 7581771 

eswaat@brain.net.pk 

Tariq Electric House 

1, Wahab Arcade, Near Denso Hall 

M. A. Jinnah Road 

74200 KARACHI 

Telephone +92 21 2628409 

Telefax +92 21 2624460 

teh@super.net.pk 

Poland 

INTEX Sp.zo.o. 

ul. W. Pola 16 

44-100 GLIWICE 

Telephone +48 32 2307516 

Telefax +48 32 2307517 

intex@intex.com.pl 


Portugal 

Pepperl+Fuchs, S.A. 

Txorri-Erri Etorbidea, 46 Pol. Izarza 

E-48150 SONDIKA 

(responsible for Portugal) 

Telephone +349 4 4535020 

Telefax +349 4 4535180 

sov@es.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Qatar 

Doha Petroleum Construction 

FA + PA Representative) 

Co. Ltd. (DOPET) 

P.O. Box: 1744 

Doha 

Telephone +974 4600350 

Telefax +974 4606347 

bhargav@dopet.com 

Russia 

INTERF L.L.C. 

Office 1404, 18, str.1 

Vadkovskiy per. 

103055 MOSCOW 

Telephone +7 095 9732072 

Telefax +7 095 9783934 

Prosoft Ltd. 


108 Profsoyznaya Str. 

117437 MOSCOW 

Telephone +7 095 2340636 

Telefax +7 095 2340640 

victor@prosoft.ru 

Saudi Arabia 

GAS Arabian Services Est. 

Representative (FA + PA) 

P.O. Box: 10487 

31961 Al-Jubail 

Telephone +966 3 3472696 

Telefax +966 3 3473480 

Slovakia 

FCC Priemyselne systemy s.r.o 

Na uvrati 25 

821 04 Bratislava 

Telephone +421 243 191751 

Telefax +421 243 141951 

South Africa 

P & F Products cc 

P.O. Box 2809; 60, Fourth Ave. 

EDENVALE 1610 

Telephone +27 11 6098188 

Telefax +27 11 4522026 

pandf@pandf.co.za 



353


Spain 

Pepperl+Fuchs, S.A. 

Head Office 

Txori-Erri Etorbidea, 46 

Pol. Izarza 

48150 SONDIKA (Vizcaya) 

Telephone +349 4 4535020 

Telefax +349 4 4535180 

sov@es.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Sweden 

Pepperl+Fuchs AB 

Bultgatan 40 b 

442 40 KUNGÄLV 

Telephone +46 303 246070 

Telefax +46 303 246089 

info@se.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Switzerland 

Pepperl+Fuchs AG 

Sägeweg 7 

2557 STUDEN BE 

Telephone +41 32 3747676 

Telefax +41 32 3747678 

info@ch.pepperl-fuchs.com 

354 

Turkey 

Onur Mühendislik ve Otomasyon 

San. Tic. Ltd. Sti. 

Emek mah. Yildirim Sk. No. 23 

81570 KUCUKYALI, ISTANBUL 

Telephone +90 216 3889590 

Telefax +90 216 4896020 

info@onurmuh.com.tr 

Net Mühendislik ve Otomasyon 

(FA Presentation only photoelectric) 

San. Tic. Ltd. Sti. 

Perpa Ticaret Merkezi A Blok 

kat: 5 No:174/176 

OKMEYDAMI, ISTANBUL 

Telephone +90 212 2109354 

Telefax +90 212 2109359 

info@netmuh.com.tr 

United Arab Emirates 

Pepperl+Fuchs (M.E.) FZE 

P.O. Box 61398 

Jebel Ali Free Zone 

DUBAI 

Telephone +971 4 8817016 

Telefax +971 4 8816935 

info@ae.pepperl-fuchs.com 

United Eastern Group 

Representatative (FA + PA) 

P.O. Box 7615 

Abu Dhabi 

Telephone +971 2 6272737 

Telefax +971 2 6270048 

kanone@ueg.co.ae 

Nils & Abbas Trading Co. L. L. C. 

P. O. Box 26564 

DUBAI 

Telephone +971 4 3390044 

Telefax +971 4 3388732 

jens@nilsabbas.com 





Zentrale USA 

USA Head Office 

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc. 

1600 Enterprise Parkway 

TWINSBURG OHIO, 44087 

Telephone +1 330 4253555 

Telefax +1 330 4254607 

sales@us.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Argentina 

Bruno Schillig S.A. 

Arenales (Dip. Ortiz) 4030 

1602 Florida, BUENOS AIRES 

Telephone +54 11 47301100 

Telefax +54 11 47617244 

schillig@schillig.com.ar 

Bolivia 

Hiller Electric SA 

Av. El Trompillo 573 

Casilla 370 

SANTA CRUZ 

Telephone +591 3 3524484 

Telefax +591 3 3526404 

mail@hillerelectric.com.bo 

Brazil 

Pepperl+Fuchs Ltda. 

Avenida Kennedy, 164-4° Andar 

Jardim do Mar 

CEP 09726-250 

SAO BERNARDO DO CAMPO 

Telephone +55 11 41223233 

Telefax +55 11 41257329 

vendas@br.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Canada 

Pepperl+Fuchs Inc. 


Twinsburg, OHIO 44087 

USA 

Telephone +1 330 4253555 

Telefax +1 330 4254607 


Chile 

Desimat Ingenieria Ltda. 


Rut.: 78.131.420-K 

Av. Puerto Vespucio 9670 

Loteo Industrial Puerto Santiago 

PUDAHUEL-SANTIAGO 

Telephone +56 2 7470152 

Telefax +56 2 7470153 

importaciones@desimat.cl 

INECO Ltda. 

Sociedad de Ingenieria 

Equipos y Control Industrial Limitada 

Ejercito 16, Piso 4 

6510449 SANTIAGO DE CHILE 

Telephone +56 2 4638600 

Telefax +56 2 4411023 

Colombia 

Alfatecnica S.A. 

Control de Procesos y 

Automatizacion Ind 

Avenida El Dorado No. 98 - 51 

Oficina 306 A 

SANTAFE DE BOGOTA 

Telephone +57 1 4154077 

Telefax +57 1 2987460 

importaciones@alfatecnica.com.co 


Ecuador 

Alfatecnica S.A. 

Cll 93 No. 19-75 

SANTAFE DE BOGOTA D.C. 

Colombia 

Telephone +57 1 5300808 

Telefax +57 1 538388 


Guatemala 

PROYECT Asesoria Industrial 

8a. Avenida 33-10, 

Zona 11 - Las Charcas 

CD. de GUATEMALA 

Telephone +502 4 7674 33 to 38 

Telefax +502 4 767439 

guatemala@grupoproyect.com 

Mexiko 

Pepperl+Fuchs México, S.A. de C.V. 

(Head Quarter) 

Blvd. Xola 613, P.H. 

Col. Del Valle 

03100 MEXICO D.F. 

Telephone +52 55 56391951 

Telefax +52 55 56398865 

pfmexico@mpsnet.com.mx 

Venezuela 

Pepperl+Fuchs, Inc. 


TWINSBURG OHIO, 44087 

USA 

Telephone +1 330 4253555 

Telefax +1 330 4254607 




355


356 

Zentrale Asien 

Asia Pacific Head Office 

Pepperl+Fuchs PTE Ltd. 

P+F Building 

18 Ayer Rajah Crescent 

SINGAPORE 139942 

Telephone +65 67799091 

Telefax +65 68731637 

sales@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Australia 

Pepperl+Fuchs Australia Pty Ltd. 

Unit 7/72-74 Chifley Drive 

PRESTON, VICTORIA 3072 

Telephone +61 3 94958600 

Telefax +61 3 94846366 

pfa@au.pepperl-fuchs.com 

China 

Pepperl+Fuchs Shanghai 

(FA Head Office) 

No. 9, Lane 163 Tan Jia Qiao Road 

SHANGHAI, 200070 

Telephone +86 21 56525989 

Telefax +86 21 56527164 

info@cn.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Pepperl+Fuchs Beijing Rep. Office 

(PA Head Office) 

Prime Tower, Room 2007 

No. 22 ChaoYangMenWai Street 

BEIJING 100020 

Telephone +86 10 65885143 

Telefax +86 10 65885144 

pfbj@95777.com 

Pepperl+Fuchs Pte. Ltd. 

Shanghai Representative Office 

(PA Rep. Office) 

218 Tainmu West Road, 

Kerry Everbright City Tower 1, 

Room 2509 

200070 SHANGHAI 

Telephone +86 21 63542910 

Telefax +86 21 63546536 

pfshapa@public8.sta.net.cn 

Pepperl+Fuchs Guangzhou Office 

(PA & FA Office) 

Room G Building 13, Jiayiyuan, 

Tianhei Bei Road Tianhe District 

510062 GUANGZHOU 

Telephone +86 20 38805159 

Telefax +86 20 38808505 

pfgzoo@public.guangzhou.gd.cn 

Hong Kong 

Foober (Hong Kong) Co., Ltd. 

(FA and PA Representation) 

Room 1208 Shui On Centre 

6-8 Harbour Road 

WANCHAI, Hong Kong 

Telephone +852 25283558 

Telefax +852 25289371 

fooberhk@netvigator.com 

ERA International Investment 

Development 


Room 1218, 12/F, Blk 2, Nam Fung 

Ind. City 

18 Tin Hau Road, Tuen Mun 

N. T. Hong Kong 

Telephone +852 81010385 

Telefax +852 23224440 

T001@netvigator.com 

India 

Pepperl+Fuchs (India) Pvt. Ltd. 

(Head Office) 

Plot No. 10, 3rd Main, 1st Stage 

Peenya Industrial Estate 

BANGALORE - 560 058 

Telephone +91 80 28378030 

Telefax +91 80 28378031 

info@in.pepperl-fuchs.com 


(Regional Sales Office - North) 

305, Ansal Chamber II 

6, Bhikaji Cama Place 

NEW DELHI - 110 066 

Telephone +91 11 26170207 

Telefax +91 11 26166291 

nro@in.pepperl-fuchs.com 


(Regional Sales Office - East) 

Room No. 221, II Floor "LORDS" 

7/1, Lord Sinha Road 

KOLKATA - 700 071 

Telephone +91 33 22828539 

Telefax +91 33 22828777 

ero@in.pepperl-fuchs.com 


(Regional Sales Office - South) 

(Karnataka & Andhra Pradesh) 

C-328, 3rd Main, 1st Stage, 

Peenya Industrial Estate 

BANGALORE - 560 058 

Telephone +91 80 28371225 

Telefax +91 80 28378031 

sales@in.pepperl-fuchs.com 


(Pune Area Sales Office) 

Roof & Services, Ground Floor 

Veer Savarkar Udyog Bhavan 

Shivaji Nagar, 

PUNE - 411005 

Telephone +91 20 25538658 

Telefax +91 20 25538757 

pune@in.pepperl-fuchs.com 


(Regional Sales Office - West) 

No.401, A-Wing, Subham Centre-1, 

4th floor 

Cardinal Gracias Road, Chakala 

Andheri (East) 

MUMBAI - 400 099 

Telephone +91 22 28231946 

Telefax +91 22 28231947 

wro@in.pepperl-fuchs.com 


(Vadodara Area Sales Office) 

UG28 Upper Ground Floor 

"Concorde" R.C. Dutt Road 

Opp Alkapuri Petrol Pump, 

Alkapuri Vadodara 

GUJARAT - 390 005 

Telephone +91 265 5522516 

Telefax +91 265 5522516 

Pepperl+Fuchs India Pvt. Ltd. 

(Hyderabad Area Office) 

Hi Tech Business Centre, 

4th Floor, Topaz Bldg. 

Amrutha Hills, Punjagutta 

HYDERABAD - 500 082 

Telephone +91 40 23407053 

hyderabad@in.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Pepperl + Fuchs (India) Pvt. Ltd. 

(Regional Sales Office - South) 

(Tamilnadu & Kerala) 

No. 4, First Floor, X 70, 

Sindur Shopping Complex, 

2nd Avenue, Anna Nagar 

CHENNAI - 600 040 

Telephone +91 44 26190129 

Telefax +91 44 26190129 

chennai@in.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Pepperl + Fuchs (India) Pvt. Ltd. 

(Coimbatore Area Office) 

43A, 1st Floor 

7th Street, K. K. Pudur 

COIMBATORE-38 

Telefax +91 422 2450727 

Indonesia 

PT Himalaya Everest Jaya 


Jln. Daan Mogot Km. 10, No. 151 

Pesing Poglar 

JAKARTA Barat 11710 

Telephone +62 21 5448956 

Telefax +62 21 6194658 

himalaya@indosat.net.id 





PT Pepperl and Fuchs Bintan 

SD 56, 57 Lobam 

Bintan Industrial Estate 

PULAU BINTAN, RIAU 

Telephone +62 770 696675 

Telefax +62 770 696677 

PT Binakarya Sentosaprima 


Citra Garden 1 Blok C-2/24 

11840 JAKARTA 

Telephone +62 21 5451136 

Telephone +62 21 5451137 

Telefax +61 21 5403647 

ptbina@cbn.net.id 

Japan 

Pepperl+Fuchs K.K. 

German Industry Center 401 

18-2 Hakusan 1-Chome, Midori-Ku 

YOKOHAMA 226-0006 

Telephone +81 45 9397802 

Telefax +81 45 9397804 

sales@jp.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Korea 

Pepperl+Fuchs Korea Ltd. 

Bum-Yang Bang-Bae Bldg. 

5th Floor, #811-6, Bang Bae-dong 

Seo Cho-Ku 

137060 SEOUL 

Telephone +82 2 34819494 

Telefax +82 2 34819495 

info@kr.pepperl-fuchs.com 

Malaysia 

Industrial Automation (M) SDN BHD 

(Kuala Lumpur Office FA) 

30-3 & 30-4, Jalan Loke Yew 

55200 KUALA LUMPUR 

Telephone +60 3 92210511 

Telefax +60 3 92222299 

sales.kl@iasb.com.my 

Miran Engineering Sdn Bhd 


No. 16 Jalan Astaka U8/82 

Bukit Jelutong Commercial Area 

40150 SHAH ALAM SELANGOR 

Telephone +60 3 78473278 

Telefax +60 3 78475236 

zainuddin@trisys.com.my 

New Zealand 

Unilink Automation Ltd. 


PO Box 300785, Albany 

10E Vega Place, Mairangi Bay 

1130 AUCKLAND 

Telephone +64 9 4760286 

Telefax +64 9 4760267 

sales@unilink.co.nz 

Custom Control Ltd. 


16 Mahunga Drive, Mangere Bridge 

Private Bag 

92 902 ONEHUNGA, AUCKLAND 6 

Telephone +64 9 6341391 

Telefax +64 9 6365976 

jneville@customcontrols.co.nz 

Philippines 

Jaylan Mill Trades Inc. 


#109 E. Rodriguez Jr. Avenue 

Paranaque City 1700 

Telephone +63 2 8223182 

Telefax +63 2 8219100 

jlanmill@info.com.ph 

Multiplex Instrumentation & Control 

Equipment Services 


3378 A Lbarra Street 

PALANAN MAKATI CITY 

Telephone +63 2 5501473 

Telefax +63 2 5501475 

edgavinol@lycos.com 

Taiwan 

Kawa Kami Enterprise Corp. 


1F, No. 41, Lane 76, 

Jui Kuang Road, Neihu District 

114 TAIPEI 

Telephone +886 2 27920078 

Telefax +886 2 87917969 

kawa.kami@msa.hinet.net 


Globe Royal Cavalier Corp. 


6th Floor, 23 Jen Ai Road, Sec. 3 

TAIPEI 106 

Telephone +886 2 27718246 

Telefax +886 2 27519032 

grcc@ms19.hinet.net 

Thailand 

Industrial Electrical Co., Ltd. 


85/3 Soi Sot Phin San 

Rang Nam Road, Rajthevee 

Rajthevee, BANGKOK 10400 

Telephone +66 2 6427887 

Telefax +66 2 6424249 

iecl@ie.co.th 

Delta Elmech Co., Ltd. 


76 Pattanakarn Soi 53 

(Muangthong 2/3) 

Pattanakarn Road, Suanluang 

BANGKOK 10250 

Telephone +66 2 3225423 

Telephone +66 2 3225430 

Telefax +66 2 3221762 

deltabkk@deltaelmech.co.th 

Vietnam 

Thien Luan 

Trading & Services Co. Ltd. 


i41-i42 Tay Thanh Street, 

Tan Binh Industrial Park 

Ward 15, Tan Binh District 

HO CHIH MINH CITY 

Telephone +84 (8) 8150136 

Telefax +84 (8) 8150137 

thienluan@hcm.vnn.vn 

Provina Technology Co. Ltd. 


148B Nam Ky Khoi Nghia 

Q1 TP HO CHI MINH CITY 

Telephone +84 (8) 8298901 

Telefax +84 (8) 8295486 

provina@hcm.vnn.cn 



357

358 

13 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF TYPES 

Alphabetical list of types 

Type Page Type Page 

BSM58 297 

BSS58 281 

BVE14 287 

BVM14 303 

BVM58 291 

BVS58 275 

LD28/LV28-LAS-F1-B3B/73c 264 

NBB20+U1+B3B 247 

NBB20-L2-B3B-V1 244 

NBB40-FP-B3B-P1 250 

NBB50-FP-B3B-P1 251 

NBB6-F-B3 243 

NBN30+U1+B3B 248 

NBN30-L2-B3B-V1 245 

NBN40+U1+B3B 249 

NBN40-L2-B3B-V1 246 

NBN50-FP-B3B-P1 251 

NCB10-30GM70-B3-V1 242 

NCB4-12GM60-B3B-V1 238 

NCB5-18GM60-B3B-V1 240 

NCN15-30GM70-B3-V1 242 

NCN3-F31-B3B-V1-K 253 

NCN4-12GM60-B3B-C2-V1 239 

NCN8-18GM60-B3B-V1 241 

OCS3000-M1A-B3 270 

OCS3000-M1A-B3-V1 270 

OCT500-M1A-B3 266 

OCT500-M1A-B3-V1 266 

PL1-F25-B3-K 252 

PR-05 334 

RL28-55-B3B/73c 256 

RL28-55-LAS-B3B/73c 260 

RL28-55-V-B3B/73c 258 

RL28-8-H-400-RT-B3B/73c 262 

RL28-8-H-700-RT-B3B/73c 262 

U-G1F 314 

U-G1FA 315 

U-G1FF 316 

U-G1FFA 317 

U-G1P 318 

U-G1PP 319 

U-G2FF 320 

U-G3FF 321 

UPR-05 335 

V... screw terminal connectors 337 

V1-... cable sockets 339 

V1-... connection cable 343 


V11-... connection cable 343 



V15S-T-V15 337 


V1S-... cable connector 342 

V1S-T-V1 337 





VAA-1E3A-M18-ZE/E2-V1 234 

VAA-2*EA-G2-ZE/E2 164 

VAA-2E2A-G2-S/EA2 96 

VAA-2E2A-KE1-S/E2 100 

VAA-2EA-G2-ZE/E2 162 



VAA-2E-F85-V1 104 

VAA-2E-G2-S 98 

VAA-2E-G4-SN 94 

VAA-2E-KE1-S 102 

VAA-4A-G2-E2 168 

VAA-4A-G5-V2-Ex 212 

VAA-4A-G6-E2 190 

VAA-4A-K3-R 148 

VAA-4A-KF-E2 116 

VAA-4E2A-G1-ZE/P-S 218 

VAA-4E2A-G5-N/V2-Ex 208 

VAA-4E4A-CB1-Z/E2 230 

VAA-4E4A-KE-ZE/E2 136 

VAA-4E4A-KE-ZE/R 138 

VAA-4EA-CB-E/E2-S 226 




VAA-4EA-K3-ZE/E2 146 

VAA-4EA-KF2-ZE/E2 120 

VAA-4EA-KF2-ZE/R 122 

VAA-4EA-KF2-ZE/T 124 

VAA-4EA-KF-DK 118 

VAA-4EA-KF-ZE/E2 110 

VAA-4EA-KF-ZE/R 112 

VAA-4E-G2-ZE 166 

VAA-4E-G4-N 182 

VAA-4E-G4-Z 180 

VAA-4E-G6-ZE 188 

VAA-4E-KF2-ZE 126 

VAA-4E-KF-ZE 114 

VAA-LT2-G1 222 

VAA-LT3-F86-V1 224 

VAG-IBS-KF-FB 42 

VAG-MOD-KF-R4 46 

VAG-PB-G4F-R4 40 

VAN-115/230AC-K13-EFD 62 

VAN-115/230AC-K14-EFD 64 

VAN-115/230AC-K16 66 

VAN-115/230AC-K17 60 

VAN-115/230AC-K7-DN 68 

VAN-115/230AC-K8 70 

VAN-24DC-K6 72 

VAN-G4-PE 74 





Type Page Type Page 

VAR-G4F 76 

VAR-KE2 78 

VAS-1A-K12 88 

VAS-1A-K12-U 86 

VAS-2A-K12 92 

VAS-2A-K12-U 90 

VAZ-2FK-B1 328 

VAZ-2T1-FK-*M-PUR-V1-W 324 

VAZ-2T1-FK-2M-PUR-V1-G 324 

VAZ-2T5-G2 332 

VAZ-DK-G1 322 

VAZ-DN-SIM-USB 312 

VAZ-FK-*-** 310 

VAZ-FK-CL1 322 

VAZ-FK-ED-G2 322 

VAZ-FK-R-STRIPPER 331 

VAZ-FK-S-STRIPPER 331 

VAZ-FK-ST1 322 

VAZ-G4-B 329 

VAZ-G6F-V1 325 

VAZ-G6F-W2M 325 

VAZ-PB-SIM 311 

VAZ-PG11-FKD 327 

VAZ-PK-1,5M-V1-G 328 

VAZ-R4-R2 313 

VAZ-SIMON-R2 330 

VAZ-SIMON-RJ45 330 

VAZ-SW-ACT32 330 

VAZ-SW-SIMON 330 

VAZ-T1-FK-*M-PUR-V1-G 323 

VAZ-T1-FK-*M-PUR-V1-W 323 

VAZ-T1-FK-CLAMP 328 

VAZ-T1-FK-M20 327 

VAZ-T1-FK-PG11 327 

VAZ-T1-FK-PG9 327 

VAZ-T1-FK-V1 326 

VAZ-T1-FK-V1-DIG 326 

VAZ-T1-FK-V1-V4A 326 

VAZ-T1-FK-W-PG7 326 

VAZ-T1-G2F 325 

VAZ-TERM 331 

VAZ-TUNER 331 

VAZ-V1-B 329 

VAZ-V1-B1 329 

VAZ-V3-B 329 

VBA-2A-G4-I 200 

VBA-2A-G4-U 202 

VBA-2E2A-G2-ZA/EA2 154 

VBA-2E2A-G4-ZE/E2 172 

VBA-2E-G4-I 196 

VBA-2E-G4-U 198 

VBA-2E-KE2-I/U 204 

Alphabetical list of types 

VBA-4E2A-KE1-Z/E2 142 

VBA-4E3A-CB-E/E2-P 228 

VBA-4E3A-CB-E/E2-S 232 

VBA-4E3A-G2-ZA/EA2 152 

VBA-4E3A-G4-ZE/E2 170 

VBA-4E3A-KE-ZE/E2 128 

VBA-4E3A-KE-ZE/R 130 

VBA-4E-G2-ZA 158 

VBA-4E-G4-Pt100 194 

VBA-4E-G4-ZE 174 

VBA-4E-KE1-Z 144 

VBA-4E-KE-ZE 134 

VBA-8E-G2-ZA 156 

VBG-CAN-K5-D 52 

VBG-CCL-G4F 54 

VBG-DN-K5-D 48 

VBG-DN-K5-DMD 50 

VBG-IP-K5-DM 44 

VBG-PB-G4F-R4 38 

VBG-PB-K20-D 30 

VBG-PB-K20-DMD 32 

VBG-PB-K5-R4-DMD 36 

VBG-PB-KF-R4 34 

VBM-CTR-KF-R2 26 

VBM-CTR-PCI-DM 28 

VBP-HH1 308 



359

Notes 

360

Sensor systems 2 AS-Interface

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?